Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 15, 2019

Registration No. 333-            

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Ceridian HCM Holding Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   7372   46-3231686

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

3311 East Old Shakopee Road

Minneapolis, Minnesota

55425

(952) 853-8100

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 

 

David D. Ossip

Chief Executive Officer

3311 East Old Shakopee Road

Minneapolis, Minnesota

55425

(952) 853-8100

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Alexander D. Lynch, Esq.

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, New York 10153

(212) 310-8000 (Phone)

(212) 310-8007 (Fax)

 

Scott A. Kitching, Esq.

Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary

3311 East Old Shakopee Road

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55425

(952) 853-8100

 

Marc D. Jaffe, Esq.

Ian D. Schuman, Esq.

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 906-1200 (Phone)

(212) 751-4864 (Fax)

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Smaller reporting company  
     Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

 

TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF
SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED
  AMOUNT
TO BE
REGISTERED (1)
  PROPOSED
MAXIMUM
OFFERING PRICE
PER SHARE (1)(2)
  PROPOSED
MAXIMUM
AGGREGATE
OFFERING PRICE (1)(2)
  AMOUNT OF
REGISTRATION FEE (2)(3)

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share

  12,650,000   $48.11   $608,591,500.00   $73,761.29

 

 

(1)

Includes shares of common stock that may be purchased by the underwriters under their option to purchase additional shares of common stock. See “Underwriting.”

(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee. In accordance with Rule 457(c) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the price shown is the average of the high and low sales prices of the common stock on March 8, 2019, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange.

(3)

To be paid in connection with the initial filing of the registration statement.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. The selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, Dated March 15, 2019

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

LOGO

11,000,000 Shares

Ceridian HCM Holding Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

The selling stockholders named in this prospectus are offering 11,000,000 shares of common stock of Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. (the “Company”). We are not selling any shares of common stock under this prospectus and we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock to be offered by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and the Toronto Stock Exchange (“TSX”) under the symbol “CDAY.” On March 14, 2019, the last sale price of our common stock as reported on the NYSE and the TSX was $50.29 per share and $67.48 CAD per share, respectively.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and, as such, are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Investing in our common stock involves risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 21 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per
Share
     Total  

Public offering price

     

Underwriting discounts and commissions (1)

     

Proceeds to the selling stockholders, before expenses

     

We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering.

 

(1)

We refer you to “Underwriting,” beginning on page 142 of this prospectus, for additional information regarding total underwriter compensation.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than 11,000,000 shares of common stock, the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional 1,650,000 shares of common stock from the selling stockholders at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions, for 30 days after the date of this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock.

 

 

Delivery of the shares is expected to be made on or about                    , 2019.

 

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC    J.P. Morgan
Credit Suisse    Deutsche Bank Securities

 

Barclays   Citigroup   Jefferies   Piper Jaffray   Wells Fargo Securities
Baird   CIBC Capital Markets   William Blair   Canaccord Genuity   Needham & Company   MUFG

Prospectus dated                    , 2019.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     1  

THE OFFERING

     13  

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

     15  

RISK FACTORS

     21  

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     57  

USE OF PROCEEDS

     59  

DIVIDEND POLICY

     60  

MARKET PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

     61  

CAPITALIZATION

     62  

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

     63  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     65  

BUSINESS

     95  

MANAGEMENT

     100  

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

     108  

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     120  

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     123  

DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS

     126  

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

     130  

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     134  

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

     138  

UNDERWRITING

     142  

LEGAL MATTERS

     153  

EXPERTS

     153  

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

     153  

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     F-1  

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free-writing prospectus we may specifically authorize to be delivered or made available to you. Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters (or any of our or their respective affiliates) have authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we, the selling stockholders nor the underwriters (or any of our or their respective affiliates) take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters (or any of our or their respective affiliates) are not making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus or any free-writing prospectus is only accurate as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or the time of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before making a decision to participate in the offering. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the information presented under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and the consolidated financial statements and notes related thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Unless the context requires otherwise, references to “our company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and “Ceridian” refer to Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.

Overview

Ceridian is a global human capital management (“HCM”) software company. Dayforce, our flagship cloud HCM platform, provides human resources (“HR”), payroll, benefits, workforce management, and talent management functionality. Our platform is used by organizations, regardless of industry or size, to optimize management of the entire employee lifecycle, including attracting, engaging, paying, deploying, and developing their people. Dayforce was built as a single application from the ground up that combines a modern, consumer-grade user experience with proprietary application architecture, including a single employee record and a rules engine spanning all areas of HCM. Our platform is designed to make work life better for our customers and their employees by improving HCM decision-making processes, streamlining workflows, exposing strategic organizational insights, and simplifying legislative compliance. The platform is designed to ease administrative work for both employees and managers, creating opportunities for companies to increase employee engagement. We are a founder-led organization, and our culture combines the agility and innovation of a start-up with a history of deep domain and operational expertise.

The employer-employee relationship has undergone significant change. Employees historically viewed their jobs primarily as a source of income. Now, employees increasingly demand transparency, schedule flexibility, career growth, and better work-life balance with real-time access to their personal HR data anytime, anywhere. As organizations try to respond to these trends to attract and retain talent, they are empowering managers to think more strategically about their people. These challenges require organizations to find more efficient ways to manage employees and HCM functions, while navigating changing global operating and regulatory environments at the same time. However, HCM data in status quo solutions are stored in disparate databases, are difficult to access, and are often inaccurate. These status quo solutions that most organizations rely on were not built to manage a modern workforce, do not allow for real-time decision-making, and are not flexible enough to adapt to a changing global and regulatory environment.

We built Dayforce from the ground up to provide a comprehensive, next-generation platform that can solve complex human capital management problems. We carefully designed Dayforce to meet the needs of a homogeneous market with a common set of requirements and compliance challenges across organization sizes and industries. Our solutions deliver the right data to the right user at the right time for actionable intelligence and a superior employee experience. Our scalable platform is built on modern cloud technologies with a single, flexible rules engine capable of addressing complex global regulatory requirements, combined with a data architecture that can continuously calculate payroll throughout the pay period and a single database that enables advanced insights and predictive analytics. We believe that our architecture enables our customers to continue to benefit from advancements in technology, such as artificial intelligence and big data.



 

1


Table of Contents

The breadth of benefits that Dayforce provides throughout an organization has been critical to our success. Employees benefit from our user experience and access to real-time data, which enables organizations to better empower employees with more self-service capabilities. The user experience and self-service capabilities drive faster adoption and free managers and HR administrators from many administrative burdens. Business-level managers benefit from deeper insights into their employee data, which enables them to better optimize their resources and to use predictive analytics to improve operations, such as scheduling, budgeting, and retention. Executive leadership benefits from better real-time data visibility, allowing them to better understand and to manage risk, to monitor and to track broader strategic initiatives, and to reduce technology and operational costs.

We sell Dayforce through our direct sales force on a subscription per-employee, per-month (“PEPM”) basis. Our subscriptions are typically structured with an initial fixed term of between three and five years, with evergreen renewal thereafter. Dayforce can serve customers of all sizes ranging from 100 to over 100,000 employees. We have rapidly grown the Dayforce platform to more than 3,700 live Dayforce customers, representing approximately 3.1 million active global users as of December 31, 2018. In 2018, we added over 715 net new live Dayforce customers. Our customers vary across industries, and no single customer constituted more than 1% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018. We have experienced significant Cloud revenue growth at scale, particularly from Dayforce, which has grown at a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of more than 55% since 2012. Our annual Cloud revenue retention rate continues to exceed 95% due to our intense focus on solving complex problems and our superior customer experience.

Our total revenue increased from $623.4 million in 2016 to $670.8 million in 2017 and to $746.4 million in 2018. Our net loss decreased from $(92.8) million in 2016 to $(63.9) million in 2018. Our total Cloud revenue, which consists primarily of revenues from Dayforce and excludes revenues from our Bureau solutions, increased from $297.8 million in 2016 to $404.3 million in 2017 and to $534.3 million in 2018, representing increases of 35.8% and 32.2%, respectively. We generated operating profit (loss) of $(11.2) million in 2016, $33.0 million in 2017, and $52.8 million in 2018. We generated Adjusted EBITDA of $85.5 million in 2016 compared to $117.8 million in 2017 and $157.1 million in 2018.

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income or loss before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, as adjusted to exclude net income and loss from discontinued operations, sponsor management fees, non-cash charges for asset impairments, gains or losses on assets and liabilities held in a foreign currency other than the functional currency of a company subsidiary, share-based compensation expense, severance charges, restructuring consulting fees, transaction costs, and environmental reserve charges. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. Refer to “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” for discussion regarding our use of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to operating profit, the most directly comparable measure calculated in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”).

For additional discussion of Cloud and Bureau revenue, please refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Our Solutions.”

Industry Background

There are several important market dynamics that are transforming the way organizations manage and engage their employees. These trends impact organizations regardless of size, industry, and geography, and represent a significant global opportunity for Ceridian.



 

2


Table of Contents

The employer-employee relationship has changed

Employees expect modern, intuitive solutions that provide them with self-service access to pay, schedules, benefits, performance reviews, learning opportunities, and other key employee data in real-time and on the device of their choice. Organizations now acknowledge the strategic importance of developing and engaging their employees as a means to increase productivity and, in turn, improve business outcomes in a rapidly changing competitive business environment.

Organizations need better access to their data

Organizations have historically captured large amounts of employee-related data, but have been challenged to leverage these data as assets for decision-making. The data are difficult to use because they are inconsistently collected and therefore inaccurate, stored in multiple systems, and not easily consolidated. Insights from their data are poor; reporting is manual, error-prone, and time-consuming; and options for intelligent analytics are extremely limited.

Predictive technologies are changing the way we work

Organizations are generating large volumes of data that can power predictive models to solve extremely complex business problems. Artificial intelligence and other predictive technologies are playing a larger role in organizations and customers are now demanding these predictive technologies in human capital management, particularly in employee scheduling, hiring, retention, and compensation management.

Regulatory requirements are becoming increasingly complex and a source of organizational risk

The complexity of today’s regulatory environment, including labor, tax, and compliance regulations, is a burden on businesses of all sizes. Organizations must comply with complex federal legislation, such as the Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) and the Fair Labor Standards Act in the United States, and also comply with a growing number of changes at the state and local level. In addition to complex labor and tax legislation, data privacy requirements add to the tangle of shifting and sometimes conflicting rules related to HCM. Non-compliance with applicable laws and regulations can result in significant financial penalties for the organization and damage to employment and company brands when failures occur.

Global markets continue to be underserved by HCM solutions

Globalization has resulted in a more internationally distributed and mobile workforce. This trend increases operational complexity by requiring organizations to understand and to comply with ever-changing regulations with respect to tax and employment laws across multiple countries. Legacy HCM and first-generation cloud solutions often lack the capability to develop localized functionality to meet country-specific requirements, which results in unintegrated and error-prone workflows, isolated employee data by country, and a poor user experience for employees. While core HCM solutions for employee data are more mature, areas such as time and attendance and payroll still remain materially underserved.

Incumbent HCM products are plagued by disparate technologies and struggle to meet today’s needs

Many existing solutions have been assembled through a combination of platform acquisitions and vendor partnerships, all of which use different core architectures, multiple databases, and disparate



 

3


Table of Contents

user interfaces. As a result, many of the products offered in the market today spread data across multiple application frameworks and different code bases. These datasets have, in many cases, become liabilities rather than assets for organizations. In world-class products, data must be accessed in real-time, stored in a unified platform, and analyzed to achieve better insights and to drive better decisions.

The HCM technology market is large and underserved

The HCM technology market is one of the largest in the software industry. According to an International Data Corporation (“IDC”) market forecast report, titled “Worldwide and U.S. Human Capital Management and Payroll Applications Forecast, 2018-2022,” published in June 2018, the global market for HCM Payroll and Applications in 2018 is predicted to be $21.1 billion, of which $5.1 billion is for Payroll Applications, and is expected to grow to $30.5 billion by 2022, representing a 9.6% CAGR. The market includes payroll, HR, talent acquisition, workforce management, document management, performance management, compensation management, and succession planning.

Our Dayforce Solution

Dayforce is built from the ground up to provide businesses with a comprehensive modern cloud HCM platform for managing the entire employee lifecycle. Our award-winning software addresses all key areas of HCM, including HR, payroll, benefits, workforce management, and talent management functionality.



 

4


Table of Contents

The key benefits of Dayforce include:

 

   

Single employee record, single application architecture: Our platform is designed around our proprietary single application architecture, which includes a cross-domain rules engine, dataset, and complete employee record. With data stored in a single, central location, our platform provides actionable, data-driven insights across all HR functions to enable better decision-making and to address broad strategic operational challenges related to the entire employee lifecycle. In addition, our differentiated approach eliminates the need for fragile and complex data integrations that attempt to unify disparate HR-related applications, such as payroll and time and attendance. Eliminating integrations greatly simplifies workflows, drives more efficient service delivery, reduces errors, and enhances regulatory compliance. For example, when an employee clocks out and hours are added to the system, Dayforce calculates taxes and net pay in real time instead of having to wait until the end of the pay period to batch transfer hours from the time system to the pay system.

 

Traditional Payroll Workflow

 

  

Dayforce Workflow

 

LOGO    LOGO

 

Data is stuck in the time systems until after the end of the pay period. Once the data are transferred to payroll, there is not enough time to complete audits and adjustments. Payroll gets committed with errors.

  

 

Dayforce enables access to payroll data through the entire pay period and continuous real-time calculation across all modules. This gives administrators greater time and flexibility to ensure accurate pay.

 

   

Actionable insights driven by real-time data and predictive technologies: Dayforce delivers the right data to the right people at the right time. Our platform provides actionable, data-driven insights to assist our customers with fast, informed decision-making. Sophisticated predictive technologies align business strategy with daily operations. For example, Dayforce generates optimized schedules in line with company priorities and employee work preferences, and also includes a set of features that predict employee flight risk accompanied by suggested actions to minimize that risk. This actionable “data-first” approach enables all levels of the organization, from executives and business-line managers to HR and payroll administrators, to make better decisions in real-time and to align organizational strategy with daily operations.

 

   

Built for complex operating and regulatory environments: Maintaining compliance in an increasingly complex regulatory environment is critical to the success and stability of organizations globally. Dayforce was built with compliance and security at its core and has the flexibility to respond to inevitable changes in the regulatory climate. Our proprietary rules engine is a critical strength of our platform and has led to us becoming a leader in the area of compliance. Through the use of our dynamic and fully configurable rules engine, clients are able to customize the system specifically to their business needs, allowing them to spend less



 

5


Table of Contents
 

time tracking compliance with complex local, state, federal, and international labor laws and regulations, and freeing up their time to focus on their business.

 

   

Delivers a better employee experience: Dayforce provides a consumer-grade experience and is built to reflect how users naturally behave. Through our single dataset and native web and mobile applications, users can access our platform on the device of their choice and can enjoy a consistent intuitive user interface across all domains of HCM. Because Dayforce is easy to learn and easy to operate, both managers and employees enthusiastically adopt self-service functionality. Increased self-service usage is designed to drive higher employee and manager engagement, collect more accurate information, and facilitate more efficient operations.

 

   

Grows as our customers expand globally: Our platform is built to scale globally for organizations regardless of industry or size. Our customers are highly diversified and range from small regional businesses to large, global multi-nationals. With our proprietary architecture, we have the ability to enter new international markets, and to localize Dayforce to address both North American-based organizations with employees around the world and organizations outside of North America that operate primarily in their own local markets or regions. To date, our global HR and workforce management functionality is used in over 50 countries, such as the United Kingdom, Australia, Germany, South Africa, and Mexico. In addition, we provide global 24/7 customer support and we use data hosting centers across North America, Europe, and Australia. Our cloud delivery model enables our customers to easily scale without major capital expenditures and eliminates the need for cumbersome data integration, traditionally associated with legacy solutions. Our delivery model also enables us to innovate rapidly and to implement changes easily to allow customers to stay current with changing regulatory, compliance, and tax environments.

Our Growth Strategies

We build technology that makes work life better for people around the world. Our growth strategies include:

 

   

Grow market share in existing geographies: The HCM market is massive, and we have a significant opportunity to increase our penetration in North America. Dayforce has been gaining market share relative to both traditional and first-generation software-as-a-service (“SaaS”) HCM providers as more customers adopt our leading cloud platform. We have experienced significant growth over the last six years and added over 715 live customers in 2018. We intend to capitalize on our market momentum by leveraging our sales and marketing to win new customers.

 

   

Expand globally: We believe that there is a significant opportunity to provide our HCM platform to organizations with employees based outside our core North American markets. From the onset, Dayforce was intentionally designed to be a global platform with the ability for customers to use it for their global HR and workforce management needs. We have successfully deployed Dayforce around the world, and Dayforce is in use in over 50 countries. In 2018, we further differentiated Dayforce by extending native payroll functionality to the United Kingdom. We intend to localize Dayforce to provide native payroll functionality in additional countries, and we believe that providing native payroll will enable us to sell to organizations headquartered or with a significant employee presence in those countries. We believe that ease of localization is a key differentiator for the Dayforce platform.



 

6


Table of Contents
   

Increase sales from existing customers: We intend to sell additional incremental functionality to existing customers that do not currently utilize the full Dayforce platform. Our revenue also increases as our customers grow their workforces, driven by our subscription PEPM pricing structure.

 

   

Expand platform functionality: We believe that our leading market position in technology is based on our ability to continuously innovate and to quickly bring new solutions to market. Since 2012, we have developed a full suite of HCM functionality. We intend to continue to extend the functionality and breadth of our Dayforce platform in the future, taking advantage of modern technologies including artificial intelligence and big data.

 

   

Grow and cultivate our partner ecosystem: Investing in key product and sales partnerships can help us to grow our customer base and to reduce customer acquisition costs. This includes deep relationships with private equity firms and their business partners, other value-added resellers of the Dayforce platform, and third parties that want to offer Dayforce as an extension of their product suites on a referral basis. For example, we launched the Dayforce Software Partner Platform, which enables certified third party software vendors to integrate easily with the Dayforce platform. These initiatives expand our distribution reach and provide additional value to our customers.

 

   

Address the unique changing workforce requirements of the gig economy: The rise of the gig economy has led to the expectation of same-day onboarding and payments for independent freelancers. We believe the on-demand economy, which is part of the broader contingent workforce market, is expected to account for over 40% of the workforce by 2020 in the United States. We believe that our real-time pay and scheduling capabilities and native mobile applications position us well to capitalize on this growing opportunity.

 

   

Promote our culture as a unique differentiator: Our culture combines the agility and innovation of a start-up with a history of deep domain and operational expertise. We focus on our culture and on employee engagement as we believe it helps us to attract, to engage, and to retain top talent who create successful outcomes for our customers, which we believe results in growth through strong customer retention and new customer referrals. In 2018, we were recognized with over 20 awards related to our company culture and workplace experiences, including Glassdoor Employees’ Choice Awards for 2018 Best Places to Work (Canada and United States), Best Workplaces certification (Canada and United States), Brandon Hall’s Excellence in Talent Management Award for Best Advance in High Potential Development, and 2018 Working Mother 100 Best Companies.

Our History

Ceridian was acquired in 2007 by affiliates and co-investors of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL”) and Cannae Holdings, Inc. (“Cannae”). In April 2012, Ceridian acquired Dayforce Corporation, which had built Dayforce, a cloud HCM solution. In the months following the acquisition, Dayforce founder, David D. Ossip, was named Chief Executive Officer of Ceridian, and shortly thereafter, we generally stopped actively selling our Bureau solutions to new customers in the United States to focus our resources on expanding the Dayforce platform and growing Cloud solutions. For each quarter since September 30, 2016, our Cloud revenue has surpassed our Bureau revenue. Cloud revenue grew from 39% of total revenue during the quarter ended December 31, 2015 to 74% of total revenue during the quarter ended December 31, 2018.



 

7


Table of Contents

As part of our strategy to focus on the growth of our Cloud solutions business, we undertook the following initiatives to simplify our business model:

 

  (i)

sold our consumer-directed benefit services business in 2013,

  (ii)

merged Comdata, our payment systems business unit, with FleetCor Technologies Inc. (“FleetCor Technologies”) in 2014,

  (iii)

sold our benefits administration and post-employment compliance business in 2015,

  (iv)

sold our United Kingdom and Ireland businesses and a portion of our operations that supported such business in the Republic of Mauritius in 2016, and

  (v)

contributed our LifeWorks employee assistance program business to a joint venture, LifeWorks Corporation Ltd. (“LifeWorks”), in 2016, then distributed our ownership in this joint venture to a holding company owned by our stockholders in April 2018.

As a result of these transactions, we only actively sell Dayforce and Powerpay in our HCM segment, which we believe simplifies our business model and positions us well for continued growth.

Our benefits administration and post-employee compliance business, our United Kingdom and Ireland businesses, our divested Mauritius operations, and our LifeWorks joint venture are presented as discontinued operations in our financial statements. Our consumer-directed benefits services business and our benefits administration and post-employment compliance businesses are collectively referred to as our “Divested Benefits Businesses.”

Our Financial Sponsors

THL is a premier private equity firm investing in middle market growth companies, headquartered in North America, exclusively in four industry sectors: Business & Financial Services, Consumer & Retail, Healthcare, and Media, Information Services & Technology. Using the firm’s deep domain expertise and the internal operating capabilities of its Strategic Resource Group, THL seeks to create deal sourcing advantages, and to accelerate growth and improve operations in its portfolio companies in partnership with management teams. Since its founding in 1974, THL has raised over $25.0 billion of equity capital, acquired over 140 portfolio companies, and completed over 360 add-on acquisitions, which collectively represent a combined enterprise value at the time of acquisition of over $200.0 billion.

Cannae is a diversified holding company with investments in restaurants, technology enabled healthcare services, financial services and more. Cannae’s highly experienced and successful management team looks to prudently monetize existing investments with the primary objective of maximizing returns for its stockholders. As of December 31, 2017, Cannae had over $1.0 billion in net asset value under its management. THL and Cannae together are referred to as the “Sponsors.”

Following the closing of this offering, affiliates of the Sponsors are expected to own approximately 59.7% of our outstanding common stock, or 58.5%, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is fully exercised. Additionally, we are party to a voting agreement with the Sponsors. As a result of the Sponsors’ ownership of our common stock and the voting agreement, the Sponsors are able to exercise significant voting influence over fundamental and significant corporate matters and transactions. Therefore, we will continue to be considered a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock,” “Management–Composition of our Board of Directors” and “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

Cannae holds approximately 23.5% of our outstanding common stock as of December 31, 2018, or 23.5% following this offering (or 23.5% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase



 

8


Table of Contents

additional shares in full). On November 7, 2018, Cannae announced that one of its subsidiaries had entered into a three year margin loan pursuant to which it could borrow up to $300.0 million. The margin loan is guaranteed by Cannae for a period of up to one year and is further secured by a pledge of 25.0 million shares of our common stock beneficially owned by Cannae. The loan requires that a certain loan to value ratio (based on the value of the shares of our common stock pledged to secure the loan) be maintained. In the event that the ratio is not maintained, the borrower must post additional cash collateral and/or elect to repay a portion of the loan. See “Risk Factors—Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.”

Our Initial Public Offering, Debt Refinancing and Internal Reorganization

On April 30, 2018, we completed our initial public offering (“IPO”), in which we issued and sold 21,000,000 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $22.00 per share. We granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase an additional 3,150,000 shares of common stock at the offering price, which was exercised in full. A total of 24,150,000 shares of common stock were issued on April 30, 2018. Concurrently, we issued 4,545,455 shares of our common stock in a private placement to THL / Cannae Investors LLC, a stockholder controlled by our Sponsors, at $22.00 per share. We received gross proceeds of $631.3 million from the IPO and concurrent private placement before deducting underwriting discounts, commissions, and other offering related expenses.

We applied a portion of the net proceeds from the IPO to satisfy and to discharge the indenture governing our outstanding $475.0 million principal amount senior notes due 2021, and they were redeemed on May 30, 2018 (the “Senior Notes”). Concurrently, we also refinanced our remaining debt under our (i) $702.0 million (original principal amount) senior term debt and (ii) $130.0 million revolving credit facility, including accrued interest and related costs and expenses, with new senior credit facilities consisting of a $680.0 million term loan debt facility (the “Senior Term Loan”) and a $300.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Facility”) (the Senior Term Loan and the Revolving Facility are together referred to as the “Senior Credit Facilities”). For an additional description of our Senior Credit Facilities, please see “Description of Material Indebtedness.”

Contemporaneous with the IPO and the concurrent private placement, we distributed our interest in LifeWorks to our existing stockholders prior to the IPO on a pro rata basis in accordance with their pro rata interests in us (the “LifeWorks Disposition”). As a result of the LifeWorks Disposition, we no longer have any material obligations under the LifeWorks joint venture agreement. In addition, upon completion of the LifeWorks Disposition, LifeWorks is no longer a separate segment and has been reclassified to discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

Subsequent to the IPO and concurrent private placement, we completed an internal corporate reorganization, pursuant to which the limited liability companies that held shares in us were merged with and into Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. At the time of these transactions, these limited liability companies had no assets other than equity interests in us or the other limited liability companies. As a result of these transactions, our previous stockholders now hold shares of our common stock directly, rather than through a series of limited liability companies. In addition, the Exchangeable Shares (as defined on page 14 of this prospectus) became exchangeable for shares of our common stock. These transactions had no impact on our assets, liabilities, or operations. We refer to these transactions as the “Internal Reorganization.”



 

9


Table of Contents

The diagram below summarizes our current organizational structure.

 

LOGO

Risks Associated with our Business

Investing in our common stock involves a number of risks. These risks represent challenges to the successful implementation of our strategy and the growth of our business. Some of these risks are:

 

   

We have a history of losses and negative cash flows from operating activities, and we may not be able to attain or to maintain profitability or positive cash flows from operating activities in the future.

 

   

The markets in which we participate are highly competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

   

Our growth strategy has focused on developing our fast growing Cloud solutions revenue, while our Bureau solutions revenue has declined. Our business could be materially adversely affected by a slowdown in the growth of our Cloud solutions or a faster than anticipated decline in our Bureau solutions revenue.

 

   

If we are not able to provide successful new or enhanced functionality and features, it could affect our ability to retain customers.

 

   

An information security breach of our systems or the loss of, or unauthorized access to, customer information, could have a material adverse effect on our business, market brand, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

   

Any failure by us to comply with, or a failure of any of our products to enable our customers to comply with, current and future regulatory requirements, including applicable privacy, security, and data laws, regulations, and standards, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

   

If we are unable to develop new solutions, to sell our Cloud solutions into new markets or to further penetrate existing markets, our revenue may not grow as expected.

 

   

If we fail to manage our technical operations infrastructure, our existing customers may experience service outages, and our new customers may experience delays in the deployment of our applications.



 

10


Table of Contents
   

We have entered into a voting agreement with our Sponsors, which provides our Sponsors with rights to nominate a number of designees to our board of directors (the “Board”) and determine the size of our Board which may enable our Sponsors to designate a majority of the Board even if they own less than 50% of the voting power of our common stock.

For a discussion of these and other risks you should consider before making an investment in our common stock, see the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

Corporate Information

Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on July 3, 2013. Our principal executive offices are located at 3311 East Old Shakopee Road, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55425, and our telephone number is (952) 853-8100. Our corporate website address is www.ceridian.com. Our website and the information contained on, or that can be accessed through, the website is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this prospectus. You should not rely on any such information in making your decision whether to purchase our common stock.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in gross revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other regulatory requirements for up to five years that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include, among other matters:

 

   

requirement to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations;

 

   

exemption from the auditor attestation requirement on the effectiveness of our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);

 

   

exemption from the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards until they would apply to private companies;

 

   

exemption from compliance with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, requiring mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report, in which the auditor would be required to provide additional information about the audit and the financial statements of the issuer;

 

   

an exemption from the requirement to seek non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation and golden parachute arrangements; and

 

   

reduced disclosure about executive compensation arrangements.

We will remain an emerging growth company until December 31, 2023 (the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our IPO) unless, prior to that time, we have more than $1.07 billion in annual gross revenue, have a market value for our common stock held by non-affiliates of more than $700.0 million as of the last day of our second fiscal quarter of the fiscal year and a determination is made that we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period, whether or not



 

11


Table of Contents

issued in a registered offering. We have availed ourselves of the reduced reporting obligations with respect to executive compensation disclosure in this prospectus and expect to continue to avail ourselves of the reduced reporting obligations available to emerging growth companies in future filings.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. An emerging growth company can, therefore, delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We are choosing to take advantage of that extended transition period and, as a result, we plan to comply with new and revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of those standards is required for private companies.

As a result of our decision to avail ourselves of certain provisions of the JOBS Act, the information that we provide may be different than what you may receive from other public companies in which you hold an equity interest. In addition, it is possible that some investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of our elections, which may cause a less active trading market for our common stock and more volatility in our stock price.

Trademarks and Trade Names

We and our subsidiaries own or have the rights to various trademarks, trade names and service marks, including the following: Ceridian ® , Dayforce ® , Makes Work Life Better™, Powerpay ® and various logos used in association with these terms. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, trade names and service marks and copyrights referred to herein are listed without the © , ® , and ™, symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that Ceridian, or the applicable owner, will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, Ceridian’s or their, as applicable, rights to these trademarks, trade names, and service marks. Other trademarks, service marks, or trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

Market and Industry Information

Unless otherwise indicated, market data and industry information used throughout this prospectus are based on management’s knowledge of the industry and the good faith estimates of management. We also relied, to the extent available, upon management’s review of independent industry surveys and publications, other publicly available information prepared by a number of sources, including IDC, Glassdoor, and Brandon Hall Group. All of the market data and industry information used in this prospectus involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. Although we believe that these sources are reliable, neither we nor the underwriters can guarantee the accuracy or completeness of this information, and neither we nor the underwriters have independently verified his information. While we believe the estimated market position, market opportunity, and market size information included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information, which is derived in part from management’s estimates and beliefs, is inherently uncertain and imprecise. Projections, assumptions, and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in our estimates and beliefs and in the estimates prepared by independent parties.



 

12


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

11,000,000 shares of common stock (or 12,650,000 shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full).

 

Common stock outstanding prior to and after this offering

139,453,710 shares of common stock.

 

Option to purchase additional shares of common stock

The underwriters have an option to purchase an additional 1,650,000 shares of common stock from the selling stockholders. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

 

Use of proceeds

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future; however, we may change this policy in the future. See “Dividend Policy.”

 

Voting Rights

Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors, and the Sponsors will hold approximately 61.3% (or approximately 60.1% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) of the combined voting power of our outstanding capital stock and will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders” and “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus beginning on page 21 for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before investing in our common stock.

 

Listing

Our shares of common stock are listed on the NYSE and the TSX under the symbol “CDAY.”

Except as otherwise indicated, the number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering is based on 139,453,710 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and:

 

   

assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares;

 

   

excludes (i) an aggregate of 5,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average of $20.00 per share, which stock options were granted under our 2007 Ceridian LLC Stock Incentive Plan, (ii)(a) an aggregate of



 

13


Table of Contents
 

8,856,904 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $16.83 per share, and (b) an aggregate of 500,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the vesting of outstanding restricted stock units, which stock options and restricted stock units were granted under our 2013 Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2013 Plan”), and (iii) an aggregate of 13,500,000 shares of our common stock that are available for equity awards under our Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”);

 

   

gives effect to the Internal Reorganization; and

 

   

gives effect to the exchange of 2,395,269.172 exchangeable shares of our subsidiary, Ceridian AcquisitionCo ULC (the “Exchangeable Shares”), that were outstanding as of December 31, 2018, for 2,395,241 shares of our common stock (the “Share Exchange”).



 

14


Table of Contents

SUMMARY HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

We report our financial results in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The following tables set forth our summary historical consolidated financial and other data for the periods as of the dates indicated. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 from the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2015 from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any future period.

In the second quarter of 2018, contemporaneously with our IPO and concurrent private placement, we distributed our controlling financial interest in LifeWorks to our stockholders of record prior to the IPO on a pro rata basis in accordance with their pro rata interests in us. As a result, the financial statements in this prospectus have been restated to reflect the LifeWorks Disposition and show the former LifeWorks business as discontinued operations for all of the periods presented.



 

15


Table of Contents

You should read the information set forth below together with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Capitalization,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2018     2017     2016     2015  
     (Dollars in millions, except share and per share amounts)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

    

Total revenue

   $ 746.4     $ 670.8     $ 623.4     $ 611.6  

Cost of revenue

     425.8       407.5       396.4       364.6  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

     270.7       223.0       225.3       235.5  

Other (income) expense, net

     (2.9     7.3       12.9       27.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss)

     52.8       33.0       (11.2     (16.3

Interest expense, net

     83.2       87.1       87.4       87.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

     (30.4     (54.1     (98.6     (104.1

Income tax expense (benefit)

     7.7       (49.6     6.7       4.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (38.1     (4.5     (105.3     (108.4

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

     (25.8     (6.0     12.5       3.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (63.9     (10.5     (92.8     (104.7

Net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (0.5     (1.3     0.1        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Ceridian

   $ (63.4   $ (9.2   $ (92.9   $ (104.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to Ceridian:

        

Basic

   $ (0.62   $ (0.46   $ (1.65   $ (1.61

Diluted

   $ (0.62   $ (0.46   $ (1.65   $ (1.61

Weighted average shares outstanding:

        

Basic

     114,049,682       65,204,960       64,988,338       64,924,845  

Diluted

     114,049,682       65,204,960       64,988,338       64,924,845  

Statements of Cash Flow Data:

        

Net cash provided by (used in):

        

Operating activities

   $ 9.5     $ (39.8   $ (75.5   $ (18.3

Investing activities

     1,379.2       (407.4     763.0       323.9  

Financing activities

     (1,255.9     406.8       (630.7     (368.2

Other Data:

        

Live Dayforce customers

     3,718       3,001       2,339       1,770  

Annual Cloud revenue retention rate (a)

     96.3     97.0     95.7     95.0

Cloud annualized recurring revenue (ARR) (a)

   $ 506.2     $ 391.0     $ 289.7     $ 209.6  

Adjusted EBITDA (b)

   $ 157.1     $ 117.8     $ 85.5     $ 83.4  

Adjusted EBITDA margin %

     21.0     17.6     13.7     13.6

 

     As of December 31, 2018  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

  

Cash and equivalents

   $ 217.8  

Total assets

     5,154.4  

Long-term debt (c)

     663.5  

Total liabilities

     3,622.4  

Working capital

     169.9  

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,532.0  

 

(a)

Annual Cloud revenue retention rate and Cloud annualized recurring revenue are calculated on an annual basis, and the disclosure reflects data as of the most recent fiscal year end. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Assess Our Performance.”



 

16


Table of Contents
(b)

We report our financial results in accordance with U.S. GAAP. To supplement this information, we also use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, non-GAAP financial measures, in this prospectus. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income or loss before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, as adjusted to exclude net income and loss from discontinued operations, sponsor management fees, non-cash charges for asset impairments, gains or losses on assets and liabilities held in a foreign currency other than the functional currency of a company subsidiary, share-based compensation expense, severance charges, restructuring consulting fees, transaction costs, and environmental reserve charges. Adjusted EBITDA margin is determined by calculating the percentage Adjusted EBITDA is of Total Revenue. Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are useful to management and investors as supplemental measures to evaluate our overall operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is a component of our management incentive plan, and Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are used by management to assess performance and to compare our operating performance to our competitors. Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are helpful in highlighting management performance trends because Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin exclude the results of decisions that are outside the normal course of business operations.

Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are intended as supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by, or presented in accordance with, U.S. GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin should not be considered as alternatives to operating profit (loss), net income (loss), earnings per share, or any other performance measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP, or as measures of operating cash flows or liquidity. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by similar items to those eliminated in this presentation. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are included in this prospectus because they are key metrics used by management to assess our operating performance.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are not defined under U.S. GAAP, are not measures of net income, operating income, or any other performance measures derived in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and are subject to important limitations.

Our use of the terms Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies in our industry and are not measures of performance calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin have important limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under U.S. GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect any charges for the assets being depreciated and amortized that may need to be replaced in the future;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect the impact of share-based compensation upon our results of operations;

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect the significant interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt; and

 

   

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin do not reflect our income tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our income taxes.



 

17


Table of Contents

In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses similar to those eliminated in this presentation.

The following table reconciles Operating profit to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2018     2017     2016     2015  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Operating profit (loss)

   $ 52.8     $ 33.0     $ (11.2   $ (16.3

Depreciation and amortization

     56.6       53.8       53.2       52.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA from continuing operations (1)

     109.4       86.8       42.0       35.9  

Sponsorship management fees (2)

     12.0       1.9       5.0       1.9  

Asset impairments

     —         —         10.2       22.6  

Intercompany foreign exchange (gain) loss

     (2.9     7.4       (3.4     4.8  

Share-based compensation (3)

     24.7       16.1       12.5       12.8  

Severance charges (4)

     5.4       5.6       8.4       3.8  

Restructuring consulting fees (5)

     4.8       —         4.9       1.6  

Environmental reserve charges (6)

     —         —         5.9       —    

Transaction costs (7)

     3.7       —         —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 157.1     $ 117.8     $ 85.5     $ 83.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     21.0     17.6     13.7     13.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

We define EBITDA from continuing operations as net income or loss before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, and net income or loss from discontinued operations.

(2)

Represents expenses related to management, monitoring, consulting, transaction, and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the affiliates of our Sponsors pursuant to the management agreement with THL Managers VI, LLC (“THLM”) and Cannae. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Management Agreements.” In April 2018, the management agreements terminated upon consummation of our IPO. Upon termination, the management agreements provided that we pay a termination fee equal to the net present value of the management fee for a seven-year period, which was $11.3 million. Please refer to Note 16 to our consolidated financial statements, “Related Party Transactions,” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(3)

Share-based compensation expense during the year ended December 31, 2018 includes $8.1 million of expense recognized upon meeting the performance criteria of stock appreciation rights and performance-based stock options that were triggered by our IPO.

(4)

Represents costs for severance compensation paid to employees whose positions have been eliminated or who have been terminated not for cause.

(5)

Represents consulting fees and expenses incurred during the periods presented in connection with any acquisition, investment, disposition, recapitalization, equity offering, issuance or repayment of debt, issuance of equity interests, or refinancing.

(6)

Reflects charges to increase the reserves for environmental claims from a predecessor company. See Note 12 to our consolidated financial statements for further information regarding our environmental reserves.

(7)

Represents expenses related to the IPO and refinancing of our debt that were not eligible for capitalization.



 

18


Table of Contents

The following tables present a reconciliation or our reported results to our non-GAAP Adjusted EBITDA basis for all periods presented:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2018  
     As
reported
    Share-based
compensation
     Severance
charges
     Other
operating
expenses (1)
    Adjusted  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Cost of revenue:

            

Recurring services

   $ 200.3     $ 2.1      $ 1.3      $ —       $ 196.9  

Professional services and other

     132.2       1.2        1.0        —         130.0  

Product development and management

     59.0       1.1        0.1        —         57.8  

Depreciation and amortization

     34.3       —          —          —         34.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     425.8       4.4        2.4        —         419.0  

Sales and marketing

     131.9       4.3        1.4        —         126.2  

General and administrative

     138.8       16.0        1.6        20.5       100.7  

Other income, net

     (2.9     —          —          (2.9     —    

Operating profit

     52.8       24.7        5.4        17.6       100.5  

Depreciation and amortization

     56.6       —          —          —         56.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA from continuing operations

   $ 109.4     $ 24.7      $ 5.4      $ 17.6     $ 157.1  

 

(1)

Other operating expenses includes sponsor management fees, intercompany foreign gain, restructuring consulting fees, and transaction costs.

 

     Year ended December 31, 2017  
     As
reported
     Share-based
compensation
     Severance
charges
     Other
operating
expenses (1)
     Adjusted  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Cost of revenue:

              

Recurring services

   $ 196.8      $ 1.0      $ 2.2      $ —        $ 193.6  

Professional services and other

     135.8        1.1        0.9        —          133.8  

Product development and management

     43.6        0.7        0.7        —          42.2  

Depreciation and amortization

     31.3        —          —          —          31.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     407.5        2.8        3.8        —          400.9  

Sales and marketing

     116.7        1.7        1.1        —          113.9  

General and administrative

     106.3        11.6        0.7        1.9        92.1  

Other expense (income), net

     7.3        —          —          7.4        (0.1

Operating profit

     33.0        16.1        5.6        9.3        64.0  

Depreciation and amortization

     53.8        —          —             53.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA from continuing operations

   $ 86.8      $ 16.1      $ 5.6      $ 9.3      $ 117.8  

 

(1)

Other operating expenses includes sponsor management fees, intercompany foreign exchange loss (gain), and restructuring consulting fees.



 

19


Table of Contents
     Year ended December 31, 2016  
     As
reported
    Share-based
compensation
     Severance
charges
     Other
operating
expenses (1)
     Adjusted  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Cost of revenue:

             

Recurring services

   $ 214.4     $ 2.0      $ 1.6      $ —        $ 210.8  

Professional services and other

     115.6       —          1.7        —          113.9  

Product development and management

     43.3       0.8        1.4        —          41.1  

Depreciation and amortization

     23.1       —          —          —          23.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     396.4       2.8        4.7        —          388.9  

Sales and marketing

     101.5       1.2        0.7        —          99.6  

General and administrative

     123.8       8.5        3.0        9.9        102.4  

Other expense, net

     12.9       —          —          12.7        0.2  

Operating profit (loss)

     (11.2     12.5        8.4        22.6        32.3  

Depreciation and amortization

     53.2       —          —             53.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA from continuing operations

   $ 42.0     $ 12.5      $ 8.4      $ 22.6      $ 85.5  

 

(1)

Other operating expenses includes sponsor management fees, intercompany foreign exchange loss, restructuring consulting fees, asset impairments, and environmental reserve charges.

 

     Year ended December 31, 2015  
     As
reported
    Share-based
compensation
     Severance
charges
     Other
operating
expenses (1)
     Adjusted  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Cost of revenue:

             

Recurring services

   $ 211.0     $ 2.2      $ 1.5      $ —        $ 207.3  

Professional services and other

     91.6       —          0.2        —          91.4  

Product development and management

     44.0       0.6        0.8        —          42.6  

Depreciation and amortization

     18.0       —          —          —          18.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     364.6       2.8        2.5        —          359.3  

Sales and marketing

     94.1       0.8        0.4        —          92.9  

General and administrative

     141.4       9.2        0.9        3.5        127.8  

Other (income) expense, net

     27.8       —          —          27.4        0.4  

Operating profit (loss)

     (16.3     12.8        3.8        30.9        31.2  

Depreciation and amortization

     52.2       —          —             52.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

EBITDA from continuing operations

   $ 35.9     $ 12.8      $ 3.8      $ 30.9      $ 83.4  

 

(1)

Other operating expenses include sponsor management fees, intercompany foreign exchange loss (gain), and restructuring consulting fees.

(c)

Excludes the current portion of our long-term debt of $6.8 million as of December 31, 2018.



 

20


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors and all other information in this prospectus before purchasing our common stock. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose some or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We have a history of losses and negative cash flows from operating activities, and we may not be able to attain or to maintain profitability or positive cash flows from operating activities in the future.

We have incurred net losses and negative cash flows from operating activities over the last few years as we made substantial investments in developing, launching, and selling our Cloud solutions. In addition, our highly leveraged capital structure has had a negative effect on our profitability. As a result, we have incurred net losses of $92.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2016, $9.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2017, and $63.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $419.3 million. We incurred negative cash flows from operating activities of $75.5 million and $39.8 million in the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2017, respectively, and positive cash flows from operating activities of $9.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2018. To the extent we are successful in increasing our Cloud customer base, we may also incur increased net losses and negative cash flows from operating activities because costs associated with acquiring and implementing new Cloud customers are generally incurred up front, while subscription revenues are generally recognized ratably over the terms of the agreements. Our recent growth in revenues may not be indicative of our future performance.

We also expect our expenses to increase in the future due to anticipated increases in sales, general, and administrative expenses, including expenses associated with being a public company, and product development and management expenses, which could impact our ability to achieve or to sustain profitability or positive cash flows from operating activities in the future. Additionally, while the majority of our revenue comes from fees charged for use of the software, we are developing new products and services, which may initially have a lower profit margin than our existing Cloud solutions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Although we believe we will be able to reach profitability and attain positive cash flows from operating activities in the next few years, we cannot provide any assurance that we will able to do so in the future.

The markets in which we participate are highly competitive, and if we do not compete effectively, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The markets in which we participate are highly competitive, and competition could intensify in the future. We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include breadth and depth of product functionality, scalability and reliability of applications, robust workforce management, comprehensive tax services, modern and innovative cloud technology platforms combined with an intuitive user experience, multi-country and jurisdiction domain expertise in payroll and HCM, quality of implementation and customer service, integration with a wide variety of third party applications and systems, total cost of ownership and ROI, brand awareness, and reputation, pricing and distribution. We face a variety of competitors, some of which are long-established providers of HCM solutions. Many of our current and potential competitors are larger, have greater name recognition, longer

 

21


Table of Contents

operating histories, larger marketing budgets, and significantly greater resources than we do, and are able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, and sale of their products and services. Some of our competitors could offer HCM solutions bundled as part of a larger product offering. Furthermore, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater available resources and the ability to initiate or to withstand substantial price competition. In addition, many of our competitors have established marketing relationships, access to larger customer bases, and major distribution agreements with consultants, system integrators, and resellers. Our competitors may also establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with third parties that may further enhance their product offerings or resources.

In order to capitalize on customer demand for cloud applications, legacy vendors are modernizing and expanding their applications through cloud acquisitions and organic development. Legacy vendors may also seek to partner with other leading cloud HCM providers. Ceridian also faces competition from vendors selling custom software and point solutions, some of which offer cloud solutions. Our competitors include, without limitation: Automatic Data Processing (“ADP”), The Ultimate Software Group, Inc. (“Ultimate Software”), and Workday, Inc. (“Workday”) for HCM; Kronos Incorporated (“Kronos”) for workforce management; and Cornerstone OnDemand Inc. (“Cornerstone OnDemand”) for talent management. In addition, other companies, such as NetSuite and Microsoft that provide cloud applications in different target markets, may develop applications or acquire companies that operate in our target markets, and some potential customers may elect to develop their own internal applications. Some large businesses may be hesitant to adopt cloud applications such as ours and prefer to upgrade the more familiar applications offered by these vendors that are deployed on-premise, such as Oracle Corporation (“Oracle”) and SAP SE (“SAP”). Our competitors could offer HCM solutions on a standalone basis at a low price or bundled as part of a larger product sale. With the introduction of new technologies and market entrants, competition could intensify in the future.

If our competitors’ products, services, or technologies become more accepted than our applications, if they are successful in bringing their products or services to market earlier than ours, or if their products or services are more technologically capable than ours, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, some of our competitors may offer their products and services at a lower price. If we are unable to achieve our target pricing levels or if we experience significant pricing pressures, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our growth strategy has focused on developing our Cloud solutions, which have experienced rapid revenue growth in recent periods that has been offset by revenue declines in our Bureau solutions. If we fail to manage our growth effectively or if our strategy is not successful, we may be unable to execute our business plan, to maintain high levels of service, or to adequately address competitive challenges.

We have recently experienced a period of rapid growth in our operations related to our Cloud solutions. In particular, our recurring services revenue for our Cloud solutions has continued to increase while our recurring services revenue for our Bureau solutions has continued to decline. As we implement our growth strategy for our Cloud solutions, we will continue to migrate employees and resources from our Bureau solutions to our Cloud solutions. Additionally, we are continuing to invest in the infrastructure shared by our Bureau and Cloud solutions, although we are no longer marketing our Bureau solutions to new customers. The growth of our Cloud solutions has placed, and future growth will place, a significant strain on our management, administrative, operational, and financial infrastructure. In order to manage this growth effectively, we will need to continue to improve our operational, financial, and management controls, and our reporting systems and procedures. Failure to effectively manage growth and failure to achieve our growth strategy could result in difficulty or delays in implementing customers, declines in quality or customer satisfaction, increases in costs, difficulties

 

22


Table of Contents

in introducing new features, or other operational difficulties; and any of these difficulties could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our Bureau solutions, which comprise a significant portion of our revenue, may decline at a rate faster than we anticipate, and we may not be able to successfully migrate our Bureau customers to our Cloud solutions or to offset the decline in Bureau revenue with Cloud revenue.

Our growth strategy is focused on the growth and expansion of our Cloud solutions; however, a portion of our revenue continues to be derived from our Bureau customers. We generally ceased marketing our Bureau solutions to new customers in the United States in 2012, and since that time have maintained the Bureau applications for existing customers while migrating customers to our Cloud solutions. Maintenance of our Bureau business requires investment, specifically with respect to compliance updates and security controls. If our investments are not sufficient to adequately update our Bureau solutions, such solutions may lose market acceptance and we may face security vulnerabilities.

In addition, we have marketed our Cloud solutions to our Bureau customers, and some of our Bureau customers have migrated to our Cloud solutions, but there is no guarantee that our remaining Bureau customers will migrate to our Cloud solutions. If such Bureau customers do not migrate, we may lose them in the future or we may be required to make ongoing investments to serve a smaller pool of customers. If our revenue from our Bureau solutions declines at a rate faster than anticipated, we are required to make significant investments in infrastructure shared by our Bureau and Cloud solutions that are not offset by increased revenue, we are not able to successfully convert the remaining Bureau customers to our Cloud solutions, or our Cloud solutions revenue does not grow fast enough to offset the decline in our Bureau solutions revenue, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If the market for enterprise cloud computing develops slower than we expect or declines, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The enterprise cloud computing market is not as mature as the market for on-premise enterprise software, and it is uncertain whether cloud computing will achieve and sustain high levels of customer demand and market acceptance. Our success will depend to a substantial extent on the widespread adoption of cloud computing in general, and of HCM solutions in particular. Many enterprises have invested substantial personnel and financial resources to integrate traditional enterprise software into their businesses and therefore may be reluctant or unwilling to migrate to cloud computing. It is difficult to predict customer adoption rates and demand for our applications, the future growth rate and size of the cloud computing market, or the entry of competitive applications. The expansion of the cloud computing market depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with cloud computing, as well as the ability of cloud computing companies to address security and privacy concerns. If we or other cloud computing providers experience security incidents, loss of customer data, disruptions in delivery, or other problems, the market for cloud computing applications as a whole, including our applications, may be negatively affected. If cloud computing does not achieve widespread adoption or there is a reduction in demand for cloud computing caused by a lack of customer acceptance, technological challenges, weakening economic conditions, security or privacy concerns, competing technologies and products, reductions in corporate spending, or otherwise, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

23


Table of Contents

Our revenues from our Cloud solutions have grown substantially over the last few years. Our efforts to increase use of our Cloud solutions and our other applications may not succeed and may reduce our revenue growth rate.

Our revenues from our Cloud solutions have grown substantially over the last few years. Our total Cloud revenues grew from $297.8 million in 2016 to $404.3 million in 2017 and $534.3 million in 2018, a growth rate of 35.8% and 32.2%, respectively. Any factor adversely affecting sales of our Cloud solutions, including application release cycles, delays, or failures in new product functionality, market acceptance, product competition, performance and reliability, reputation, price competition, and economic and market conditions, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our participation in new markets for native payroll, and application expansion in succession management, learning management, and compensation management, is relatively new, and it is uncertain whether these areas will ever result in significant revenues for us. Further, the entry into new markets or the introduction of new features, functionality, or applications beyond our current markets and functionality may not be successful.

Our quarterly results of operations may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business.

Our quarterly results of operations, including the levels of our revenues, gross margin, profitability, cash flow, and deferred revenue, may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful. Accordingly, the results of any one quarter should not be relied upon as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, and as a result, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Fluctuation in quarterly results may negatively impact the value of our common stock. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly financial results include, without limitation:

 

   

our ability to attract new Cloud customers;

 

   

our ability to replace declining Bureau revenue with Cloud revenue;

 

   

the addition or loss of large Cloud customers, including through acquisitions or consolidations;

 

   

the addition or loss of employees by our Cloud customers;

 

   

the timing and number of paydays in a period;

 

   

the timing of recognition of revenues;

 

   

the tenure of our Cloud customers during that period;

 

   

the amount and timing of operating expenses related to the maintenance and expansion of our business, operations, and infrastructure;

 

   

network outages or security breaches;

 

   

general economic, industry, and market conditions;

 

   

customer renewal rates;

 

   

increases or decreases in the number of elements of our services or pricing changes upon any renewals of customer agreements;

 

   

changes in our pricing policies or those of our competitors;

 

   

the mix of applications sold during a period;

 

   

seasonal variations in sales of our applications, which has historically been highest in the fourth quarter of a calendar year;

 

24


Table of Contents
   

fluctuation in market interest rates, which impacts debt interest expense as well as float revenue;

 

   

the timing and success of new application and service introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive dynamics of our industry, including consolidation among competitors, customers, or strategic partners; and

 

   

the impact of new accounting rules.

If we are not able to provide new or enhanced functionality and features or keep pace with rapid technological changes and evolving industry standards, we will not be able to remain competitive and the demand for our services will likely decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The markets in which we operate are characterized by changes due to rapid technological advances, additional qualification requirements related to technological challenges, and evolving industry standards and changes in the regulatory and legislative environment. Our future success will depend upon our ability to anticipate and to adapt to changes in technology and industry standards, and to effectively develop, to introduce, to market, and to gain broad acceptance of new product and service enhancements incorporating the latest technological advancements. We may not be able to successfully provide new or enhanced functionality and features for our existing solutions that achieve market acceptance or that keep pace with rapid technological developments. For example, we are focused on enhancing the features and functionality of our HCM solutions to enhance their utility for larger customers with complex, dynamic, and global operations. The success of new or enhanced functionality and features depends on several factors, including their overall effectiveness and the timely completion, introduction, and market acceptance of the enhancements, new features, or applications. Failure in this regard may significantly impair our revenue growth. In addition, because our solutions are designed to operate on a variety of systems, we will need to continuously modify and enhance our solutions to keep pace with changes in internet-related hardware, iOS, and other software, and communication, browser, and database technologies. We may not be successful in developing these new or enhanced functionality and features, or in bringing them to market in a timely fashion. If we do not continue to innovate and to deliver high-quality, technologically advanced products and services, we will not remain competitive, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Furthermore, uncertainties about the timing and nature of new functionality, or new functionality to existing platforms or technologies, could increase our research and development expenses. Any failure of our applications to operate effectively with future network platforms and technologies could reduce the demand for our applications, result in customer dissatisfaction, and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

An information security breach of our systems or the loss of, or unauthorized access to, customer information, the failure to comply with the U.S. Federal Trade Commission’s (“FTC”) ongoing consent order regarding data protection, or a system disruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, market brand, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our business is dependent on our payroll, transaction, financial, accounting, and other data processing systems. We rely on these systems to process, on a daily and time sensitive basis, a large number of complicated transactions. We electronically receive, process, store, and transmit data and personally identifiable information (“PII”) about our customers and their employees, as well as our vendors and other business partners, including names, social security numbers, and checking account numbers. We keep this information confidential. However, our websites, networks, applications and technologies, and other information systems may be targeted for sabotage, disruption, or data misappropriation. The uninterrupted operation of our information systems and our ability to maintain

 

25


Table of Contents

the confidentiality of PII and other customer and individual information that resides on our systems are critical to the successful operation of our business. While we have information security and business continuity programs, these plans may not be sufficient to ensure the uninterrupted operation of our systems or to prevent unauthorized access to the systems by unauthorized third parties. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and may not be recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. These concerns about information security are increased with the mounting sophistication of social engineering. Our network security hardening may be bypassed by phishing and other social engineering techniques that seek to use end user behaviors to distribute computer viruses and malware into our systems, which might disrupt our delivery of services and make them unavailable, and might also result in the disclosure or misappropriation of PII or other confidential or sensitive information. In addition, a significant cyber security breach could prevent or delay our ability to process payment transactions.

Any information security breach in our business processes or of our processing systems has the potential to impact our customer information and our financial reporting capabilities, which could result in the potential loss of business and our ability to accurately report financial results. If any of these systems fail to operate properly or become disabled even for a brief period of time, we could potentially miss a critical filing period, resulting in potential fees and penalties, or lose control of customer data, all of which could result in financial loss, a disruption of our businesses, liability to customers, regulatory intervention, or damage to our reputation. The continued occurrence of high-profile data breaches provides evidence of an external environment increasingly hostile to information security. If our security measures are breached as a result of third party action, employee or subcontractor error, malfeasance or otherwise, and, as a result, someone obtains unauthorized access to customer data, our reputation may be damaged, our business may suffer, and we could incur significant liability. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period of time. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and are growing increasingly sophisticated. As a result, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures.

This environment demands that we continuously improve our design and coordination of security controls throughout the company. Despite these efforts, it is possible that our security controls over data, training, and other practices we follow may not prevent the improper disclosure of PII or other confidential information. Any issue of data privacy as it relates to unauthorized access to or loss of customer and/or employee information could result in the potential loss of business, damage to our market reputation, litigation, and regulatory investigation and penalties. For example, in December 2009 a criminal hacked into our discontinued U.S. payroll application. Following receipt of an “access letter” in May 2010 from the FTC for a non-public review of the matter, we worked with the FTC and entered into a twenty-year consent order which became final in June 2011. We conceded no wrongdoing in the order and we were not subject to any monetary fines or penalties. However, in connection with the order, we are required to, among other things, maintain a comprehensive information security program that is reasonable and appropriate for our size, complexity, and for the type of PII we collect. We are also required to have portions of our security program, which apply to certain segments of our U.S. business, reviewed by an independent third party on a biennial basis. Maintaining, updating, monitoring, and revising an information security program in an effort to ensure that it remains reasonable and appropriate in light of changes in security threats, changes in technology, and security vulnerabilities that arise from legacy systems is time-consuming and complex, and is an ongoing effort.

There may be other such security vulnerabilities that come to our attention. The independent third party that reviews our security program pursuant to the FTC consent order may determine that the existence of vulnerabilities in our security controls or the failure to remedy them in a timeframe they

 

26


Table of Contents

deem appropriate means that our security program does not provide a reasonable level of assurance that the security, confidentiality, and integrity of PII is protected by Ceridian (or that there was a failure to protect at some point in the reporting period). While we have taken and continue to take steps to ensure compliance with the consent order, if we are determined not to be in compliance with the consent order, or if any new breaches of security occur, the FTC may take enforcement actions or other parties may initiate a lawsuit. Any such resulting fines and penalties could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and financial results, and any reputational damage therefrom could adversely affect our relationships with our existing customers and our ability to attain new customers. Our continued investment in the security of our technology systems, continued efforts to improve the controls within our technology systems, business processes improvements and the enhancements to our culture of information security may not successfully prevent attempts to breach our security or unauthorized access to PII or other confidential, sensitive or proprietary information. In addition, in the event of a catastrophic occurrence, either natural or man-made, our ability to protect our infrastructure, including PII and other customer data, and to maintain ongoing operations could be significantly impaired. Our business continuity and disaster recovery plans and strategies may not be successful in mitigating the effects of a catastrophic occurrence. Insurance may be inadequate or may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, our insurance policies may not cover all claims made against us, and defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management’s attention. If our security is breached, if PII or other confidential information is accessed, if we fail to comply with the consent order or if we experience a catastrophic occurrence, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our services present the potential for identity theft, embezzlement, or other similar illegal behavior by our employees with respect to third parties.

The services offered by us generally require or involve collecting PII of our customers and / or their employees, such as their full names, birth dates, addresses, employer records, tax information, social security numbers, and bank account information. This information can be used by criminals to commit identity theft, to impersonate third parties, or to otherwise gain access to the data or funds of an individual. If any of our employees take, convert, or misuse such PII, funds or other documents or data, we could be liable for damages, and our business reputation could be damaged or destroyed. Moreover, if we fail to adequately prevent third parties from accessing PII and/or business information and using that information to commit identity theft, we might face legal liabilities and other losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our solutions and our business are subject to a variety of U.S. and international laws and regulations, including those regarding privacy, data protection, and information security. Any failure by us or our third party service providers, as well as the failure of our platform or services, to comply with applicable laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are subject to a variety of U.S. and international laws and regulations, including regulation by various federal government agencies, including the FTC, and state and local agencies. The United States and various state and foreign governments have adopted or proposed limitations on, or requirements regarding, the collection, distribution, use, security, and storage of PII of individuals; and the FTC and many state attorneys general are applying federal and state consumer protection laws to impose standards on the online collection, use and dissemination of data. Self-regulatory obligations, other industry standards, policies, and other legal obligations may apply to our collection, distribution, use, security, or storage of PII or other data relating to individuals. In addition, most states and some foreign governments have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving certain types of PII. These obligations may be interpreted and applied in an inconsistent manner from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with one another, other

 

27


Table of Contents

regulatory requirements, or our internal practices. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with U.S., E.U., or other foreign privacy or security laws, regulations, policies, industry standards, or legal obligations, or any security incident that results in the unauthorized access to, or acquisition, release, or transfer of, PII may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties, or adverse publicity and could cause our customers to lose trust in us, which could harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations, and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection and information security in the United States, Canada, the European Union, and other jurisdictions, and we cannot yet determine the impact such future laws, regulations, and standards may have on our business. For example, in May 2018, the General Data Protection Regulation came into force, bringing with it a complete overhaul of E.U. data protection laws: the new rules supersede E.U. data protection legislation, impose more stringent E.U. data protection requirements, and provide for greater penalties for non-compliance. Changing definitions of what constitutes PII may also limit or inhibit our ability to operate or to expand our business, including limiting strategic partnerships that may involve the sharing of data. Also, some jurisdictions require that certain types of data be retained on servers within these jurisdictions. Our failure to comply with applicable laws, directives, and regulations may result in enforcement action against us, including fines and imprisonment, and damage to our reputation, any of which may have an adverse effect on our business and operating results. Further, in October 2015, the European Court of Justice issued a ruling invalidating the U.S.-E.U. Safe Harbor Framework, which facilitated transfers of PII to the United States in compliance with applicable E.U. data protection laws. In July 2016, the E.U. and the U.S. political authorities adopted the E.U.-U.S. Privacy Shield, replacing the Safe Harbor Framework and providing a new mechanism for companies to transfer E.U. PII to the United States. U.S. organizations wishing to self-certify under the Privacy Shield must pledge their compliance with its seven core and sixteen supplemental principles, which are based on European Data Protection Law.

If our service is perceived to cause, or is otherwise unfavorably associated with, violations of privacy or data security requirements, it may subject us or our customers to public criticism and potential legal liability. Public concerns regarding PII processing, privacy and security may cause some of our customers’ end users to be less likely to visit their websites or otherwise interact with them. If enough end users choose not to visit our customers’ websites or otherwise interact with them, our customers could stop using our platform. This, in turn, may reduce the value of our services and slow or eliminate the growth of our business. Existing and potential privacy laws and regulations concerning privacy and data security and increasing sensitivity of consumers to unauthorized processing of PII may create negative public reactions to technologies, products, and services such as ours.

Evolving and changing definitions of what constitutes PII and / or “Personal Data” within the United States, Canada, the European Union, and elsewhere, especially relating to the classification of internet protocol, or IP addresses, machine or device identification numbers, location data and other information, may limit or inhibit our ability to operate or to expand our business. Future laws, regulations, standards and other obligations could impair our ability to collect or to use information that we utilize to provide email delivery and marketing services to our customers, thereby impairing our ability to maintain and to grow our customer base and to increase revenue. Future restrictions on the collection, use, sharing, or disclosure of our customers’ data or additional requirements for express or implied consent of customers for the use and disclosure of such information may limit our ability to develop new services and features.

 

28


Table of Contents

Privacy concerns and laws or other domestic or foreign data protection regulations may reduce the effectiveness of our applications, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our customers can use our applications to collect, to use, and to store PII regarding their employees, independent contractors, and job applicants. Federal, state, and foreign government bodies and agencies have adopted, are considering adopting, or may adopt laws and regulations regarding the collection, use, storage and disclosure of PII obtained from individuals. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by, such laws and regulations that are applicable to the businesses of our customers, or to our business directly, may limit the use and adoption of our applications and reduce overall demand, or lead to significant fines, penalties, or liabilities for any non-compliance with such privacy laws. Furthermore, privacy concerns may cause our customers’ workers to resist providing PII necessary to allow our customers to use our applications effectively. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our applications in certain industries.

All of these domestic and international legislative and regulatory initiatives may adversely affect our customers’ ability to process, to handle, to store, to use, and to transmit demographic information and PII from their employees, independent contractors, job applicants, customers, and suppliers, which could reduce demand for our applications. The European Union and many countries in Europe have stringent privacy laws and regulations, which may impact our ability to profitably operate in certain European countries.

Further, international data protection regulations trending toward increased localized data residency rules make transfers from outside the regulation’s jurisdiction increasingly complex and may impact our ability to deliver solutions that meet all customers’ needs. If the processing of PII were to be further curtailed in this manner, our solutions could be less effective, which may reduce demand for our applications, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition to government activity, privacy advocacy groups and the technology and other industries are considering various new, additional, or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional burdens on us. If the processing of PII were to be curtailed in this manner, our solutions would be less effective, which may reduce demand for our applications, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We rely on third party service providers for many aspects of our business, including, but not limited to, the operation of data centers; the execution of Automated Clearing House, or ACH, and wire transfers to support our customer payroll and tax services; the monitoring of applicable laws; and the printing and delivery of checks. If any third party service providers on which we rely experience a disruption, go out of business, experience a decline in quality, or terminate their relationship with us, we could experience a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operation.

We rely on third party service providers for many integral aspects of our business. A failure on the part of any of our third party service providers to fulfill their contracts with us could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operation. We depend on our third parties for many services, including, but not limited to:

Upkeep of data centers

We host Dayforce and Powerpay applications and serve all of our customers from data centers operated by third party providers, primarily NaviSite, in Boston, Massachusetts; Redhill, England;

 

29


Table of Contents

Santa Clara, California; Toronto, Canada; Vancouver, Canada; and Woking, England. We also host Dayforce Australia in Microsoft Azure in Melbourne, Australia and Sydney, Australia. While we control and have access to our servers and all of the components of our network that are located in our external data centers, we do not control the operation of these facilities. The owners of our data center facilities have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. These parties may also seek to cap their maximum contractual liability resulting in us being financially responsible for losses caused by their actions or omissions. Additionally, we host our internal systems through data centers that we operate and lease or own in Atlanta, Georgia; Fountain Valley, California; Louisville, Kentucky; St. Petersburg, Florida; and Winnipeg, Canada. If we are unable to renew our agreements with our third party providers or to renew our leases on commercially reasonable terms, or if one of our data center operators is acquired, we may be required to transfer our servers and other infrastructure to new data center facilities, and we may incur significant costs and possible service interruption in connection with any such transfer. Both our third party data centers and data centers that we lease and operate are subject to break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism, and other misconduct. Any such acts could result in a breach of the security of our or our customers’ data.

Problems faced by our third party data center locations, with the telecommunications network providers with whom we or they contract, or with the systems by which our telecommunications providers allocate capacity among their customers, including us, could adversely affect the experience of our customers. Our third party data centers operators could decide to close their facilities without adequate notice. In addition, any financial difficulties, such as bankruptcy, faced by our third party data centers operators or any of the service providers with whom we or they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. Additionally, if our data centers are unable to keep up with our growing needs for capacity, this could adversely affect the growth of our business. Any changes in third party service levels at our data centers or any security breaches, errors, defects, disruptions, or other performance problems with our applications could adversely affect our reputation, damage our customers’ stored files, result in lengthy interruptions in our services, or otherwise result in damage or losses to our customers for which they may seek compensation from us. Interruptions in our services might reduce our revenues, cause us to issue refunds to customers for prepaid and unused subscription services, subject us to potential liability, or adversely affect our renewal rates.

Processing of electronic funds transfers

We currently have agreements with three banks in the United States, two banks in Canada, and one financial payments company in the United Kingdom to execute electronic funds transfers to support our customer payroll and tax services in the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom. If one or more of these parties fails to process electronic funds transfers on a timely basis, or at all, then our relationship with our customers could be harmed and we could be subject to claims by a customer with respect to the failed transfers, with little or no recourse to the banks. In addition, these parties have no obligation to renew their agreements with us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and transferring to alternative providers could prove time-consuming and costly. If these parties terminate their relationships with us, restrict or fail to increase the dollar amounts of funds that they will process on behalf of our customers, their doing so may impede our ability to process funds and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Check printing and delivery

In Canada, we rely on a third party vendor to print payroll checks, and in Canada and the United States we rely on third party couriers, such as Federal Express and Purolator, to ship printed reports, year-end slips, and pay checks to our customers. Relying on third party check printers and couriers

 

30


Table of Contents

puts us at risk from disruptions in their operations, such as employee strikes, inclement weather, and their ability to perform tasks on our behalf. If these vendors fail to perform their tasks, we could incur liability or suffer damages to our reputation, or both. If we are forced to use other third party couriers, transferring to these competitor couriers could prove time-consuming, our costs could increase and we may not be able to meet shipment deadlines. Moreover, we may not be able to obtain terms as favorable as those we currently use, which could further increase our costs.

Monitoring of changes to applicable laws

We and our third party providers must monitor for any changes or updates in laws that are applicable to the solutions that we or our third party providers provide to our customers. In addition, we are reliant on our third party providers to modify the solutions that they provide to our customers to enable our clients to comply with changes to such laws and regulations. If our third party providers fail to reflect changes or updates in applicable laws in the solutions that they provide to our customers, we could be subject to negative customer experiences, harm to our reputation, loss of customers, claims for any fines, penalties or other damages suffered by our customers, and other financial harm.

A failure on the part of any of our third party service providers could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we are unable to develop or to sell our existing Cloud solutions into new markets or to further penetrate existing markets, our revenue may not grow as expected.

Our ability to increase revenue will depend, in large part, on our ability to sell our existing Cloud solutions into new markets around the world, to further penetrate our existing markets, and to increase sales from existing customers who do not utilize the full Dayforce suite. The success of any enhancement or new solution or service depends on several factors, including the timely completion, introduction and market acceptance of enhanced or new solutions, the ability to maintain and to develop relationships with third parties, and the ability to attract, to retain and to effectively train sales and marketing personnel. Any new solutions we develop or acquire may not be introduced in a timely or cost-effective manner and may not achieve the market acceptance necessary to generate significant revenue. Any new markets in which we attempt to sell our platform and solutions, including new countries or regions, may not be receptive. Additionally, any expansion into new markets will require commensurate ongoing expansion of our monitoring of local laws and regulations, which increases our costs as well as the risk of the product not incorporating in a timely fashion or at all the necessary changes to enable a customer to be compliant with such laws. Our ability to further penetrate our existing markets depends on the quality of our platform and solutions, and our ability to design our Cloud solutions to meet consumer demand; and our ability to increase sales from existing customers depends on our customers’ satisfaction with our product and need for additional solutions. If we are unable to sell our Cloud solutions into new markets or to further penetrate existing markets, or to increase sales from existing customers, our revenue may not grow as expected, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Because a growing part of our business consists of sales of applications to manage complex operating environments for our customers, we may experience longer sales cycles and longer deployments. Some customers demand more configuration and integration services, and require increased compliance and initial support costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations in a given period.

A growing portion of our customer base requires applications that manage complex operating environments. Our ability to increase revenues and to maintain profitability depends, in large part, on widespread acceptance of our applications by businesses and other organizations. As we target our

 

31


Table of Contents

sales efforts at these customers, we face greater costs, longer sales cycles, and less predictability in completing some of our sales. For some of our customers, the customer’s decision to use our applications may be an enterprise-wide decision and, therefore, these types of sales require us to provide greater levels of education regarding the use and benefits of our applications. Our typical sales cycles for Dayforce range from three to twelve months, and we expect that this lengthy sales cycle may continue or increase as customers adopt our applications. Longer sales cycles could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations in a given period.

It typically takes approximately three to nine months to implement a new customer on Dayforce, depending on the number and type of applications, the complexity and scale of the customers’ business, the configuration requirements, and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Although our contracts are generally non-cancellable by the customer, at any given time, a significant percentage of our customers may be still in the process of deploying our applications, particularly during periods of rapid growth. Some customers may opt for phased roll outs, which further lengthens the time for us to see profits from such contracts.

Some of our customers may demand more configuration and integration services, which increase our upfront investment in sales and deployment efforts. Additionally, customers may require increased compliance and initial support costs during the onboarding process. As a result of these factors, we must devote a significant amount of sales support and professional services resources to individual customers, increasing the cost and time required to complete sales. The increased costs associated with completing sales and the implementation process for these customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If our customers are not satisfied with the implementation and professional services provided by us or our partners, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our business depends on our ability to implement our solutions on a timely, accurate, and cost-efficient basis and to provide professional services demanded by our customers. Implementation and other professional services may be performed by our own staff, by a third party, or by a combination of the two. Although we perform the majority of our implementations and other professional services with our staff, in some instances we work with third parties to increase the breadth of capability and depth of capacity for delivery of certain services to our customers. In 2017 and 2018, we used third parties to assist us in approximately 20% of our implementation services. If a customer is not satisfied with the quality of work performed by us or a third party or with the implementation or type of professional services or applications delivered, or there are inaccuracies or errors in the work delivered by the third party, then we could incur additional costs to address the situation, the profitability of that work might be impaired, and the customer’s dissatisfaction with such services could damage our ability to expand the number of applications subscribed to by that customer or we could be liable for loss or damage suffered by the customer as a result of such third party’s actions or omissions, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. If a new customer is dissatisfied with professional service, either performed by us or a third party, the customer could refuse to go-live, which could result in a delay in our collection of revenue or could result in a customer seeking repayment of its implementation fees or suing us for damages, or could force us to enforce the termination provisions in our customer contracts in order to collect revenue. In addition, negative publicity related to our customer relationships, regardless of its accuracy, may affect our ability to compete for new business with current and prospective customers, which could also have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

32


Table of Contents

The loss of a significant portion of our customers, or a failure to renew our subscription agreements with a significant portion of our customers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The loss of a significant portion of our customers, or a failure of some of them to renew their contracts with us, could have a significant impact on our revenues, reputation, and our ability to obtain new customers. Our agreements with our Dayforce customers are typically structured as having an initial fixed term of between three and five years, with evergreen renewal thereafter; consequently, our customers may choose to terminate their agreements with us at any time after the expiration of the initial term by providing us with the amount of written notice stipulated in the agreement. Moreover, acquisitions of our customers could lead to cancellation of our contracts with them or by the acquiring companies, thereby reducing the number of our existing and potential customers. Acquisitions of our partners involved in referring or reselling our solutions could also result in a reduction in the number of our current and potential customers, as our partners may no longer facilitate the adoption of our applications. A failure to retain a significant portion of our customers, or a failure to renew our subscription agreements with a significant portion of customers, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our customers may fail to pay us in accordance with the terms of their agreements, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our agreements with our Dayforce customers are typically structured as having an initial fixed term of between three and five years, with evergreen renewal thereafter. If customers fail to pay us under the terms of our agreements with them, we may be unable to collect amounts due and may be required to incur additional costs enforcing the terms of our contracts, including litigation. The risk of such negative effects increases with the term length of our customer arrangements. Furthermore, some of our customers may seek bankruptcy protection or other similar relief and fail to pay amounts due to us, or to pay those amounts more slowly. If our customers fail to pay us in accordance with the terms of their agreements, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We often provide service level commitments under our customer contracts. If we fail to meet these contractual commitments, we could be considered to have breached our contractual obligations, be obligated to provide credits, or refund prepaid amounts related to unused subscription services or face contract terminations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our customer agreements typically provide service level commitments which are measured on a monthly or other periodic basis. If we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments or suffer extended periods of unavailability for our applications, we may be contractually obligated to provide these customers with service credits or refunds for prepaid amounts related to unused subscription services, or we could face contract claims for damages or terminations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, our revenues could be significantly affected if we suffer unscheduled downtime that exceeds the allowed downtimes under our agreements with our customers. Any extended service outages could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Any failure to offer high-quality technical support services may adversely affect our relationships with our customers and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Once our applications are deployed, our customers depend on our support organization to resolve technical issues relating to our applications. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to

 

33


Table of Contents

accommodate short-term increases in customer demand for support services. We also may be unable to modify the format of our support services to compete with changes in support services provided by our competitors. Increased customer demand for these services, without corresponding revenues, could increase costs and have an adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, our sales process is highly dependent on our applications and business reputation and on positive recommendations from our existing customers. Any failure to maintain high-quality technical support, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support, could adversely affect our reputation and our ability to sell our applications to existing and prospective customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Regulatory requirements placed on our software and services could impose increased costs on us, delay or prevent our introduction of new products and services, and impair the function or value of our existing products and services.

Our products and services may become subject to increasing regulatory requirements, and as these requirements proliferate, we may be required to change or adapt our products and services to comply. Changing regulatory requirements might render our products and services obsolete or might block us from developing new products and services. This might in turn impose additional costs upon us to comply or to further develop our products and services. It might also make introduction of new products and services more costly or more time-consuming than we currently anticipate and could even prevent introduction by us of new products or services or cause the continuation of our existing products or services to become more costly. Accordingly, such regulatory requirements could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Customers depend on our products and services to enable them to comply with applicable laws, which requires us and our third party providers to constantly monitor applicable laws and to make applicable changes to our solutions. If our solutions have not been updated to enable the customer to comply with applicable laws or we fail to update our solutions on a timely basis, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Customers rely on our solutions to enable them to comply with payroll, HR, and other applicable laws for which the solutions are intended for use. Changes in tax, benefit, and other laws and regulations could require us to make significant modifications to our products or to delay or to cease sales of certain products, which could result in reduced revenues or revenue growth and our incurring substantial expenses and write-offs. There are thousands of jurisdictions and multiple laws in some or all of such jurisdictions, which may be relevant to the solutions that we or our third party providers provide to our customers. Therefore, we and our third party providers must monitor all applicable laws and as such laws expand, evolve, or are amended in any way, and when new regulations or laws are implemented, we may be required to modify our solutions to enable our customers to comply, which requires an investment of our time and resources. Although we believe that our cloud platform provides us with flexibility to release updates in response to these changes, we cannot be certain that we will be able to make the necessary changes to our solutions and release updates on a timely basis, or at all. In addition, we are reliant on our third party providers to modify the solutions that they provide to our customers as part of our solutions to comply with changes to such laws and regulations. The number of laws and regulations that we are required to monitor will increase as we expand the geographic region in which the solutions are offered. When a law changes, we must then test our solutions to meet the requirements necessary to enable our customers to comply with the new law. If our solutions fail to enable a customer to comply with applicable laws, we could be subject to negative customer experiences, harm to our reputation or loss of customers, claims for any fines, penalties or other damages suffered by our customer, and other financial harm. Additionally, the costs associated with such monitoring implementation of changes are significant. If our solutions do not enable our

 

34


Table of Contents

customers to comply with applicable laws and regulations, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Additionally, if we fail to make any changes to our products as described herein, which are required as a result of such changes to, or enactment of, any applicable laws in a timely fashion, we could be responsible for fines and penalties implemented by governmental and regulatory bodies. If we fail to provide contracted services, such as processing W-2 tax forms or remitting taxes in accordance with deadlines set by law, our customers could incur fines, penalties, interest, or other damages, which we could be responsible for paying. Our payment of fines, penalties, interest, or other damages as a result of our failure to provide compliance services prior to deadlines may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We operate and are subject to tax in multiple jurisdictions. Audits, investigations, and tax proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

We are subject to income and non-income taxes in multiple jurisdictions. Income tax accounting often involves complex issues, and judgment is required in determining our worldwide provision for income taxes. We are regularly subject to tax audits in these jurisdictions. We regularly assess the likely outcomes of these audits to determine the appropriateness of our tax reserves as well as our future tax liabilities. In addition, the application of withholding tax, value added tax, goods and services tax, sales tax, and other non-income taxes is not always clear and we may be subject to audits relating to such withholding or non-income taxes. We believe that our tax positions are reasonable and our tax reserves are adequate to cover any potential liability. However, tax authorities in these jurisdictions may challenge our position. If any of these tax authorities successfully challenge our positions, we may be liable for additional tax, penalties, and interest in excess of any reserves established, which may have a significant impact on our results, and operations and future cash flow.

Sales to customers outside the United States or with international operations expose us to risks inherent in international sales.

Over 30% of our revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, was obtained from companies headquartered outside of the United States, primarily from Canada, which accounted for 30.1%, 30.3%, and 30.2% of our revenue in such periods, respectively. Our Ceridian Canada Ltd. (“Ceridian Canada”) operations provide certain HCM solutions for our Canadian customers. We are continuing to expand our international Cloud solutions into other countries. As such, our international operations are subject to risks that could adversely affect those operations or our business as a whole, including:

 

   

costs of localizing products and services for foreign customers;

 

   

difficulties in managing and staffing international operations;

 

   

difficulties and increased expenses introducing corporate policies and controls in our international operations;

 

   

difficulties with or inability to engage global partners;

 

   

reduced or varied protection of intellectual property and other legal rights in some countries;

 

   

longer sales and payment cycles;

 

   

the burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws;

 

   

compliance with applicable anti-bribery laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

 

   

additional regulatory compliance requirements;

 

35


Table of Contents
   

exposure to legal jurisdictions that may not recognize or interpret customer contracts appropriately;

 

   

potentially adverse tax consequences, including the complexities of foreign value added tax systems, the tax cost on the repatriation of earnings, and changes in tax rates;

 

   

restrictions on transfer of funds, laws and business practices favoring local competitors;

 

   

weaker protection for intellectual property and other legal rights than in the United States;

 

   

practical difficulties in enforcing intellectual property and other rights outside of the United States;

 

   

exposure to local economic and political conditions; and

 

   

changes in currency exchange rates, and in particular, changes in the currency exchange rate between U.S. dollars and Canadian dollars.

In addition, we anticipate that customers and potential customers may increasingly require and demand that a single vendor provide HCM solutions and services for their employees in a number of countries. If we are unable to provide the required services on a multinational basis, there may be a negative impact on our new orders and customer retention, which would negatively impact revenue and earnings. Although we have a multinational strategy, additional investment and efforts may be necessary to implement such strategy. Some of our business partners also have international operations and are subject to the risks described above. Even if we are able to successfully manage the risks of international operations, our business may be adversely affected if our business partners are not able to successfully manage these risks.

If we fail to manage our technical operations infrastructure, our existing customers may experience service outages, and our new customers may experience delays in the deployment of our applications, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have experienced significant growth in the number of users, transactions, and data that our operations infrastructure supports. We seek to maintain sufficient excess capacity in our operations infrastructure to meet the needs of all of our customers. We also seek to maintain excess capacity to facilitate the rapid provision of new customer activations and the expansion of existing customer activations. In addition, we need to properly manage our technological operations infrastructure in order to support version control, changes in hardware and software parameters, and the evolution of our applications. However, the provision of new hosting infrastructure requires significant lead time. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, website disruptions, outages and other performance problems. These problems may be caused by a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, viruses, security attacks, fraud, increased resource consumption from expansion or modification to our Dayforce code, spikes in customer usage, and denial of service issues. In some instances, we may not be able to identify the cause or causes of these performance problems within an acceptable period of time. If we do not accurately predict our infrastructure requirements, our existing customers may experience service outages that may subject them to financial penalties, causing us to incur financial liabilities and customer losses, and our operations infrastructure may fail to keep pace with increased sales, causing new customers to experience delays as we seek to obtain additional capacity, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Aging software infrastructure may lead to increased costs and disruptions in operations that could negatively impact our financial results.

We have risks associated with aging software infrastructure assets. The age of certain of our assets may result in a need for replacement, or higher level of maintenance costs. A higher level of

 

36


Table of Contents

expenses associated with our aging software infrastructure may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our growth depends in part on the success of our strategic relationships with third parties.

In order to grow our business, we anticipate that we will continue to depend on the continuation and expansion of relationships with third parties, such as implementation partners, third party sales channel partners, some of whom have exclusive relationships with us, and technology and content providers. Identifying partners and negotiating and documenting relationships with them requires significant time and resources. In addition, the third parties we partner with may not perform as expected under our agreements, and we may have disagreements or disputes with such third parties, which could negatively affect our brand and reputation.

Additionally, we rely on the expansion of our relationships with our third party partners as we grow our Cloud solutions. Our agreements with third parties are typically non-exclusive and do not prohibit them from working with our competitors. Our competitors may be effective in providing incentives to these same third parties to favor their products or services. In addition, acquisitions of our partners by our competitors could result in a reduction in the number of our current and potential customers, as our partners may no longer facilitate the adoption of our applications by potential customers after an acquisition by any of our competitors.

If we are unsuccessful in establishing or maintaining our relationships with third parties, our ability to compete in the marketplace or to grow our revenues could be impaired, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Even if we are successful, we cannot assure you that these relationships will result in increased customer usage of our applications or increased revenues.

If our current or future applications fail to perform properly, our reputation could be adversely affected, our market share could decline, and we could be subject to liability claims, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our applications are inherently complex and may contain material defects or errors. Any defects in functionality or that cause interruptions in the availability of our applications could result in:

 

   

loss or delayed market acceptance and sales;

 

   

breach of warranty or other contractual claims for damages incurred by customers;

 

   

errors in application output and resulting fines or penalties;

 

   

sales credits or refunds for prepaid amounts related to unused subscription services;

 

   

loss of customers;

 

   

diversion of development and customer service resources; and

 

   

injury to our reputation;

any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, the costs incurred in correcting any material defects or errors might be substantial.

Because of the large amount of data that we collect and manage, it is possible that hardware failures or errors in our systems could result in data loss or corruption or cause the information that we

 

37


Table of Contents

collect to be incomplete or contain inaccuracies that our customers regard as significant. Furthermore, the availability or performance of our applications could be adversely affected by a number of factors, including customers’ inability to access the Internet, the failure of our network or software systems, security breaches, or variability in user traffic for our services. We may be required to issue credits or refunds for prepaid amounts related to unused services or otherwise be liable to our customers for damages they may incur resulting from certain of these events. Because of the nature of our business, our reputation could be harmed as a result of factors beyond our control. For example, because our customers access our applications through their Internet service providers, if a service provider fails to provide sufficient capacity to support our applications or otherwise experiences service outages, such failure could interrupt our customers’ access to or experience with our applications, which could adversely affect our reputation or our customers’ perception of our applications’ reliability or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our insurance intended to cover liability claims may be inadequate or may not be available in the future on acceptable terms, or at all. In addition, our policy may not cover all claims made against us, and defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management’s attention.

We depend on our senior management team, and the loss of one or more key employees or an inability to attract and to retain highly skilled employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our key executive officers. We also rely on our leadership team in the areas of research and development, marketing, sales, services, and general and administrative functions, and on mission-critical individual contributors in all such areas. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. We do not have employment agreements with our executive officers or other key personnel that require them to continue to work for us for any specified period, and, therefore, they could terminate their employment with us at any time. Additionally, we do not maintain key man insurance on any of our executive officers or key employees. The loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

To execute our growth plan, we must attract and retain highly qualified personnel. Competition for personnel is intense, including without limitation for individuals with high levels of experience in designing and developing software and Internet-related services and senior sales executives. We have, from time to time, experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees with appropriate qualifications. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced personnel have greater resources than we have. If we hire employees from competitors or other companies, their former employers may attempt to assert that these employees have or that we have breached their legal obligations, resulting in a diversion of our time and resources. In addition, job candidates and existing employees often consider the value of the stock awards they receive in connection with their employment. If the perceived value of our stock awards declines, it may adversely affect our ability to recruit and to retain highly skilled employees. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and to motivate our current personnel, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have significant operations in the Republic of Mauritius. Changes in the laws and regulations in Mauritius or our non-compliance with applicable laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our Mauritius operations, which employ 685 employees as of December 31, 2018, are subject to the laws and regulations of the Republic of Mauritius. The continuance of these operations depends

 

38


Table of Contents

upon compliance with applicable Mauritius environmental, health, safety, labor, social security, pension, and other laws and regulations. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in fines, penalties, or lawsuits. In addition, there is no assurance that we will be able to comply fully with applicable laws and regulations should there be any amendment to the existing regulatory regime or implementation of any new laws and regulations. Changes in the laws and regulations in Mauritius or our non-compliance with applicable laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Additionally, Mauritius lacks the infrastructure of countries in which we do business, such as the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom. Any disruption to the electrical grid or catastrophic event in Mauritius could result in a longer response time in our ability to address the issue due to the remote geographic location of Mauritius, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Furthermore, our business and operations in Mauritius entail the procurement of licenses and permits from the relevant authorities. Difficulties or failure in obtaining the required permits, licenses, and certificates could result in our inability to continue our business in Mauritius in a manner consistent with past practice, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional indebtedness or dilution to our stockholders, and otherwise disrupt our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may in the future seek to acquire or to invest in businesses, applications or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our applications, enhance our technical capabilities, or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating, and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated.

In addition, we have limited experience in acquiring other businesses. If we acquire additional businesses, we may not be able to integrate the acquired personnel, operations, and technologies successfully, or to effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including the inability to integrate or to benefit from acquired technologies or services in a profitable manner, unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition, difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy products and hosting infrastructure of the acquired business, difficulty converting the customers of the acquired business onto our applications and contract terms, and adverse effects to our existing business relationships with business partners and customer as a result of the acquisition.

If an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could increase our interest payments.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the event that the book value of goodwill or other intangible assets is impaired, any such impairment would be charged to earnings in the period of impairment. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to record charges based on this impairment assessment process, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

39


Table of Contents

Adverse economic conditions may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our business depends on the overall demand for HCM solutions and on the economic health of our current and prospective customers. Past financial recessions have resulted in a significant weakening of the economy in North America and globally, the reduction in employment levels, the reduction in prevailing interest rates, more limited availability of credit, a reduction in business confidence and activity, and other difficulties that may affect one or more of the industries to which we sell our applications. In addition, there has been pressure to reduce government spending in the United States, and any tax increases and spending cuts at the federal level might reduce demand for our applications from organizations that receive funding from the U.S. government and could negatively affect the U.S. economy, which could further reduce demand for our applications. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. In addition, there can be no assurance that spending levels for HCM solutions will increase following any recovery.

Catastrophic events may disrupt our business.

Our data centers are located in Atlanta, Georgia; Fountain Valley, California; Louisville, Kentucky; St. Petersburg, Florida; and Winnipeg, Canada. Additionally, our data centers hosted by third parties and our corporate offices are located in Boston, Massachusetts; Melbourne, Australia; Minneapolis, Minnesota; Redhill, England; Santa Clara, California; Sydney, Australia; Toronto, Canada; Vancouver, Canada; and Woking, England. Any location in any part of the world is susceptible to natural disasters or other risks beyond our control and its third party contractors that could impact operations. For example, the west coast of the United States contains active earthquake zones, the Midwest is subject to periodic tornadoes, and the east coast is subject to seasonal hurricanes and snowstorms. Additionally, we employ a substantial number of employees located in the Republic of Mauritius, which is subject to seasonal hurricanes, and the geographic remoteness of the location may create additional delays in recovery from any catastrophic event. Additionally, we rely on our network and third party infrastructure and enterprise applications, internal technology systems, and our website for our development, marketing, operational support, hosted services and sales activities. In the event of a major earthquake, tornado, hurricane, or catastrophic event, such as fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, cyber-attack, war, or terrorist attack in any of our domestic or international locations, we may be unable to continue our operations and may endure system interruptions, reputational harm, delays in our application development, lengthy interruptions in our services, breaches of data security and loss of critical data, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Any failure to protect our intellectual property rights could impair our ability to protect our proprietary technology and our brand.

Our success and ability to compete depend in part upon our intellectual property. We primarily rely on copyright, trade secret, and trademark laws; trade secret protection; and confidentiality or license agreements with our employees, customers, partners and others to protect our intellectual property rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property rights may be ineffective or inadequate.

In order to protect our intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and to protect these rights. Litigation brought to protect and to enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming, and distracting to management, with no guarantee of success, and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses,

 

40


Table of Contents

counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Our failure to secure, to protect, and to enforce our intellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Litigation and regulatory investigations aimed at us or resulting from actions of our predecessor may result in significant financial losses and harm to our reputation.

We face risk of litigation, regulatory investigations, and similar actions in the ordinary course of our business, including the risk of lawsuits and other legal actions relating to breaches of contractual obligations or tortious claims from customers or other third parties, fines, penalties, interest, or other damages as a result of erroneous transactions, breach of data privacy laws, or lawsuits and legal actions related to our predecessors. Any such action may include claims for substantial or unspecified compensatory damages, as well as civil, regulatory, or criminal proceedings against our directors, officers, or employees; and the probability and amount of liability, if any, may remain unknown for significant periods of time. We may be also subject to various regulatory inquiries, such as information requests, and book and records examinations, from regulators and other authorities in the geographical markets in which we operate. A substantial liability arising from a lawsuit judgment or settlement or a significant regulatory action against us or a disruption in our business arising from adverse adjudications in proceedings against our directors, officers, or employees could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results or operations.

Additionally, we are subject to claims and investigations as a result of our predecessor, Control Data Corporation (“CDC”), Ceridian Corporation, and other former entities for whom we are successor-in-interest with respect to assumed liabilities. For example, in September 1989, CDC became party to an environmental matters agreement with Seagate Technology plc (“Seagate”) related to groundwater contamination on a parcel of real estate in Omaha, Nebraska sold by CDC to Seagate. In February 1988, CDC entered into an arrangement with Northern Engraving Corporation and the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency in relation to groundwater contamination at a site in Spring Grove, Minnesota. In August 2017, we received notice of a mesothelioma claim related to CDC. Although we are fully reserved for the groundwater contamination liabilities, we cannot at this time accurately assess the merits of these claims, and we cannot be certain if additional liabilities related to such predecessor companies will surface. Moreover, even if we ultimately prevail in or settle any litigation, regulatory action, or investigation, we could suffer significant harm to our reputation, which could materially affect our ability to attract new customers, to retain current customers, and to recruit and to retain employees, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may be sued by third parties for alleged infringement of their proprietary rights.

There is considerable patent and other intellectual property development activity in our industry. Our success depends upon our not infringing upon the intellectual property rights of others. Our competitors, as well as a number of other entities and individuals, including parties commonly referred to as “patent trolls,” may own or claim to own intellectual property relating to our industry. From time to time, third parties may claim that we are infringing upon their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to be infringing upon such rights. In the future, others may claim that our applications and underlying technology infringe or violate their intellectual property rights. However, we may be unaware of the intellectual property rights that others may claim cover some or all of our technology or services. Any claims or litigation could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages or ongoing royalty payments, prevent us from offering our services, or require that we comply with other unfavorable terms. We contractually agree to indemnify our customers with respect to claims of intellectual property infringement relating to our products, and may also be obligated to indemnify our customers or business partners or to pay

 

41


Table of Contents

substantial settlement costs, including royalty payments, in connection with any such claim or litigation, and to obtain licenses, to modify applications, or to refund fees, which could be costly. Even if we were to prevail in such a dispute, any litigation regarding our intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business operations. Any such events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Some of our applications utilize open source software, and any failure to comply with the terms of one or more of these open source licenses could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Some of our applications include software covered by open source licenses, which may include, by way of example, GNU General Public License and the Apache License. The terms of various open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market our applications. By the terms of certain open source licenses, we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary software and to make our proprietary software available under open source licenses if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner. In the event that portions of our proprietary software are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code, to re-engineer all or a portion of our technologies, or otherwise to be limited in the licensing of our technologies, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of our technologies and services. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of the software. Many of the risks associated with usage of open source software cannot be eliminated and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We employ third party software for use in or with both our applications and our internal operations, and the inability to maintain these licenses or errors in the software we license could result in increased costs, or reduced service levels, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our applications, including Dayforce, incorporate certain third party software obtained under licenses from other companies. Additionally, we are reliant on third party software licenses for our internal operational applications. We anticipate that we will continue to rely on such third party software and development tools from third parties in the future. Although we believe that there are commercially reasonable alternatives to the third party software we currently license, this may not always be the case, or it may be difficult or costly to replace, and our failure to migrate off end of life software may significantly impact our customer’s ability to operate. In addition, integration of the software used in our applications and in our operations with new third party software may require significant work and require substantial investment of our time and resources. Also, our use of additional or alternative third party software would require us to enter into license agreements with third parties.

Additionally, if the quality of our third party software declines, the overall quality of our products may be negatively impacted. To the extent that our applications depend upon the successful operation of third party software in conjunction with our software, any undetected errors or defects in this third party software could prevent the deployment or impair the functionality of our applications, delay new application introductions, and result in a failure of our applications, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

42


Table of Contents

Changes in laws and regulations related to the Internet or changes in the Internet infrastructure itself may diminish the demand for our applications, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The future success of our business depends upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication, and business applications. Federal, state or foreign government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. Changes in these laws or regulations could require us to modify our applications in order to comply with these changes. In addition, government agencies or private organizations may begin to impose taxes, fees, or other charges for accessing the Internet or commerce conducted via the Internet. These laws or charges could limit the growth of Internet-related commerce or communications generally, resulting in reductions in the demand for Internet-based applications such as ours, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

In addition, the use of the Internet as a business tool could be adversely affected due to delays in the development or adoption of new standards and protocols to handle increased demands of Internet activity, security, reliability, cost, ease of use, accessibility, and quality of service. The performance of the Internet and its acceptance as a business tool has been adversely affected by “viruses,” “worms,” and similar malicious programs, and the Internet has experienced a variety of outages and other delays as a result of damage to portions of its infrastructure. If the use of the Internet is adversely affected by these issues, demand for our applications could suffer, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We may pay employees and taxing authorities amounts due for a payroll period before a customer’s electronic funds transfers are settled with finality to our trust account, or make erroneous payments to employees, taxing authorities, or other entities. If customer payments are rejected by banking institutions or otherwise fail to clear into our trust accounts, or erroneous payments are not quickly resolved, we may require additional sources of short-term liquidity which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our payroll processing business involves the movement of significant funds from the account of a customer to employees and relevant taxing authorities. We debit a customer’s account prior to any disbursement on its behalf. Under certain circumstances, funds previously credited to our trust account could be reversed after our payment of amounts due to employees and taxing and other regulatory authorities. There is, therefore, a risk that the employer’s funds will be insufficient to cover the amounts we have already paid on its behalf. While such funding shortage or erroneous payments and accompanying financial exposure has only occurred in limited instances in the past, should customers default on their payment obligations in the future or erroneous payment recovery be unsuccessful, we might be required to advance substantial amounts of funds to cover such obligations. In such an event, we may be required to seek additional sources of short-term liquidity, which may not be available on reasonable terms, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Further, should a customer whose funds are reversed subsequently have financial difficulty, collection of the funds advanced by us on its behalf may be difficult.

Customer funds that we hold in trust are subject to market, interest rate, credit, and liquidity risks. The loss of these funds could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We invest funds held in trust for our customers in liquid, investment-grade marketable securities, money market securities, and other cash equivalents. Nevertheless, our customer fund assets are

 

43


Table of Contents

subject to general market, interest rate, credit, and liquidity risks. These risks may be exacerbated, individually or in unison, during periods of unusual financial market volatility. In the event of a global financial crisis, such as that experienced in 2008, we could be faced with a severe constriction of the availability of liquidity, which could impact our ability to fund payrolls. Any loss of or inability to access customer funds could have an adverse impact on our cash position and results of operations and could require us to obtain additional sources of liquidity, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

If we are required to collect sales and use taxes in additional jurisdictions, we might be subject to liability for past sales, and our future sales may decrease. Adverse tax laws or regulations could be enacted or existing laws could be applied to us or our customers, which could increase the costs of our services and otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The application of federal, state, and local tax laws to services provided electronically is evolving. New income, sales, use, or other tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances could be enacted at any time (possibly with retroactive effect), and could be applied solely or disproportionately to services provided over the Internet. These enactments could adversely affect our sales activity due to the inherent cost increase the taxes would represent and ultimately have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows.

In addition, existing tax laws, statutes, rules, regulations, or ordinances could be interpreted, changed, modified, or applied adversely to us (possibly with retroactive effect), which could require us or our customers to pay additional tax amounts, as well as require us or our customers to pay fines or penalties and interest for past amounts.

For example, we might lose sales or incur significant expenses if states successfully impose broader guidelines on state sales and use taxes. A successful assertion by one or more states requiring us to collect sales or other taxes on the licensing of our software or provision of our services could result in substantial tax liabilities for past transactions and otherwise harm our business. Each state has different rules and regulations governing sales and use taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that change over time. We review these rules and regulations periodically and, when we believe we are subject to sales and use taxes in a particular state, we may voluntarily engage state tax authorities in order to determine how to comply with that state’s rules and regulations. There is no guarantee that we will not be subject to sales and use taxes or related penalties for past sales in states where we currently believe no such taxes are required.

Vendors of services, like us, are typically held responsible by taxing authorities for the collection and payment of any applicable sales and similar taxes. If one or more taxing authorities determines that taxes should have, but have not, been paid with respect to our services, we might be liable for past taxes in addition to taxes going forward. Liability for past taxes might also include substantial interest and penalty charges. Our customers are typically wholly responsible for applicable sales and similar taxes. Nevertheless, customers might be reluctant to pay back taxes and might refuse responsibility for interest or penalties associated with those taxes. If we are required to collect and to pay back taxes and the associated interest and penalties, and if our customers fail or refuse to reimburse us for all or a portion of these amounts, we will incur unplanned expenses that may be substantial. Moreover, imposition of such taxes on us going forward will effectively increase the cost of our software and services to our customers and might adversely affect our ability to retain existing customers or to gain new customers in the areas in which such taxes are imposed.

 

44


Table of Contents

We have underfunded pension plan liabilities. We will require current and future operating cash flow to fund these shortfalls. We have no assurance that we will generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy these obligations.

We maintain defined benefit pension plans covering employees who meet age and service requirements. While our U.S. pension plans have been closed and frozen, our net pension liability and cost is materially affected by the discount rate used to measure pension obligations, the longevity and actuarial profile of our plan participants, the level of plan assets available to fund those obligations, and the actual and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. Significant changes in investment performance or a change in the portfolio mix of invested assets can result in corresponding increases and decreases in the valuation of plan assets, particularly equity securities, or in a change in the expected rate of return on plan assets. Assets available to fund the pension and other postemployment benefit obligations of our plans, as of December 31, 2018, were approximately $381.6 million, or approximately $162.6 million less than the measured pension and post-retirement benefit obligation on a U.S. GAAP basis. In addition, any changes in the discount rate could result in a significant increase or reduction in the valuation of pension obligations, affecting the reported funded status of our pension plans as well as the net periodic pension cost in the following years. Similarly, changes in the expected return on plan assets can result in significant changes in the net periodic pension cost in the following years.

Our failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the effective date of our IPO and in each year thereafter. Our auditors will also need to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in the future to the extent we are no longer an emerging growth company, as defined by the JOBS Act, and are not a smaller reporting company. In 2017, we identified a material weakness related to our assessment of valuation allowance and classification of deferred tax liabilities associated with intangible assets for 2016 and prior periods. We remediated the material weakness and did not have a material weakness in connection with the 2017 audit; however, we cannot guarantee that we will not have additional material weaknesses in the future. If we are unable to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting or if we identify additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to report our financial information accurately on a timely basis, may suffer adverse regulatory consequences or violations of applicable stock exchange listing rules, may breach the covenants under our credit facilities, and incur additional costs. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We have and will continue to incur increased costs and obligations as a result of being a public company.

As a publicly traded company, we have incurred and will continue to incur additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we were not required to incur in the past, and will incur additional expenses after we cease to be an emerging growth company (to the extent that we take advantage of certain exceptions from reporting requirements that are available under the JOBS Act as an emerging growth company). We are required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) annual and quarterly information and other reports that are specified in Section 13 of the Exchange Act. We also are subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements,

 

45


Table of Contents

including the requirements of the NYSE, the TSX, and certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which will impose additional compliance obligations upon us. Among other things, as a public company:

 

   

we prepare and distribute periodic public reports and other stockholder communications in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws and applicable stock exchange rules;

 

   

the roles and duties of our Board and committees of the Board are expanded;

 

   

we comply with more comprehensive financial reporting and disclosure compliance functions;

 

   

we manage enhanced investor relations function; and

 

   

we involve and retain to a greater degree outside counsel and accountants in the activities listed above.

These changes require a commitment of additional resources, and many of our competitors already comply with these obligations. We may not be successful in implementing these requirements, and the commitment of resources required for implementing them could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

The changes necessitated by becoming a public company require a significant commitment of resources and management oversight that has increased and may continue to increase our costs and could place a strain on our systems and resources. As a result, our management’s attention might be diverted from other business concerns. If we are unable to offset these costs through other savings, then it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We are an “emerging growth company” and have elected and may elect to continue to comply with certain of the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, which could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to: exemption from compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation, and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, even if we comply with the greater obligations of public companies, we may avail ourselves of the reduced requirements applicable to emerging growth companies from time to time in the future. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to continue to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

We will remain an emerging growth company until December 31, 2023, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenue exceeds $1.07 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period, whether or not issued in a registered offering.

 

46


Table of Contents

We may not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss or research tax credit carryforwards, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

As of December 31, 2018, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards due to prior period losses, which, if not utilized, will begin to expire in 2031 and 2019 for federal and state purposes, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes in any taxable year may be limited if we experience an “ownership change.” A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of our stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. Future issuances of our stock could cause an “ownership change.” It is possible that an ownership change, or any future ownership change, could have a material effect on the use of our net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and profitability.

Changes in generally accepted accounting principles in the United States could have a material adverse effect on our previously reported results of operations.

Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”), the Commission, and various bodies formed to promulgate and to interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our previously reported results of operations and could affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement of a change.

In May 2014, the FASB issued new revenue recognition guidance under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which is effective for our interim and annual periods beginning after December 31, 2017. Under this new guidance, revenue is recognized when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services. The new guidance also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue that is recognized. In order to be able to comply with the requirements of ASU 2014-09 beginning in the first quarter of 2019, we need to update and to enhance our internal accounting systems, processes, and our internal controls over financial reporting. This has required, and will continue to require, additional investments by us, and may require incremental resources and system configurations that could increase our operating costs in future periods. If we are not able to properly implement ASU 2014-09 in a timely manner, the revenue that we recognize and the related disclosures that we provide under ASU 2014-09 may not be complete or accurate, and we could fail to meet our financial reporting obligations in a timely manner. We have completed our evaluation and implementation plan for adoption of this new guidance, and will be adopting the new standard effective first quarter of 2019. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements.”

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

We are a holding company and rely on dividends, distributions, and other payments, advances, and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations.

We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are largely dependent upon cash transfers in the form of intercompany loans and receivables from

 

47


Table of Contents

our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. The deterioration of the earnings from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries for any reason also could limit or impair their ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us.

Our outstanding indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our ability to operate our business, and we may not be able to generate sufficient cash flows to meet our debt service obligations.

Our outstanding indebtedness as of December 31, 2018 consisted of (i) a Senior Term Loan in the original principal amount of $680.0 million and (ii) a $300.0 million committed Revolving Facility. The Senior Credit Facilities are secured substantially by all of our assets. The Senior Term Loan has a maturity date of April 30, 2025, and the Revolving Facility has a maturity date of April 30, 2023. As of December 31, 2018, we had $678.3 million outstanding principal under our Senior Term Loan and no principal outstanding under our Revolving Facility.

Our outstanding indebtedness and any additional indebtedness we incur may have important consequences for us, including, without limitation, that:

 

   

we may be required to use a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay the principal of and interest on our indebtedness;

 

   

our indebtedness and leverage may increase our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic and industry conditions, as well as to competitive pressures;

 

   

we may be required to use a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay the principal of and interest on our indebtedness;

 

   

our indebtedness and leverage may increase our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic and industry conditions, as well as to competitive pressures;

 

   

our ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and for general corporate and other purposes may be limited;

 

   

our indebtedness may expose us to the risk of increased interest rates because certain of our borrowings, including and most significantly our borrowings under our Senior Credit Facilities, are at variable rates of interest;

 

   

our indebtedness may prevent us from taking advantage of business opportunities as they arise or successfully carrying out our plans to expand our business; and

 

   

our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry may be limited.

Under the terms of the agreements governing our Senior Credit Facilities, we are required to comply with specified operating covenants and, under certain circumstances, a financial covenant applicable to the Revolving Facility, which may limit our ability to operate our business as we otherwise might operate it. For example, the obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities may be accelerated upon the occurrence of an event of default, including, without limitation, payment defaults, cross-defaults to certain material indebtedness, covenant defaults, material inaccuracy of representations and warranties, bankruptcy events, material judgments, material defects with respect to guarantees and collateral, and change of control. If not cured, an event of default could result in any amounts outstanding, including any accrued interest and unpaid fees, becoming immediately due and payable, which would require us, among other things, to seek additional financing in the debt or equity markets, to refinance or restructure all or a portion of our indebtedness, to sell selected assets, and/or to reduce or to delay planned capital or operating expenditures. Such measures might not be sufficient to enable us to service our debt, and any such financing or refinancing might not be available on economically

 

48


Table of Contents

favorable terms or at all. If we are not able to generate sufficient cash flows to meet our debt service obligations or are forced to take additional measures to be able to service our indebtedness, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Despite our substantial indebtedness, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We may incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the agreements governing our Senior Credit Facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the indebtedness we can incur in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. For example, pursuant to incremental facilities under the Senior Credit Facilities, we may incur up to (i) an aggregate amount equal to the greater of (x) $125.0 million and (y) 100% of EBITDA (as defined in the agreements governing the Senior Credit Facilities) of additional secured or unsecured debt plus (ii) an unlimited additional amount of secured or unsecured debt, subject to compliance with certain leverage-based tests, as described in the agreements governing our Senior Credit Facilities. If we incur additional debt, the risks associated with our substantial leverage would increase.

Restrictive covenants in the agreements governing our Senior Credit Facilities may restrict our ability to pursue our business strategies.

The agreements governing our Senior Credit Facilities contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us, and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests. These include covenants restricting, among other things, our (and our subsidiaries’) ability:

 

   

to incur additional indebtedness or other contingent obligations;

 

   

to grant liens;

 

   

to enter into burdensome agreements with negative pledge clauses or restrictions on subsidiary distributions;

 

   

to pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of equity;

 

   

to make payments in respect of subordinated debt;

 

   

to make investments, including acquisitions, loans, and advances;

 

   

to consolidate, to merge, to liquidate, or to dissolve;

 

   

to sell, to transfer, or to otherwise dispose of assets;

 

   

to engage in transactions with affiliates;

 

   

to materially alter the business that we conduct; and

 

   

to amend or to otherwise change the terms of the documentation governing certain restricted debt.

The agreements governing Senior Credit Facilities contains a financial covenant applicable only to the Revolving Facility, which requires that we maintain a ratio of consolidated first lien debt to EBITDA (with certain adjustments as set forth in the agreements governing our Senior Credit Facilities) below a specified level on a quarterly basis. However, such requirement is applicable at the end of a fiscal quarter only if more than 35% of the Revolving Facility (with an exclusion for certain letters of credit) is drawn at the end of such fiscal quarter. Our ability to meet that financial ratio can be affected by events

 

49


Table of Contents

beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to meet that ratio. The covenant did not apply as of December 31, 2018, but there can be no assurance that we will be in compliance with such covenant in the future. A breach of any covenant or restriction contained in the agreements governing our Senior Credit Facilities could result in a default under those agreements. If any such default occurs, a majority of the lenders under the Senior Credit Facilities (or, in the case of the financial covenant described above, a majority of the lenders under the Revolving Facility), may elect (after the expiration of any applicable notice or grace periods) to declare all outstanding borrowings, together with accrued and unpaid interest and other amounts payable thereunder, to be immediately due and payable. The lenders under the Senior Term Loan and Revolving Facility also have the right upon an event of default thereunder to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings. Further, following an event of default under the agreements governing our Senior Credit Facilities, the administrative agent, on behalf of the secured parties under the Senior Credit Facilities, will have the right to proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that debt. If the debt under the Senior Term Loan or Revolving Facility was to be accelerated, our assets may not be sufficient to repay in full that debt or any other debt that may become due as a result of that acceleration.

In the future, we may be dependent upon our lenders for financing to execute our business strategy and to meet our liquidity needs. If our lenders are unable to fund borrowings under their credit commitments or we are unable to borrow, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

During periods of volatile credit markets, there is risk that lenders, even those with strong balance sheets and sound lending practices, could fail or refuse to honor their legal commitments and obligations under existing credit commitments, including but not limited to, extending credit up to the maximum amount permitted by the Revolving Facility. If our lenders are unable to fund borrowings under their revolving credit commitments or we are unable to borrow, it could be difficult to obtain sufficient funding to execute our business strategy or to meet our liquidity needs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our debt may be downgraded, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

A reduction in the ratings that rating agencies assign to our short and long-term debt may negatively impact our access to the debt capital markets and increase our cost of borrowing, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Volatility and weakness in bank and capital markets may adversely affect credit availability and related financing costs for us.

Banking and capital markets can experience periods of volatility and disruption. If the disruption in these markets is prolonged, our ability to refinance, and the related cost of refinancing, some or all of our debt could be adversely affected. Although we currently can access the bank and capital markets, there is no assurance that such markets will continue to be a reliable source of financing for us. These factors, including the tightening of credit markets, could adversely affect our ability to obtain cost-effective financing. Increased volatility and disruptions in the financial markets also could make it more difficult and more expensive for us to refinance outstanding indebtedness and to obtain financing. In addition, the adoption of new statutes and regulations, the implementation of recently enacted laws, or new interpretations or the enforcement of older laws and regulations applicable to the financial markets or the financial services industry could result in a reduction in the amount of available credit or an increase in the cost of credit. Disruptions in the financial markets can also adversely affect our lenders, insurers, customers, and other counterparties. Any of these results could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

50


Table of Contents

The interest rates of our term loans are priced using a spread over LIBOR.

LIBOR, the London interbank offered rate, is the basic rate of interest used in lending between banks on the London interbank market and is widely used as a reference for setting the interest rate on loans globally. We typically use LIBOR as a reference rate in the term loans and revolving loans made under our credit facilities such that the interest due to our creditors pursuant to a term loan or revolving loan extended to us under our credit facilities is calculated using the LIBOR rate plus an applicable spread above LIBOR. On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021. It is unclear whether or not LIBOR will cease to exist at that time or if new methods of calculating LIBOR will be established such that it continues to exist after 2021. If LIBOR ceases to be available, we are entitled to negotiate with the administrative agent under our credit facilities to amend the governing credit agreement to establish a successor benchmark rate that is generally accepted by the syndicated loan market for loans denominated in U.S. Dollars. If lenders holding more than a majority of the loans and commitments under our credit facilities have not objected to the proposed successor benchmark rate within five business days following the date on which the related amendment is posted for review by the lenders, the amendment will be deemed to have been approved by the lenders and may become effective. At this time, due to a lack of consensus as to what rate or rates may become accepted alternatives to LIBOR, it is impossible to predict the effect of any such alternatives on our liquidity, interest expense, or the value of the term loans or revolving loans.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

The price of our common stock may be volatile and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Securities markets worldwide have experienced in the past, and are likely to experience in the future, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market, or political conditions could reduce the market price of our common stock regardless of our results of operations. The trading price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide price fluctuations in response to various factors, including, among other things, the risk factors described herein and other factors beyond our control. Factors affecting the trading price of our common stock could include:

 

   

market conditions in the broader stock market;

 

   

actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly results of operations;

 

   

developments in our industry in general;

 

   

variations in operating results of similar companies;

 

   

introduction of new services by us, our competitors, or our customers;

 

   

issuance of new, negative, or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations or estimates;

 

   

investor perceptions of us and the industries in which we or our customers operate;

 

   

sales, or anticipated sales, of our stock, including sales by our officers, directors, and significant stockholders;

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

   

regulatory or political developments;

 

   

the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the Commission;

 

51


Table of Contents
   

announcements, media reports or other public forum comments related to litigation, claims or reputational charges against us;

 

   

guidance, if any, that we provide to the public, any changes in this guidance, or our failure to meet this guidance;

 

   

the development and sustainability of an active trading market for our common stock;

 

   

investor perceptions of the investment opportunity associated with our common stock relative to other investment alternatives;

 

   

other events or factors, including those resulting from system failures and disruptions, earthquakes, hurricanes, war, acts of terrorism, other natural disasters or responses to these events;

 

   

changes in accounting principles;

 

   

share-based compensation expense under applicable accounting standards;

 

   

litigation and governmental investigations; and

 

   

changing economic conditions.

These and other factors may cause the market price and demand for shares of our common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock sometimes have instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. Securities litigation against us, regardless of the merits or outcome, could result in substantial costs and divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.

Prior to and following the consummation of this offering, there will be 140,514,889 shares of our common stock outstanding, of which 11,000,000 shares are shares that the selling stockholders are selling in this offering. All shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. As of December 31, 2018, we also had 28,672,211 registered shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans of which options to purchase 13,916,146 shares of common stock and 664,073 restricted stock units representing 14,580,219 shares of common stock are outstanding. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that those sales will occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. Of the remaining shares of common stock outstanding, 85,441,093 shares will be restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act and subject to certain restrictions on resale following the consummation of this offering. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act, or are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration such as Rule 144 or Rule 701, as described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” We have granted customary demand and piggyback registration rights to the Sponsors and certain of our other stockholders party to the registration rights agreement with us, pursuant to which the selling stockholders named in this prospectus are offering shares of our common stock. Should the Sponsors or any other stockholders further exercise their registration rights, the shares registered would no longer be restricted securities and would be freely tradable in the open market. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.”

 

52


Table of Contents

We have agreed that (subject to certain exceptions), for a period of 45 days from the date of this prospectus, we will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. In addition, our directors and the Sponsors have agreed that (subject to certain exceptions), for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 45 days after the date of this prospectus and (ii) the first trading day after the release of our earnings for the quarter ended March 31, 2019, they will not, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, dispose of or hedge any shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, in their sole discretion, may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time, which, in the case of officers and directors, shall be with notice. See “Underwriting.” In addition, the lock-up agreement entered will permit up to 0.6 million shares of our common stock to be sold by certain of our officers under any 10b5-1 plans that may be put in place as well as existing 10b5-1 plans during the lock-up period. Following the expiration of the applicable lock-up period, all of the issued and outstanding shares of our common stock will be eligible for future sale, subject to the applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period, and other limitations of Rule 144. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of the shares of common stock that may be sold into the public market in the future.

Cannae holds approximately 23.5% of our outstanding common stock as of December 31, 2018, or 23.5% following this offering (or 23.5% if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). On November 7, 2018, Cannae announced that one of its subsidiaries had entered into a three-year margin loan pursuant to which it could borrow up to $300.0 million. The margin loan is guaranteed by Cannae for a period of up to one year and is further secured by a pledge of 25.0 million shares of our common stock beneficially owned by Cannae. The loan requires that a certain loan to value ratio (based on the value of the shares of our common stock pledged to secure the loan) be maintained. In the event that the ratio is not maintained, the borrower must post additional cash collateral and/or elect to repay a portion of the loan. The loan also contains provisions that, subject to their terms, effectively require prepayment in the event of certain customary events of default, including Cannae’s failure to comply with specified financial ratios or the triggering of a requirement of prepayment under any other material indebtedness. The lock-up agreement entered into by Cannae permits the pledge, hypothecation, grant and any related transfer of such shares in connection with the margin loan. In the event that Cannae borrows under the margin loan and there is an event of default, if Cannae fails to pledge additional cash collateral and/or repay a portion of the loan when it is required to do so or if Cannae otherwise fails to comply with the respective terms of the margin loan and the lender accelerates payment of all amounts outstanding under the loan as a result of this non-compliance, then the lender could foreclose on the pledged shares and sell the shares of common stock in the open market, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. In addition, certain lenders under the margin loan may elect at any time to hedge their exposure to the shares of common stock in transactions that could directly or indirectly impact the price of our common stock.

Claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Pursuant to our charter, our directors will not be liable to the company or any stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty, except (i) for acts that breach his or her duty of loyalty to the company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions without good faith or

 

53


Table of Contents

involving intentional misconduct or knowing violation of the law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The bylaws also require us, if so requested, to advance expenses that such director or officer incurred in defending or investigating a threatened or pending action, suit or proceeding, provided that such person will return any such advance if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification by us. Any claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce our available funds to satisfy successful third party claims against us and may reduce the amount of money available to us.

We have elected to take advantage of the “controlled company” exemption to the corporate governance rules for publicly-listed companies, which could make our common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

Because we qualify as a “controlled company” under the corporate governance rules for publicly-listed companies, we are not required to have a majority of our Board be independent under the applicable rules of the NYSE, nor are we required to have a compensation committee or a corporate governance and nominating committee comprised entirely of independent directors. In light of our status as a controlled company, our Board has established a compensation committee, and a corporate governance and nominating committee that are not comprised solely of independent members at the time of the offering. In addition, our Board is not composed of a majority of independent directors. Accordingly, should the interests of our Sponsors differ from those of other stockholders, the other stockholders may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance rules for publicly-listed companies. Our status as a controlled company could make our common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.

We are party to a voting agreement with our Sponsors, which provides our Sponsors with rights to nominate a number of designees to our Board.

In connection with the IPO, we entered into a voting agreement with THL and Cannae. Pursuant to the voting agreement, for so long as THL and Cannae collectively hold 50% or more of the then outstanding voting power, then THL and Cannae shall have the power to designate a total of five directors to the Board. After THL and Cannae cease to collectively hold 50% or more of the then outstanding voting power, then each of THL and Cannae will be able to in their own right designate four directors, for so long as it holds at least 40% of the then outstanding voting power; three directors, for so long as it holds at least 30% of the then outstanding voting power; two directors, for so long as it holds at least 20% of the then outstanding voting power; and one director, for so long as it holds at least 10% of the then outstanding voting power. The voting agreement will terminate as to each Sponsor when the Sponsor is no longer entitled to designate a director to the Board, and will terminate upon the time when neither Sponsor is entitled to designate a director to the Board. Additionally, in the event a lender forecloses on any shares of our common stock pledged in connection with any loan, advances or extensions of credit that Cannae may enter into, it could have an effect on THL and Cannae’s ability to designate directors under the voting agreement.

The voting agreement grants the Sponsors the right to determine the total number of directors during the term of the voting agreement. The Sponsors could use this provision to maintain a majority representation even if they collectively hold less than 50% of the outstanding voting power by decreasing the size of the Board. THL and Cannae may have a right to designate a majority of our Board under the present Board composition even if they collectively or individually hold less than 50% of our then outstanding voting power. Finally, pursuant to the voting agreement, for so long as each Sponsor is entitled to designate a director to the Board, the Sponsors will be required to vote all of their shares, and take all other necessary actions, to cause the Board to include the individuals designated as directors by the Sponsors (as applicable). See “Management—Composition of our Board of

 

54


Table of Contents

Directors.” As a result, it is possible that the interests of THL and Cannae may in some circumstances conflict with our interests and the interests of our other stockholders.

Because we do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you are able to sell your common stock for a price greater than your purchase price.

We have never declared nor paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. Consequently, stockholders must rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize

any future gains on their investment. We do not intend in the foreseeable future to pay any dividends to holders of our common stock. We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, for the foreseeable future to repay indebtedness and to support our general corporate purposes. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common stock for the foreseeable future, and the success of an investment in shares of our common stock will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that shares of our common stock will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which investors have purchased their shares. However, the payment of future dividends will be at the discretion of our Board, subject to applicable law, and will depend on, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, statutory and contractual restrictions that apply to the payment of dividends, and other considerations that our Board deems relevant. See “Dividend Policy.” As a consequence of these limitations and restrictions, we may not be able to make the payment of dividends on our common stock.

Anti-takeover protections in our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws or our contractual obligations may discourage or prevent a takeover of our company, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders.

Provisions contained in our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws as well as provisions of the DGCL could delay or make it more difficult to remove incumbent directors or could impede a merger, takeover or other business combination involving us or the replacement of our management, or discourage a potential investor from making a tender offer for our common stock, which, under certain circumstances, could reduce the market value of our common stock, even if it would benefit our stockholders.

In addition, our Board has the authority to cause us to issue, without any further vote or action by the stockholders, up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, in one or more series, to designate the number of shares constituting any series, and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, voting rights, rights and terms of redemption, redemption price, or prices and liquidation preferences of such series. The issuance of shares of preferred stock or the adoption of a stockholder rights plan may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by the stockholders, even where stockholders are offered a premium for their shares. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-takeover Provisions.”

 

55


Table of Contents

In addition, under the agreements governing our Senior Credit Facilities, a change of control would cause us to be in default. In the event of a change of control default, the administrative agent under our Senior Credit Facilities would have the right (or, at the direction of lenders holding a majority of the loans and commitments under our Senior Credit Facilities, the obligation) to accelerate the outstanding loans and to terminate the commitments under our Senior Credit Facilities, and if so accelerated, we would be required to repay all of our outstanding obligations under our Senior Credit Facilities. In addition, from time to time we may enter into contracts that contain change of control provisions that limit the value of, or even terminate, the contract upon a change of control. These change of control provisions may discourage a takeover of our company, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders.

 

56


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, statements concerning the conditions of the HCM solutions industry and our operations, performance, and financial condition, including, in particular, statements relating to our business, growth strategies, product development efforts, and future expenses. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “seeks,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” and similar references to future periods, or by the inclusion of forecasts or projections. Examples of forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements we make regarding the outlook for our future business and financial performance, such as those contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations and assumptions regarding our business, the economy, and other future conditions. Because forward-looking statements relate to the future, by their nature, they are subject to inherent uncertainties, risks, and changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict. As a result, our actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements include regional, national, or global political, economic, business, competitive, market, and regulatory conditions and the following:

 

   

our inability to attain or to maintain profitability;

 

   

significant competition for our solutions;

 

   

our inability to continue to develop or to sell our existing Cloud solutions;

 

   

our inability to manage our growth effectively;

 

   

the risk that we may not be able to successfully migrate our Bureau customers to our Cloud solutions or to offset the decline in Bureau revenue with Cloud revenue;

 

   

the market for enterprise cloud computing develops slower than we expect or declines;

 

   

efforts to increase use of our Cloud solutions and our other applications may not succeed;

 

   

we fail to provide enhancements and new features and modifications to our solutions;

 

   

failure to comply with the FTC’s ongoing consent order regarding data protection;

 

   

system interruptions or failures, including cyber-security breaches, identity theft, or other disruptions that could compromise our information;

 

   

our failure to comply with applicable privacy, security and data laws, regulations and standards;

 

   

changes in regulations governing privacy concerns and laws or other domestic or foreign data protection regulations;

 

   

we are unable to successfully expand our current offerings into new markets or further penetrate existing markets;

 

   

we are unable to meet the more complex configuration and integration demands of our large customers;

 

   

our customers declining to renew their agreements with us or renewing at lower performance fee levels;

 

   

we fail to manage our technical operations infrastructure;

 

   

we are unable to maintain necessary third party licenses or errors;

 

57


Table of Contents
   

our inability to protect our intellectual property rights, proprietary technology, information, processes, and know-how;

 

   

we fail to keep pace with rapid technological changes and evolving industry standards; or

 

   

changes in laws and regulations related to the Internet or changes in the Internet infrastructure itself.

See “Risk Factors” for a further description of these and other factors. Although we have attempted to identify important risk factors, there may be other risk factors not presently known to us or that we presently believe are not material that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. If any of these risks materialize, or if any of the above assumptions underlying forward-looking statements prove incorrect, actual results and developments may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. For the reasons described above, we caution you against relying on any forward-looking statements, which should also be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Any forward-looking statement made by us in this speaks only as of the date on which we make it. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or to revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments, or otherwise, except as may be required by law. Comparisons of results for current and any prior periods are not intended to express any future trends or indications of future performance, unless specifically expressed as such, and should be viewed as historical data.

 

58


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

All shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus will be sold by the selling stockholders. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. We have agreed to pay certain expenses related to this offering, which we estimate to be approximately $0.8 million.

 

59


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. However, in the future, subject to the factors described below and our future liquidity and capitalization, we may change this policy and choose to pay dividends.

Our ability to pay dividends is currently restricted by the terms of our Senior Credit Facilities and may be further restricted by any future indebtedness we incur.

We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock is dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers from our subsidiaries.

In addition, under Delaware law, our Board may declare dividends only to the extent of our surplus (which is defined as total assets at fair market value minus total liabilities, minus statutory capital) or, if there is no surplus, out of our net profits for the then current and/or immediately preceding fiscal year.

Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board and will take into account:

 

   

restrictions in our debt instruments, including our Senior Credit Facilities;

 

   

general economic business conditions;

 

   

our earnings, financial condition, and results of operations;

 

   

our capital requirements;

 

   

our prospects;

 

   

legal restrictions; and

 

   

such other factors as our Board may deem relevant.

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Because we do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you are able to sell your common stock for a price greater than your purchase price,” “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness—We are a holding company and rely on dividends, distributions and other payments, advances and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources,” “Description of Material Indebtedness,” and “Description of Capital Stock.”

 

60


Table of Contents

MARKET PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Our common stock has traded on the NYSE and the TSX under the symbol “CDAY” since April 26, 2018. Prior to that time, there was no public market for our shares. As of December 31, 2018, there were 175 holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is considerably greater than this number of record holders, and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees.

 

61


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2018.

This table should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Capital Stock,” and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 31,
2018
 
    

(Dollars in

millions)

 

Cash and equivalents

   $ 217.8  
  

 

 

 

Debt (1)

   $ 670.3  

Stockholders’ equity:

  

Common stock, $0.01 par value per share, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 139,453,710 shares issued and outstanding

     1.4  

Senior preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, 0 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding

     —    

Special voting preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, 1 share authorized and 1 share issued and outstanding

     —    

Additional paid in capital

     2,325.6  

Accumulated deficit

     (419.3

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (375.7
  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,532.0  
  

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 2,202.3  
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

For a description of our existing indebtedness, see “Description of Material Indebtedness.” For a description of our Debt Refinancing, see “Prospectus Summary—Our Initial Public Offering, Debt Refinancing and Internal Reorganization.”

 

62


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables set forth selected historical consolidated financial data for the periods as of the dates indicated. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the year ended December 31, 2015, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus.

In the second quarter of 2018, contemporaneously with our IPO and concurrent private placement, we distributed our controlling financial interest in LifeWorks to our stockholders of record prior to the IPO on a pro rata basis in accordance with their pro rata interests in us. As a result, the financial statements in this prospectus have been restated to reflect the LifeWorks Disposition and show the former LifeWorks business as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of future results of operations. You should read the information set forth below together with “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Capitalization” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year ended December 31,  
    2018     2017     2016     2015  
   

(Dollars in millions, except share and per share
amounts)

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

       

Total revenue

  $ 746.4     $ 670.8     $ 623.4     $ 611.6  

Cost of revenue

    425.8       407.5       396.4       364.6  

Selling, general, and administrative expenses

    270.7       223.0       225.3       235.5  

Other (income) expense, net

    (2.9     7.3       12.9       27.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss)

    52.8       33.0       (11.2     (16.3

Interest expense, net

    83.2       87.1       87.4       87.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

    (30.4     (54.1     (98.6     (104.1

Income tax expense (benefit)

    7.7       (49.6     6.7       4.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

    (38.1     (4.5     (105.3     (108.4

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

    (25.8     (6.0     12.5       3.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    (63.9     (10.5     (92.8     (104.7

Net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    (0.5     (1.3     0.1        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Ceridian

  $ (63.4   $ (9.2   $ (92.9   $ (104.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to Ceridian:

       

Basic

  $ (0.62   $ (0.46   $ (1.65   $ (1.61

Diluted

  $ (0.62   $ (0.46   $ (1.65   $ (1.61

Weighted average shares outstanding:

       

Basic

    114,049,682       65,204,960       64,988,338       64,924,845  

Diluted

    114,049,682       65,204,960       64,988,338       64,924,845  

 

63


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,  
     2018      2017      2016      2015  
    

(Dollars in millions)

 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

           

Cash and equivalents

   $ 217.8      $ 94.2      $ 120.8      $ 63.2  

Total assets

     5,154.4        6,729.9        6,326.0        6,984.9  

Long-term debt (1)

     663.5        1,119.8        1,139.8        1,143.4  

Total liabilities

     3,622.4        5,600.9        5,320.1        6,042.8  

Working capital

     169.9        175.2        196.0        50.1  

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,532.0      $ 1,091.2      $ 967.2      $ 942.1  

 

(1)

Excludes the current portion of our long-term debt of $6.8 million as of December 31, 2018, $0.0 million as of December 31, 2017, $2.3 million as of December 31, 2016, and $7.0 million as of December 31, 2015.

 

64


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following is a discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations as of, and for, the periods presented. You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary— Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements, including statements regarding industry outlook, our expectations for the future of our business, and our liquidity and capital resources as well as other non-historical statements. These statements are based on current expectations and are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to the risks and uncertainties described in “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by these forward-looking statements.

Overview

Ceridian is a global HCM software company. We categorize our solutions into two categories: Cloud and Bureau solutions. Cloud revenue is generated from HCM solutions that are delivered via two cloud offerings: Dayforce, our flagship cloud HCM platform, and Powerpay, a cloud HR and payroll solution for the Canadian small business market. We also continue to support customers using our Bureau solutions, which we generally stopped actively selling to new customers following the acquisition of Dayforce in 2012. We invest in maintenance and necessary updates to support our Bureau customers and continue to migrate them to Dayforce.

Dayforce provides HR, payroll, benefits, workforce management, and talent management functionality. Our platform is used by organizations, regardless of industry or size, to optimize management of the entire employee lifecycle, including attracting, engaging, paying, deploying, and developing their people. Dayforce was built as a single application from the ground up that combines a modern, consumer-grade user experience with proprietary application architecture, including a single employee record and a rules engine spanning all areas of HCM. Dayforce provides continuous real-time calculations across all modules to enable, for example, payroll administrators access to data through the entire pay period, and managers access to real-time data to optimize work schedules. Our platform is designed to make work life better for our customers and their employees by improving HCM decision-making processes, streamlining workflows, exposing strategic organizational insights, and simplifying legislative compliance. The platform is designed to ease administrative work for both employees and managers, creating opportunities for companies to increase employee engagement. We are a founder-led organization, and our culture combines the agility and innovation of a start-up with a history of deep domain and operational expertise.

We sell Dayforce through our direct sales force on a subscription PEPM basis. Our subscriptions are typically structured with an initial fixed term of between three and five years, with evergreen renewal thereafter. Dayforce can serve customers of all sizes ranging from 100 to over 100,000 employees. We have rapidly grown the Dayforce platform to more than 3,700 live Dayforce customers, representing approximately 3.1 million active global users as of December 31, 2018. In 2018, we added over 715 net new live Dayforce customers. Our customers vary across industries, and no single customer constituted more than 1% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018. We have experienced significant Cloud revenue growth at scale, particularly from Dayforce, which has grown at a CAGR of more than 55% since 2012. Our annual Cloud revenue retention rate continues to exceed 95% due to our intense focus on solving complex problems and our superior customer experience.

 

65


Table of Contents

The following table presents Dayforce revenue by quarter from 2012 to 2018.

 

LOGO

Our Business Model

Our business model focuses on supporting the rapid growth of Dayforce and maximizing the lifetime value of our Dayforce customer relationships. Due to our subscription model, where we recognize subscription revenues ratably over the term of the subscription period, and high customer retention rates, we have a high level of visibility into our future revenues. The profitability of a customer to our business depends, in large part, on how long they have been a customer. Because in our current business model, PEPM subscription fees are not charged until the customer goes live, and because we incur costs in advance of receiving PEPM revenue that are not offset by our implementation fees, we estimate that it takes an average of 2.5 years before we are able to recover our implementation, customer acquisition, and other direct costs on a new Dayforce customer contract. As the proportion of Dayforce customers who have been live for two or more years increases, our related profitability increases. The following sets forth the number of live Dayforce customers at the end of each quarter presented:

 

    Three months ended  
    December 31,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    March 31,
2018
    December 31,
2017
    September 30,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    March 31,
2017
    December 31,
2016
    September 30,
2016
    June 30,
2016
    March 31,
2016
 

Live Dayforce

customers

    3,718       3,465       3,308       3,154       3,001       2,855       2,690       2,480       2,339       2,148       2,014       1,872  

Dayforce customers live for two or more years

    2,339       2,148       2,014       1,872       1,770       1,628       1,524       1,377       1,276       1,116       997       816  

Proportion of Dayforce customers live for two or more years

    63     62     61     59     59     57     57     56     55     52     50     44

Over the lifetime of the customer relationship, we have the opportunity to realize additional PEPM revenue, both as the customer grows or rolls out the Dayforce solution to additional employees, and also by selling additional functionality to existing customers that do not currently utilize our full platform. We also incur costs to manage the account, to retain customers, and to sell additional functionality. These costs, however, are significantly less than the costs initially incurred to acquire and to implement the customer.

 

66


Table of Contents

How We Assess Our Performance

In assessing our performance, we consider a variety of performance indicators in addition to revenue and net income. Set forth below is a description of our key performance measures.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2018     2017     2016  

Live Dayforce customers

     3,718       3,001       2,339  

Annual Cloud revenue retention rate (a)

     96.3     97.0     95.7

Cloud annualized recurring revenue (ARR) (a) (Dollars in millions)

   $ 506.2     $ 391.0     $ 289.7  

Adjusted EBITDA (b) (Dollars in millions)

   $ 157.1     $ 117.8     $ 85.5  

Adjusted EBITDA margin

     21.0     17.6     13.7

 

(a)

Annual Cloud revenue retention rate and Cloud annualized recurring revenue are calculated on an annual basis, and the disclosure reflects data as of the most recent fiscal year end. See below for further explanation.

(b)

For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to operating profit, please see “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

Live Dayforce Customers

We use the number of customers live on Dayforce as an indicator of future revenue and the overall performance of the business and to assess the performance of our implementation services. As shown in the following table, the number of customers live on Dayforce has increased from 482 as of December 31, 2012 to 3,718 as of December 31, 2018. In addition, we had over 450 net new Dayforce customers contracted, but not yet live on Dayforce as of December 31, 2018. We expect the majority of these Dayforce customers to be taken live in 2019. For 2018, our 3,718 live Dayforce customers represented over 3.1 million active users. We market Dayforce to customers of all sizes, including small (under 500 employees), mid-sized (501 to 2,500 employees), and enterprise (over 2,500 employees). For 2018, small businesses accounted for 14% of the total number of active customer employees, mid-sized businesses accounted for 32% of the total number of active customer employees, and enterprise businesses accounted for 54% of the total number of active customer employees. As our business and go-to-market strategy continues to evolve, in 2019, we will be modifying our customer segmentation for increased relevance.

From 2017 to 2018, live Dayforce customers increased from 3,001 to 3,718, a net increase of 717. Of the customers taken live during 2018, 77% represented net new customers to Dayforce, and the remainder were migration customers from our Bureau solution. Of the net new customers to Dayforce, small businesses accounted for 9% of the total number of active customer employees, mid-sized businesses accounted for 33% of the total number of active customer employees, and enterprise businesses accounted for 58% of the total number of active customer employees. Of the migration customers, small businesses accounted for 23% of the total number of active customer employees, mid-sized businesses accounted for 41% of the total number of active customer employees, and enterprise businesses accounted for 36% of the total number of active customer employees.

From 2016 to 2017, live Dayforce customers increased from 2,339 to 3,001, a net increase of 662. Of the customers taken live during 2017, 58% represented net new customers to Dayforce and the remainder were migration customers from our Bureau solutions. Of the net new customers to Dayforce, small businesses accounted for 13% of the total number of active customer employees, mid-sized businesses accounted for 33% of the total number of active customer employees, and enterprise businesses accounted for 54% of the total number of active customer employees. Of the migration customers, small businesses accounted for 20% of the total number of active customer employees,

 

67


Table of Contents

mid-sized businesses accounted for 48% of the total number of active customer employees, and enterprise businesses accounted for 32% of the total number of active customer employees.

The following table sets forth the number of live Dayforce customers at the end of the years presented:

 

LOGO

Annual Cloud Revenue Retention Rate

Our annual Cloud revenue retention rate measures the percentage of revenues that we retain from our existing Cloud customers. We use this retention rate as an indicator of customer satisfaction and future revenues. We calculate the annual Cloud revenue retention rate as a percentage, where the numerator is the Cloud annualized recurring revenue for the prior year, less the Cloud annualized recurring revenue from lost Cloud customers during that year; and the denominator is the Cloud annualized recurring revenue for the prior year. Our annual Cloud revenue retention rate has been 95% or above for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016. We set annual targets for Cloud revenue retention rate and monitor progress toward those targets on a quarterly basis by reviewing known and anticipated customer losses. Our Cloud revenue retention rate may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including the mix of Cloud solutions used by customers, the level of customer satisfaction, and changes in the number of users live on our Cloud solutions.

Cloud Annualized Recurring Revenue (“ARR”)

We derive the majority of our Cloud revenues from recurring fees, primarily PEPM subscription charges. We also derive recurring revenue from fees related to the rental and maintenance of clocks, charges for once-a-year services, such as year-end tax statements, and investment income on our customer funds held in trust before such funds are remitted to taxing authorities, customer employees, or other third parties. To calculate Cloud ARR, we start with recurring revenue at year end, subtract the once-a-year charges, annualize the revenue for customers live for less than a full year to reflect the revenue that would have been realized if the customer had been live for a full year, and add back the once-a-year charges. We set annual targets for Cloud ARR and monitor progress toward those targets on a quarterly basis.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

We believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, non-GAAP financial measures, are useful to management and investors as supplemental measures to evaluate our overall operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are components of our management incentive plan and are used by management to assess performance and to compare our operating performance to our competitors. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income or loss before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, as adjusted to exclude net income or loss from discontinued

 

68


Table of Contents

operations, sponsor management fees, non-cash charges for asset impairments, gains or losses on assets and liabilities held in a foreign currency other than the functional currency of a company subsidiary, share-based compensation expense, severance charges, restructuring consulting fees, transaction costs, and environmental reserve charges. Adjusted EBITDA margin is determined by calculating the percentage Adjusted EBITDA is of Total Revenue. Management believes that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are helpful in highlighting management performance trends because Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin exclude the results of decisions that are outside the normal course of business operations. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to operating profit, please see “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

Our History

Ceridian was acquired in 2007 by affiliates and co-investors of the Sponsors. In April 2012, Ceridian acquired Dayforce Corporation, which had built Dayforce, a cloud HCM solution. In the months following the acquisition, Dayforce founder, David D. Ossip, was named Chief Executive Officer of Ceridian HCM, and shortly thereafter, we generally stopped actively selling our Bureau solutions to new customers in the United States to focus our resources on expanding the Dayforce platform and growing Cloud solutions. For each quarter since September 30, 2016, our Cloud revenue has surpassed our Bureau revenue. Cloud revenue grew from 39% of total revenue during the quarter ended December 31, 2015 to 74% of total revenue during the quarter ended December 31, 2018.

As part of our strategy to focus on the growth of our Cloud solutions business, we undertook the following initiatives to simplify our business model:

(i) sold our consumer-directed benefit services business in 2013,

(ii) merged Comdata, our payment systems business unit, with FleetCor Technologies in 2014,

(iii) sold our benefits administration and post-employment compliance business in 2015,

(iv) sold our United Kingdom and Ireland Bureau businesses and a portion of our operations that supported such businesses in Mauritius in 2016, and

(v) contributed our LifeWorks employee assistance program business to a joint venture, LifeWorks, in 2016, then distributed our ownership in this joint venture to a holding company owned by our stockholders in April 2018.

As a result of these transactions, we only actively sell Dayforce and Powerpay, which we believe simplifies our business model and positions us well for continued growth.

Our benefits administration and post-employee compliance business, our United Kingdom and Ireland businesses, our divested Mauritius operations, and our LifeWorks joint venture are presented as discontinued operations in our financial statements. Our consumer-directed benefits services business and our benefits administration and post-employment compliance business are collectively referred to as our “Divested Benefits Businesses.” After the LifeWorks Disposition, management has concluded that we have one operating and reportable segment. This conclusion aligns with how management monitors operating performance, allocates resources, and deploys capital. Please refer to Note 3, “Discontinued Operations,” to our consolidated financial statements for further information regarding these transactions.

On April 30, 2018, we completed our IPO, in which we issued and sold 21,000,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $22.00 per share. We granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase an additional 3,150,000 shares of common stock at the offering price, which was exercised in full. A total of 24,150,000 shares of common stock were issued on April 30, 2018, with

 

69


Table of Contents

gross proceeds of $531.3 million from the IPO before deducting underwriting discounts, commissions, and other offering expenses. Immediately subsequent to the closing of our IPO on April 30, 2018, THL / Cannae Investors LLC, one of our existing stockholders controlled by our Sponsors, purchased from us in a private placement $100.0 million of our common stock at a price per share equal to the offering price. Based on the offering price of $22.00 per share, 4,545,455 shares were issued in this private placement. Please refer to Note 1, “Organization,” to our consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the IPO transaction.

We applied a portion of the net proceeds from the IPO to satisfy and to discharge the indenture governing our outstanding Senior Notes, and they were redeemed on May 30, 2018. Concurrently, we also refinanced our remaining debt under our (i) $702.0 million (original principal amount) Senior Term Debt and (ii) $130.0 million Revolving Credit Facility, including accrued interest and related costs and expenses, with new senior credit facilities consisting of a $680.0 million term loan debt facility and a $300.0 million revolving credit facility. Please refer to Note 9, “Debt,” for further discussion of the debt transactions.

The IPO, private placement, and debt refinancing had the following impacts to our results of operations and cash during 2018:

 

     Impacts to
Statement of
Operations
    Impact to Cash  

Gross proceeds from the IPO and private placement

     $ 631.3  

Costs capitalized within stockholders’ equity

       (36.3

Redemption of Senior Notes

       (475.0

Debt refinancing fees, reflected as a reduction to long-term debt

       (3.6

IPO and debt refinancing related expenses reflected within results of operations:

    

Cost of revenue

   $ (2.1  

Selling, general, and administrative

     (23.2  
  

 

 

   

Impact on operating profit

   $ (25.3  

Interest expense

     (25.7  
  

 

 

   

Impact on net loss

   $ (51.0     (51.0
  

 

 

   

Non-cash IPO-related share-based compensation expense

       8.1  

Non-cash interest expense adjustments

       (4.9
    

 

 

 

Cash to balance sheet from the IPO and private placement

     $ 68.6  

Proceeds from issuance of the new $680.0 million Senior Term Debt

       680.0  

Repayment of the $702.0 million Senior Term Debt

       (657.0
    

 

 

 

Cash to balance sheet from the IPO, private placement, and debt refinancing

     $ 91.6  
    

 

 

 

On November 16, 2018, we completed a secondary offering, in which certain of our stockholders sold 11,000,000 shares of common stock, in an underwritten public offering at $36.00 per share. These stockholders granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase an additional 1,650,000 shares of common stock at the offering price, which was exercised in full. A total of 12,650,000 shares of common stock were sold by these stockholders on November 16, 2018, with all proceeds going to these stockholders. We incurred expenses of $1.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2018, related to the secondary offering within selling, general, and administrative expense.

 

70


Table of Contents

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenues

We generate recurring revenues primarily from recurring fees charged for the use of our Cloud solutions, Dayforce and Powerpay, as well as from our Bureau solutions. We also generate professional services and other revenue associated primarily with the work performed to assist customers with the planning, design, implementation, and staging of their cloud-based solution. Our solutions are typically provided through long-term customer relationships that result in a high level of recurring revenue. We also generate recurring services revenue from investment income on our Cloud and Bureau customer funds held in trust before such funds are remitted to taxing authorities, customer employees, or other third parties. We refer to this investment income as float revenue.

For Dayforce, we primarily charge monthly recurring fees on a PEPM basis, generally one-month in advance of service, based on the number and type of solutions provided to the customer and the number of employees and other users at the customer. Our standard Dayforce contracts are generally for a three to five-year period. The average time it takes to implement Dayforce typically ranges from three months for smaller customers to nine months for larger customers. Once Dayforce is implemented, the customer goes live, and we begin to generate recurring revenue. We also provide outsourced human resource solutions to certain of our Dayforce customers, which are tailored to meet their individual needs, and entail performing the duties of a customer’s human resources department, including payroll processing, time and labor management, performance management, and recruiting, as needed.

The Powerpay offering is our solution designed primarily for small market Canadian customers. The typical Powerpay customer has fewer than 20 employees, and the majority of the revenue is generated from recurring fees charged on a per-employee, per-process basis. Typical processes include the customer’s payroll runs, year-end tax packages, and delivery of customers’ remittance advices or checks. Powerpay can typically be implemented on a remote basis within one to three days, at which point we start receiving recurring fees.

For our Bureau solutions, we typically charge recurring fees on a per-process basis. Typical processes include the customer’s payroll runs, year-end tax packages, and delivery of customers’ remittance advices or checks. In addition to customers who use our payroll services, certain customers use our tax filing services on a stand-alone basis. Our outsourced human resource solutions are tailored to meet the needs of individual customers, and entail our contracting to perform many of the duties of a customer’s human resources department, including payroll processing, time and labor management, performance management, and recruiting. We also perform individual services for customers, such as check printing, wage attachment and disbursement, and ACA management.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists of costs to deliver our solutions. Most of these costs are recognized as incurred. Some costs of revenue are recognized in the period that a service is sold and delivered. Other costs of revenue are recognized over the period of use or in proportion to the related revenue.

The costs recognized as incurred consist primarily of customer service staff costs, customer technical support costs, implementation personnel costs, costs of hosting applications, consulting and purchased services, delivery services, and royalties. The costs of revenue recognized over the period of use are depreciation and amortization, rentals of facilities and equipment, and direct and incremental costs associated with deferred implementation service revenue.

Cost of recurring services revenues primarily consists of costs to provide maintenance and technical support to our customers and the costs of hosting our applications. The cost of recurring

 

71


Table of Contents

services revenues also includes compensation and other employee-related expenses for data center staff, payments to outside service providers, data center expenses, and networking expenses.

Cost of professional services and other revenues primarily consists of costs to provide implementation consulting services and training to our customers, as well as the cost of time clocks. Costs to provide implementation consulting services include compensation and other employee-related expenses for professional services staff, costs of subcontractors, and travel. Implementation consulting services are expected to continue to be primarily associated with the implementation of our Cloud solutions.

Product development and management expense, included in cost of revenue, consists of costs related to software development activities that do not qualify for capitalization, such as development, quality assurance, testing of new technologies, and enhancements to our existing solutions that do not result in additional functionality. Product development and management expense also includes costs related to the management of our solutions.

Depreciation and amortization related to cost of revenue primarily consists of amortization of capitalized software.

Selling, General, and Administrative Expense

Selling expense includes costs related to maintaining a direct marketing infrastructure and sales force and other direct marketing efforts, such as marketing events, advertising, telemarketing, direct mail, and trade shows. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Our sales and marketing expenses are expected to continue to be primarily associated with selling and marketing our Cloud solutions.

General and administrative expense includes costs that are not directly related to delivery of services, selling efforts, or product development and management, primarily consisting of corporate-level costs, such as administration, finance, legal, and human resources, as well as management fees payable to affiliates of our Sponsors, FNF and THLM, until termination of the management agreements upon the IPO in April 2018. Also included in this category are depreciation and amortization of other intangible assets not reflected in cost of revenue, the provision for doubtful accounts receivable, and net periodic pension costs.

Other Expense, net

Other expense, net includes the results of transactions that are not appropriately classified in another category. These items include certain foreign currency translation gains and losses, resulting mainly from intercompany receivables and payables denominated in currencies other than the subsidiary’s functional currency, environmental reserve charges, and charges related to the impairment of asset values.

Income Tax Provision

Our income tax provision represents federal, state, and international taxes on our income recognized for financial statement purposes and includes the effects of temporary differences between financial statement income and income recognized for tax return purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities as adjusted for the expected benefits of utilizing net operating loss carryforwards. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to reflect the net deferred tax assets that we believe will be realized. In assessing the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax assets and the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available

 

72


Table of Contents

evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of pre-tax book income, expiration of net operating losses, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies, as well as current tax laws. As of December 31, 2018, we continue to record a full valuation allowance against our domestic deferred tax assets that are not offset by the reversal of deferred tax liabilities. In the future, if it is determined that we no longer have a requirement to record a valuation allowance against all or a portion of our deferred tax assets, the release of the valuation allowance would have a positive impact on our income tax provision.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cut and Jobs Act legislation (the “Tax Act”) was enacted. The Tax Act amended the Code to reduce tax rates and to modify policies, credits, and deductions for businesses. For businesses, the Tax Act reduced the corporate federal tax rate from a maximum of 35% to a flat 21% rate.

 

73


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2017

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Increase/
(Decrease)
    % of Revenue  
       2018         2017       Amount       %         2018         2017    
     (Dollars in millions)  

Revenue:

            

Recurring services

            

Cloud

   $   443.1     $   336.2     $   106.9       31.8     59.4     50.1

Bureau

     209.4       262.3       (52.9     (20.2 )%      28.1     39.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recurring services

     652.5       598.5       54.0       9.0     87.4     89.2

Professional services and other

     93.9       72.3       21.6       29.9     12.6     10.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     746.4       670.8       75.6       11.3     100.0     100.0

Cost of revenue:

            

Recurring services

            

Cloud

     141.1       125.1       16.0             12.8         18.9         18.6

Bureau

     59.2       71.7       (12.5     (17.4 )%      7.9     10.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recurring services

     200.3       196.8       3.5       1.8     26.8     29.3

Professional services and other

     132.2       135.8       (3.6     (2.7 )%      17.7     20.2

Product development and management

     59.0       43.6       15.4       35.3     7.9     6.5

Depreciation and amortization

     34.3       31.3       3.0       9.6     4.6     4.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     425.8       407.5       18.3       4.5     57.0     60.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     320.6       263.3       57.3       21.8     43.0     39.3

Costs and expenses:

            

Selling, general, and administrative

     270.7       223.0       47.7       21.4     36.3     33.2

Other (income) expense, net

     (2.9     7.3       (10.2     (139.7 )%      (0.4 )%      1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     52.8       33.0       19.8       60.0     7.1     4.9

Interest expense, net

     83.2       87.1       (3.9     (4.5 )%      11.1     13.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

     (30.4     (54.1     23.7       43.8     (4.1 )%      (8.1 )% 

Income tax expense (benefit)

     7.7       (49.6     57.3       115.5     1.0     (7.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (38.1     (4.5     (33.6     (746.7 )%      (5.1 )%      (0.7 )% 

Loss from discontinued operations

     (25.8     (6.0     (19.8     (330.0 )%      (3.5 )%      (0.9 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (63.9     (10.5     (53.4     (508.6 )%      (8.6 )%      (1.6 )% 

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (0.5     (1.3     0.8       61.5     (0.1 )%      (0.2 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Ceridian

   $ (63.4   $ (9.2   $ (54.2     (589.1 )%      (8.5 )%      (1.4 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (a)

   $ 157.1     $ 117.8     $ 39.3       33.4     21.0     17.6

 

(a)

For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to operating profit, please see “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

 

74


Table of Contents

Revenue . The following table sets forth certain information regarding our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared with the year ended December 31, 2017.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Growth rate
year-over-year
    Impact of
changes in

foreign currency (a)
    Growth rate on a
constant
currency basis (a)
 
     2018      2017     2018 vs. 2017     2018 vs. 2017  
     (Dollars in millions)                    

Revenue

           

Cloud

           

Recurring services

   $ 443.1      $ 336.2       31.8     (0.2 )%      32.0

Professional services and other

     91.2        68.1       33.9     0.5     33.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cloud revenue

     534.3        404.3       32.2     (0.1 )%      32.3

Bureau

           

Recurring services

     209.4        262.3       (20.2 )%      0.1     (20.3 )% 

Professional services and other

     2.7        4.2       (35.7 )%      (2.4 )%      (33.3 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Bureau revenue

     212.1        266.5       (20.4 )%      0.1     (20.5 )% 
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 746.4      $ 670.8       11.3           11.3

 

(a)

We present revenue growth in a constant currency to assess how our underlying businesses performed, excluding the effect of foreign currency rate fluctuations. We calculate percentage change in revenue on a constant currency basis by applying a fixed $1.30 Canadian dollar to $1.00 U.S. dollar foreign exchange rate to revenues originally booked in Canadian dollars for all applicable periods.

Total revenue increased $75.6 million, or 11.3%, to $746.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to $670.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in Cloud revenue of $130.0 million, or 32.2% from $404.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017 to $534.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. The Cloud revenue increase was primarily due to an increase of $106.9 million, or 31.8%, in Cloud recurring services revenue, and $23.1 million, or 33.9%, in Cloud professional services and other revenue. The increase in Cloud recurring services revenue of $106.9 million was attributable to increases of $76.0 million from new customers, add-ons, and revenue uplift from migrations of Bureau customers; $22.9 million from the migration of Bureau customers; and $20.0 million from increased float revenue related to Cloud recurring services revenue, partially offset by customer attrition of $12.0 million. The increase in Cloud revenue was partially offset by a decline in Bureau revenue of $54.4 million, or 20.4%. There was an immaterial impact on revenue due to changes in foreign currency rate fluctuations. Please refer to the table above for our revenue growth rates on a constant currency basis.

Of the decline in Bureau revenue, approximately 58% was driven by customer attrition and approximately 42% was attributable to customer migrations to Dayforce. Excluding the impact of migrations, our annual Bureau revenue retention rate was 86.9% in 2018 and 89.7% in 2017. For the year ended December 31, 2018, recurring services revenue from payroll Bureau customers accounted for $161.2 million, and tax-only Bureau recurring services revenue accounted for $48.2 million. The payroll Bureau customers consist of approximately 1.5 million active users, of which approximately 1.4 million are customers that we believe could be candidates for migration to Dayforce. Some of our customers are not candidates to migrate to Dayforce due to a variety of factors, including the type of functionality that they require and their system configuration. Of the approximately 1.4 million active users that we believe could be candidates for migration to Dayforce, small businesses accounted for 21% of the total number of active users, mid-sized businesses accounted for 28% of the total number of active users, and enterprise businesses accounted for 51% of the total number of active users.

 

75


Table of Contents

Cloud revenue by solution. The following table presents our Cloud revenue for both recurring and professional services and other, for both our Dayforce and Powerpay solution for the periods presented.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Growth rate
year-over-year
    Growth rate on a
constant

currency basis
 
     2018      2017      2018 vs. 2017     2018 vs. 2017  
     (Dollars in millions)               

Dayforce

   $ 443.0      $ 319.9        38.5     38.5

Powerpay

     91.3        84.4        8.2     8.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cloud Revenue

   $ 534.3      $ 404.3        32.2     32.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cloud revenue was $534.3 million for 2018, an increase of 32.2% when compared to 2017. Dayforce revenue grew 38.5%, and Powerpay revenue grew 8.2% in 2018 as compared to 2017. There was an immaterial impact on revenue due to changes in foreign currency rate fluctuations. Please refer to the table above for our revenue growth rates on a constant currency basis. Our new business sales to Dayforce and Powerpay customers comprised 82% of our increase in Cloud revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018, and the remaining 18% consisted primarily of customer migration to Dayforce from our Bureau solutions. As we migrate our Bureau customers to Dayforce, we typically experience a revenue increase from such customers driven by increased product density on the Dayforce platform. This revenue increase can vary by customer, but has been 22% on average since 2016, as measured at the time of initial migration.

Float revenue. Investment income from invested customer trust funds included in revenue was $67.0 million and $46.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The average float balance for our customer trust funds for the year ended December 31, 2018 was $3,361.5 million, compared to $3,228.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The average yield was 2.00% during the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of 55 basis points compared to the average yield for the year ended December 31, 2017. Based on current investment practices, an increase in market investment rates of 100 basis points would increase float revenue by approximately $17 million over the twelve months following a rate increase. In addition to interest rate risks, we also have exposure to risks associated with changes in laws and regulations that may affect customer fund balances. For example, a change in regulations, either reducing the amount of taxes to be withheld or allowing less time to remit taxes to government authorities, would reduce our average customer trust fund balances and float revenue. There are no incremental costs of revenue associated with increases or declines in float revenue.

Cost of revenue . Total cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2018, was $425.8 million, an increase of $18.3 million, or 4.5%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. Of the total $18.3 million increase, $2.1 million was attributable to IPO-related share-based compensation expense. Excluding IPO-related items, cost of revenue increased $16.2 million.

Recurring services cost of revenue increased by $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, due to additional costs incurred to support the growing Dayforce customer base, partially offset by reductions in costs to support our Bureau customers.

The reduction in cost of revenue for professional services and other of $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, was primarily due to productivity improvements in implementing new customers.

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 350, we are required to capitalize certain software development costs. Please refer to Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting

 

76


Table of Contents

Policies,” for further discussion of our accounting policy for internally developed software costs. Costs related to software development activities that do not qualify for capitalization, such as development, quality assurance, testing of new technologies, enhancements to our existing solutions that do not result in additional functionality, and costs related to the management of our solutions are presented as product development and management expense. The increase in product development and management expense of $15.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, reflects increases in Dayforce product development efforts. For the years ended December 31, 2018, and 2017, our investment in software development was $54.9 million and $45.0 million, respectively, consisting of $29.6 million and $19.0 million of research and development expense, which is included within product development and management expense, and $25.3 million and $26.0 million of capitalized software development, respectively.

Depreciation and amortization expense associated with cost of revenue increased by $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, as we continue to capitalize Dayforce related and other development costs and subsequently amortize those costs.

The table below presents total gross margin and solution gross margins for the periods presented:

 

     Year ended
December 31,
 
     2018     2017  

Total gross margin

     43.0     39.3

Gross margin by solution:

    

Cloud recurring services

     68.2     62.8

Bureau recurring services

     71.7     72.7

Professional services and other

     (40.8 )%      (87.8 )% 

 

  

Total gross margin is defined as total gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, inclusive of product development and management costs as well as depreciation and amortization associated with cost of revenue. Gross margin for each solution in the table above is defined as total revenue less cost of revenue for the applicable solution as a percentage of total revenue for that related solution, exclusive of any product development and management or depreciation and amortization cost allocations.

The overall 11.3% increase in revenue outpaced the 4.5% increase in cost of revenue, and gross profit increased by $57.3 million, or 21.8%, as we continued to leverage our investment in people and processes to realize economies of scale.

Cloud recurring services gross margin was 68.2% for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to 62.8% for the year ended December 31, 2017. The increase in Cloud recurring services gross margin reflects an increase in the proportion of Dayforce customers live for more than two years, which increased from 59% as of December 31, 2017 to 63% as of December 31, 2018, and was also attributable to consistent configuration of new customers, which enabled us to realize economies of scale in customer support and hosting costs. Professional services and other gross margin was (40.8)% for the year ended December 31, 2018, improving from (87.8)% for the year ended December 31, 2018, reflecting an increase in profitable post go-live professional services and productivity improvements in implementing new customers.

Selling, general, and administrative expense . Selling, general, and administrative expense increased $47.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017. Of the total $47.7 million increase, $24.5 million was attributable to transaction expenses associated with our IPO, debt refinancing, and secondary offering, including $11.3 million in sponsor management termination fees, $6.0 million in IPO-related share-based compensation

 

77


Table of Contents

expense, $3.7 million in other IPO transactions costs, and $3.5 million in restructuring consulting expenses. Excluding transaction-related items, selling, general, and administrative expense increased $23.2 million, primarily due to sales and marketing expense, which increased by $13.4 million. We continue to invest in our sales and marketing efforts, as we drive growth in our Cloud solutions, particularly in Dayforce. The increase in selling, general, and administrative expenses also reflected increases in employee related costs and increased costs associated with being a public company.

Other (income) expense, net . For the year ended December 31, 2018, we incurred $2.9 million of other income, net, compared to $7.3 million of other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2017. The other (income) expense, net, for the years ended December 31, 2018, and 2017, was primarily related to remeasurement gains and losses an intercompany payable denominated in a foreign currency, which was repaid in the second quarter of 2018.

Operating profit . We realized operating profit of $52.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to an operating profit of $33.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. Excluding the impact of $24.5 million in transaction costs within selling, general, and administrative expense, and $2.1 million in other increased share-based compensation expense related to the IPO within cost of revenue, operating profit would have been $79.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. This $46.4 million increase was primarily due to a $75.6 million increase in revenue and gross margin improvement.

Interest expense, net . Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2018, was $83.2 million, compared to $87.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. This reduction was primarily due to the refinancing of our debt, which resulted in a reduction in interest expense of $30.6 million upon the extinguishment of the Senior Notes in April 2018, representing seven fewer months of interest on the Senior Notes as compared to the prior year, partially offset by a loss on extinguishment of debt of $25.7 million. As of December 31, 2018, a 100 point basis increase in the London Inter-bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) rates would result in an approximately $7 million increase in our interest expense over the ensuring twelve-month period. Please refer to Note 9, “Debt,” for additional information.

Income tax expense . For the year ended December 31, 2018, we had income tax expense of $7.7 million, compared to income tax benefit of $49.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The $57.3 million increase in tax expense is primarily attributable to the $59.4 million tax benefit recorded during the year ended December 31, 2017, reflecting the revaluation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities upon the initial implementation of the Tax Act.

Loss from discontinued operations . As a result of the LifeWorks Disposition, the financial results of the LifeWorks business have been included within discontinued operations for all periods presented. For the year ended December 31, 2018, we had a loss from discontinued operations of $25.8 million, compared to $6.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2018, is primarily related to income tax expense incurred as a result of the LifeWorks Disposition.

Net loss attributable to Ceridian . Net loss attributable to Ceridian was $63.4 for the year ended December 31, 2018, primarily due to $52.3 million of expenses incurred related to our IPO, debt refinancing, and secondary offering transactions, partially offset by an increase in gross profit. Net loss attributable to Ceridian was $9.2 for the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily due to a tax benefit of approximately $59.4 million related to the 2017 tax reform legislation. Please refer to the “Our History” section above for additional information on the financial statement impacts of our IPO, debt refinancing, and secondary offering transactions.

Adjusted EBITDA . Adjusted EBITDA increased by $39.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018, compared to the year ended December 31, 2017, and Adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 21.0% in 2018 from 17.6% in 2017.

 

78


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared with Year Ended December 31, 2016

The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods presented.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
    Increase/
(Decrease)
    % of Revenue  
       2017         2016       Amount       %         2017         2016    
     (Dollars in millions)  

Revenue:

            

Recurring services

            

Cloud

   $   336.2     $   239.5     $   96.7       40.4     50.1     38.4

Bureau

     262.3       319.0       (56.7     (17.8 )%      39.1     51.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recurring services

     598.5       558.5       40.0       7.2     89.2     89.6

Professional services and other

     72.3       64.9       7.4       11.4     10.8     10.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     670.8       623.4       47.4       7.6     100.0     100.0

Cost of revenue:

            

Recurring services

            

Cloud

     125.1       86.2       38.9             45.1         18.6         13.8

Bureau

     71.7       128.2       (56.5     (44.1 )%      10.7     20.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recurring services

     196.8       214.4       (17.6     (8.2 )%      29.3     34.4

Professional services and other

     135.8       115.6       20.2       17.5     20.2     18.5

Product development and management

     43.6       43.3       0.3       0.7     6.5     6.9

Depreciation and amortization

     31.3       23.1       8.2       35.5     4.7     3.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     407.5       396.4       11.1       2.8     60.7     63.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     263.3       227.0       36.3       16.0     39.3     36.4

Costs and expenses:

            

Selling, general, and administrative

     223.0       225.3       (2.3     (1.0 )%      33.2     36.1

Other expense, net

     7.3       12.9       (5.6     (43.4 )%      1.1     2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss)

     33.0       (11.2     44.2       394.6     4.9     (1.8 )% 

Interest expense, net

     87.1       87.4       (0.3     (0.3 )%      13.0     14.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

     (54.1     (98.6     44.5       45.1     (8.1 )%      (15.8 )% 

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (49.6     6.7       (56.3     (840.3 )%      (7.4 )%      1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (4.5     (105.3     100.8       95.7     (0.7 )%      (16.9 )% 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

     (6.0     12.5       (18.5     (148.0 )%      (0.9 )%      2.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (10.5     (92.8     82.3       88.7     (1.6 )%      (14.9 )% 

Net (loss) income attributable to

noncontrolling interest

     (1.3     0.1       (1.4     (1400.0 )%      (0.2 )%      0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Ceridian

   $ (9.2   $ (92.9   $ 83.7       90.1     (1.4 )%      (14.9 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (a)

   $ 117.8     $ 85.5     $ 32.3       37.8     17.6     13.7

 

(a)

For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to operating profit, please see “Prospectus Summary—Summary Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

 

79


Table of Contents

Revenue . The following table sets forth certain information regarding our consolidated revenues for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared with the year ended December 31, 2016.

 

    Year ended
December 31,
    Growth rate
year-over-year
    Impact of
changes in
foreign currency (a)
    Growth rate on a
constant
currency basis (a)
 
    2017     2016     2017 vs. 2016     2017 vs. 2016  
    (Dollars in millions)                    

Revenue

         

Cloud

         

Recurring services

  $ 336.2     $ 239.5       40.4     1.4     39.0

Professional services and other

    68.1       58.3       16.8     0.9     15.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cloud revenue

    404.3       297.8       35.8     1.3     34.5

Bureau

         

Recurring services

    262.3       319.0       (17.8 )%      0.4     (18.2 )% 

Professional services and other

    4.2       6.6       (36.4 )%            (36.4 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Bureau revenue

    266.5       325.6       (18.2 )%      0.4     (18.6 )% 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

  $     670.8     $     623.4       7.6     0.8     6.8

 

(a)

We present revenue growth in a constant currency to provide a framework for assessing how our underlying businesses performed excluding the effect of foreign currency rate fluctuations. We calculate percentage change in revenue on a constant currency basis by applying a fixed $1.30 Canadian dollar to $1.00 U.S. dollar foreign exchange rate to revenues originally booked in Canadian dollars for all applicable periods.

Total revenue increased $47.4 million, or 7.6%, to $670.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $623.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This increase was primarily driven by an increase in Cloud revenue of $106.5 million, or 35.8%, from $297.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $404.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017. The Cloud revenue increase was driven by an increase of $96.7 million, or 40.4%, in Cloud recurring services revenue, and $9.8 million, or 16.8%, in Cloud professional services and other revenue. The increase in Cloud recurring services revenue of $96.7 million was due to $68.0 million from new customers, add-ons, and revenue uplift from migrations of Bureau customers; $28.1 million from the migration of Bureau customers; $10.0 million from increased float revenue related to Cloud recurring services revenue; partially offset by customer losses of $9.4 million. The increase in Cloud revenue was partially offset by a decline in Bureau recurring services revenue of $56.7 million, or 17.8%. On a constant currency basis, total revenue grew 6.8%. This adjusted revenue growth was driven by an increase of 34.5% in Cloud revenue, partially offset by a decline of 18.6% in Bureau revenue. On a constant currency basis, Cloud revenue growth for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, was driven by Cloud recurring services revenue, which increased by 39.0%, and professional services and other revenue, which increased by 15.9%, as we continued to sign and to activate new customers.

Of the decline in Bureau revenue, approximately 50% was driven by customer attrition and approximately 50% was driven by customer migrations to Dayforce. Excluding the impact of migrations, our annual Bureau revenue retention rate was 89.7% in 2017 and 87.4% in 2016. For the

 

80


Table of Contents

year ended December 31, 2017, recurring services revenue from payroll Bureau customers accounted for $210.2 million and tax-only Bureau recurring services revenue accounted for $52.1 million. The payroll Bureau customers consist of approximately 1.9 million active users, of which approximately 1.7 million of these active users are with customers that we believe could be candidates for migration to Dayforce. Some of our customers are not candidates to migrate to Dayforce due to a variety of factors, including the type of functionality that they require and their system configuration. Of the approximately 1.7 million active users, small businesses accounted for 20% of the total number of active users, mid-sized businesses accounted for 30% of the total number of active users, and enterprise businesses accounted for 50% of the total number of active users.

Cloud revenue by solution. The following table presents our Cloud revenue for both recurring and professional services and other, for both our Dayforce and Powerpay solution for the periods presented.

 

     Year ended
December 31,
     Growth rate
year-over-year
    Growth rate
on a constant
currency basis
 
     2017      2016      2017 vs. 2016  
     (Dollars in millions)               

Dayforce

   $ 319.9      $ 219.0        46.1     45.5

Powerpay

     84.4        78.8        7.1     4.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Cloud Revenue

   $ 404.3      $ 297.8        35.8     34.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cloud revenue was $404.3 million during 2017 an increase of 35.8% when compared to 2016. Dayforce revenue grew 46.1%, and Powerpay revenue grew 7.1% during 2017 as compared to 2016. Our new business sales to Dayforce customers comprised 74% of our increase in Cloud revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017, and the remaining 26% consisted primarily of customer migration to Dayforce from our Bureau solutions.

Float revenue. Investment income from invested customer trust funds included in revenue was $46.5 million and $39.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The average float balance for our customer trust funds for the year ended December 31, 2017, was $3,228.2 million, compared to $3,260.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The yield was 1.44% during the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of 24 basis points compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. In addition to interest rate risks, we also have exposure to risks associated with changes in laws and regulations that may affect customer fund balances. For example, a change in regulations, either reducing the amount of taxes to be withheld or allowing less time to remit taxes to government authorities, would reduce our average customer trust fund balances and float revenue. There are no incremental costs of revenue associated with increases or declines in float revenue.

Cost of revenue . Total cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017, was $407.5 million, an increase of $11.1 million, or 2.8%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016.

During 2017, we changed the presentation and classification of certain expenses within our statements of operations to better facilitate comparisons with revenue and expenses of similar businesses, to better align our income statement presentation with the way management and reporting of our business has evolved internally, and to enhance our overall disclosure and understanding of the business for external users. We reallocated certain expenses between cost of recurring services revenue, cost of professional services and other revenue, and selling, general, and administrative expense. The net impact of these reallocations was to increase total cost of revenue by $3.4 million and to reduce selling, general, and administrative expense by $3.4 million. These changes in presentation and classification represent a change in estimate and have been accounted for on a

 

81


Table of Contents

prospective basis. Therefore, to facilitate the discussion in this section, the following table presents the actual reported costs and expenses as well as the costs and expenses on a pro forma basis as if the changes to allocation methodologies in 2017 had been in effect in 2016:

 

     Year ended December 31,      Pro Forma
Increase (Decrease)
 
     2017      2016      2016
Pro Forma
     Amount      %  
     (Dollars in millions)  

Cost of revenue:

              

Recurring services

   $ 196.8      $ 214.4      $ 182.9      $ 13.9        7.6

Professional services and other

     135.8        115.6        138.7        (2.9      (2.1 )% 

Product development and management

     43.6        43.3        46.9        (3.3      (7.0 )% 

Depreciation and amortization

     31.3        23.1        31.3        0.0        0.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

   $ 407.5      $ 396.4      $ 399.8      $ 7.7        1.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Selling, general, and administrative

   $ 223.0      $ 225.3      $ 221.9      $ 1.1        0.5

The increase in total cost of revenue for year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, included a net reallocation of $3.4 million from selling, general, and administrative expense due to a change in estimate of expense allocations. Excluding the effect of these reallocations, total cost of revenue would have increased by $7.7 million, or 1.9%.

Recurring services cost of revenue was reduced by $17.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. This reduction included a reallocation of $31.5 million of costs from recurring services cost of revenue, consisting primarily of $13.4 million in technology and facilities expenses, $10.9 million in finance related expenses, and $9.3 million in corporate function expenses. Excluding the effect of these reallocations, recurring services cost of revenue would have increased by $13.9 million due to additional costs incurred to support the growing Dayforce customer base, partially offset by reductions in Bureau costs.

The increase in cost of revenue for professional services and other of $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, included a net reallocation of $23.1 million of costs to professional services and other cost of revenue, primarily $23.2 million of technology and facilities expenses. Excluding the effect of these reallocations, professional services and other cost of revenue would have been reduced by $2.9 million, as we achieved productivity improvements in implementing new customers.

The increase in product development and management expense of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, included the reallocation of $3.6 million of costs to product development and management, primarily $7.9 million in technology and facilities expenses, offset by $2.8 million in corporate function expenses. Excluding the effect of these reallocations, product development and management expense would have been reduced by $3.3 million, due to reductions in product management costs associated with our Bureau solution and technology expenses, partially offset by higher headcount to support the continued development of the Dayforce platform.

Depreciation and amortization expense associated with cost of revenue increased by $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. Excluding the effect of these reallocations of $8.2 million, depreciation and amortization expense would have been consistent with 2016.

 

82


Table of Contents

The table below presents total gross margin and solution gross margins for the periods presented, both as presented and on a pro forma basis as if the changes to allocation methodologies of certain costs in 2017 discussed above had been in effect in 2016.

 

     Year ended December 31,  
     2017     2016     2016
Pro Forma
 

Total gross margin

     39.3     36.4     35.9

Gross margin by solution:

      

Cloud recurring services

     62.8     64.0     60.2

Bureau recurring services

     72.7     59.8     72.5

Professional services and other

     (87.8 )%      (78.1 )%      (113.7 )% 

Selling, general, and administrative expense. Selling, general, and administrative expense was reduced by $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016. This reduction included the reallocation of $3.4 million of costs. Excluding the effect of these reallocations, selling, general, and administrative expense would have increased by $1.1 million, reflecting increases in sales and marketing expenses, and share-based compensation expense, partially offset by reductions in restructuring consulting fees, severance expense, sponsor management fees and other cost reduction measures related to our declining Bureau solutions.

Other expense. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we incurred $7.3 million of other expense, net, compared to $12.9 million, for the year ended December 31, 2016. The other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2017, was primarily related to foreign currency remeasurement losses on intercompany receivables or payables denominated in foreign currencies. The other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2016, was primarily related to an impairment of $10.2 million to our trade name intangible asset and an increase of $5.9 million to our environmental reserve liability to reflect more stringent remediation requirements, partially offset by foreign currency remeasurement gains on intercompany receivables or payables denominated in foreign currencies. Please refer to Note 12, ”Supplementary Data to Statement of Operations,” for further discussion.

Operating profit (loss) . We realized operating profit of $33.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to an operating loss of $11.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. This $44.2 million increase was primarily due to a $47.4 million increase in revenue and gross margin improvement.

Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2017, was $87.1 million, compared to $87.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Income tax (benefit) expense. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we had an income tax benefit of $49.6 million, compared to income tax expense of $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. Income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2017, was primarily related to a tax benefit of approximately $59.4 million related to the 2017 tax reform legislation, of which $26.4 million was attributable to the revaluation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities and $33.0 million was attributable to the reduction in our valuation allowance.

(Loss) income from discontinued operations. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we had a loss from discontinued operations of $6.0 million, compared to income from discontinued operation of $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2016. The loss from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2017, was primarily related to our LifeWorks business. Income from discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2016, was primarily attributable to proceeds of $10.7 million from our Divested Benefits Businesses, net of tax, which were sold in a series of transactions in the third quarter of 2015, and our United Kingdom business, which was sold in the second quarter of 2016, resulting in a gain on sale of $5.9 million.

 

83


Table of Contents

Net loss attributable to Ceridian. Net loss attributable to Ceridian improved by $83.7 million to $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to $92.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2016.

Adjusted EBITDA . Adjusted EBITDA increased by $32.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2017, compared to the year ended December 31, 2016, and Adjusted EBITDA margin increased to 17.6% in 2017 from 13.7% in 2016.

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following table sets forth statements of operations data for each of the quarters presented. We have prepared the quarterly statements of operations data on a basis consistent with the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the financial information reflects all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of this data. This information should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future period.

 

    Three months ended    

 

 
    December 31,
2018
    September 30,
2018
    June 30,
2018
    March 31,
2018
    December 31,
2017
    September 30,
2017
    June 30,
2017
    March 31,
2017
 
    (Dollars in millions)  

Revenue:

               

Recurring services

  $ 171.7     $ 157.2     $ 156.6     $ 167.0     $ 160.3     $ 145.6     $ 140.8     $ 151.8  

Professional services and other

    28.6       22.4       22.7       20.2       22.1       17.9       16.7       15.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    200.3       179.6       179.3       187.2       182.4       163.5       157.5       167.4  

Cost of revenue:

               

Recurring services

    51.0       49.1       49.5       50.7       51.0       48.4       48.1       49.3  

Professional services and other

    33.5       32.5       33.4       32.8       33.0       34.8       34.1       33.9  

Product development and management

    15.7       14.5       15.1       13.7       11.8       11.0       10.0       10.8  

Depreciation and amortization

    8.6       8.5       8.5       8.7       8.1       8.0       7.6       7.6  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    108.8       104.6       106.5       105.9       103.9       102.2       99.8       101.6  

Gross profit

    91.5       75.0       72.8       81.3       78.5       61.3       57.7       65.8  

Costs and expenses:

               

Selling, general, and administrative

    70.4       59.4       84.1       56.8       62.0       52.4       54.8       53.8  

Other (income) expense net

    (0.4     0.3       —         (2.8     0.4       3.8       2.0       1.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss)

    21.5       15.3       (11.3     27.3       16.1       5.1       0.9       10.9  

Interest expense, net

    8.8       8.8       43.4       22.2       21.8       21.9       22.0       21.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    12.7       6.5       (54.7     5.1       (5.7     (16.8     (21.1     (10.5

Income tax expense (benefit)

    1.9       (0.9     1.1       5.6       (53.4     0.9       1.9       1.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    10.8       7.4       (55.8     (0.5     47.7       (17.7     (23.0     (11.5

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

    (11.0     (3.0     (9.7     (2.1     (3.6     (2.9     0.2       0.3  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

    (0.2     4.4       (65.5     (2.6     44.1       (20.6     (22.8     (11.2

Net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interest

    —         —         —         (0.5     (0.9     (0.5     0.1       —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Ceridian

  $ (0.2   $ 4.4     $ (65.5   $ (2.1   $ 45.0     $ (20.1   $ (22.9   $ (11.2
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our primary sources of liquidity are our existing cash and equivalents, cash provided by operating activities, borrowings under our credit facilities, and proceeds from equity offerings. As of December 31, 2018, we had cash and equivalents of $217.8 million and availability under our revolving credit facility of $300.0 million. No cash amounts were drawn on the revolving credit facility during 2018. Our total indebtedness was $678.3 million as of December 31, 2018. See “Description of Material Indebtedness.”

 

84


Table of Contents

Our primary liquidity needs are related to funding of general business requirements, including the payment of interest and principal on our indebtedness, capital expenditures, pension contributions, and product development.

Our customer trust funds are held and invested with the primary objectives being to protect the principal balance and to ensure adequate liquidity to meet cash flow requirements. Accordingly, we maintain on average approximately 46% of customer trust funds in liquidity portfolios with maturities ranging from one to 120 days, consisting of high-quality bank deposits, money market mutual funds, commercial paper, or collateralized short-term investments; and we maintain on average approximately 54% of customer trust funds in fixed income portfolios with maturities ranging from 120 days to 10 years, consisting of U.S. Treasury and agency securities, Canada government and provincial securities, as well as highly rated asset-backed, mortgage-backed, municipal, corporate and bank securities. To maintain sufficient liquidity in the trust to meet payment obligations, we also have financing arrangements and may pledge fixed income securities for short-term financing. The assets held in trust are intended for the specific purpose of satisfying client fund obligations and therefore are not freely available for our general business use.

We believe that our cash flow from operations, availability under our revolving credit facility, and available cash and equivalents will be sufficient to meet our liquidity needs for the foreseeable future. We anticipate that to the extent that we require additional liquidity, it will be funded through the issuance of equity, the incurrence of additional indebtedness, or a combination thereof. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain this additional liquidity on reasonable terms, or at all. Additionally, our liquidity and our ability to meet our obligations and to fund our capital requirements are also dependent on our future financial performance, which is subject to general economic, financial, and other factors that are beyond our control. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available from additional indebtedness or otherwise to meet our liquidity needs. Although we have no specific current plans to do so, if we decide to pursue one or more significant acquisitions, we may incur additional debt or sell additional equity to finance such acquisitions, which would result in additional expenses or dilution.

Statements of Cash Flows

Changes in cash flows due to purchases of customer trust fund marketable securities, proceeds from the sale or maturity of customer trust fund marketable securities, and the net increase (decrease) of restricted cash held to satisfy customer trust fund obligations, as well as the carrying value of customer trust fund accounts as of period end dates can vary significantly due to several factors, including the specific day of the week the period ends, which impacts the timing of funds collected from customers and payments made to satisfy customer obligations to employees, taxing authorities, and others. For example, December 31, 2018 was a Monday, when trust fund balances are generally lower; whereas, the last business day of 2017 was a Friday, when trust fund balances are generally higher. The customer trust funds are fully segregated from our operating cash accounts and are evaluated and tracked separately by management. Therefore, to provide meaningful information to the readers, the following discussion is regarding the net cash flows excluding customer trust funds.

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations of $10.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2018, was primarily attributable to operating profit of $52.8 million, partially offset by a $45.0 million reduction in cash as a result of net changes in working capital. The $45.0 million reduction in net working capital was primarily attributable to a reduction of $22.1 million in

 

85


Table of Contents

liabilities for employee compensation and benefits, primarily due to payments of accrued incentive compensation and pension contributions, and a $15.7 million reduction in liabilities for accrued interest, associated with our debt refinancing. Included within net cash flows provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2018, was $74.5 million in cash interest payments on our long-term debt, $18.5 million in pension payments, and $16.7 million in cash taxes, net of refunds received.

Net cash used in operating activities from continuing operations of $29.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2017, was primarily attributable to operating losses of $4.5 million, net changes in working capital of $37.2 million, and a deferred tax benefit of $62.3 million, partially offset by certain non-cash items, primarily $53.8 million of depreciation and amortization and $16.1 million of share-based compensation expense. Net changes in working capital were driven by employee compensation and benefits, primarily pension contributions, accrued taxes, and prepaid expenses.

Net cash used in operating activities from continuing operations of $73.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2016 was primarily attributable to operating losses of $105.3 million with offsetting adjustments for certain non-cash items and net changes in working capital. The adjustments for non-cash items included $53.2 million of depreciation and amortization, $12.5 million of share-based compensation expense, a $10.4 million asset impairment, and a $5.9 million adjustment to our environmental reserve liability, partially offset by $8.3 million of deferred income tax benefit. Net changes in working capital of $49.3 million were primarily driven by pension contributions exceeding pension expense.

Investing Activities

During the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations, excluding customer trust fund activity, was $40.2 million, including $32.2 million in capital expenditures for software and technology and $8.0 million in capital expenditures for property and equipment.

During the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash used in investing activities from continuing operations excluding customer trust fund activity was $51.1 million, primarily related to capital expenditures, partially offset by proceeds from divestitures. Our capital expenditures included $33.1 million for software and technology and $17.5 million for property and equipment.

During the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash provided by investing activities from continuing operations excluding customer trust fund activity was $68.7 million, primarily related to the net proceeds from divestitures of $101.6 million, offset by capital expenditures. Our capital expenditures included $25.5 million for software and technology and $7.4 million for property and equipment.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities from continuing operations, excluding the change in customer trust fund obligations, was $163.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. This cash inflow is primarily attributable to the net proceeds received from our IPO and concurrent private placement of $595.0 million, a net increase in the principal of our term loan of $23.0 million, and proceeds from the issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options of $45.8 million, partially offset by a $475.0 million payment to redeem our Senior Notes and debt refinancing costs of $23.3 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities from continuing operations excluding the change in customer trust fund obligations was $50.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2017, primarily

 

86


Table of Contents

related to the funding of the remaining $75.2 million from the issuance of Senior Preferred Stock, partially offset by a $25.9 million payment made on our term debt.

Net cash provided by financing activities from continuing operations excluding the change in customer trust fund obligation was $63.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2016, related to proceeds received from the issuance of Senior Preferred Stock, partially offset by payments made on our term debt.

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations

During the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash used in discontinued operations was $1.2 million. During the year ended December 31, 2017, net cash used in discontinued operations was $10.6 million. During the year ended December 31, 2016, net cash used in discontinued operations was $1.9 million. The cash flows from discontinued operations for all periods primarily relate to changes in working capital.

Backlog

We do not believe that any measure of backlog is a meaningful indicator of revenues that can be expected for a particular future period as the amount and timing can be influenced by multiple factors, including the timing of the completion of implementation, the accuracy and success of implementation services provided by us and by third parties, the timing in which new customers go-live, and our ability to meet service level commitments.

Seasonality

We have in the past and expect in the future to experience seasonal fluctuations in our revenues and new customer contracts with the fourth quarter historically being our strongest quarter for new customer contracts, renewals, and customer go-lives. Although the growth of our Cloud solutions and the ratable nature of our fees makes this seasonality less apparent in our overall results of operations, we expect our revenue to fluctuate quarterly and to be higher in the fourth and first quarters of each year. Fourth quarter revenue is driven by year-end processing fees and Dayforce customer go-lives; and first quarter revenue is driven by revenue earned for printing of year-end tax packages.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2018, we did not have any “off-balance sheet arrangements” (as such term is defined in Item 303 of Regulation S-K).

Our Indebtedness

On April 30, 2018, Ceridian entered into a credit agreement pursuant to which the lenders agreed to provide Senior Credit Facilities, consisting of the Senior Term Loan in the original principal amount of $680.0 million and a $300.0 million Revolving Facility. The Revolving Facility may, at our option, be made available in United States Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Euros and/or Pounds Sterling; up to $70.0 million may, at our option, be made available for letters of credit and $100.0 million may, at our option, be made available for swingline loans (denominated in Canadian Dollars and/or United States Dollars).

The Senior Term Loan will mature on April 30, 2025. We are required to make annual amortization payments in respect of the Senior Term Loan in an amount equal to 1.00% of the original principal

 

87


Table of Contents

amount thereof, payable in equal quarterly installments of 0.25% of the original principal amount of the first lien term loan. The Revolving Facility matures on April 30, 2023 and does not require amortization payments.

The obligations of Ceridian under the Senior Credit Facilities are secured by first priority security interests in substantially all of the assets of Ceridian and the guarantors, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions. All of our subsidiaries are guarantors under the Senior Credit Facilities, subject to certain exceptions. The Senior Credit Facilities contain financial covenants and certain business covenants, including restrictions on dividend payments, which Ceridian must comply with during the term of the agreement. As of December 31, 2018, Ceridian was in full compliance with the terms of the Senior Credit Facilities.

Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate per annum equal to:

 

  1.

in the case of borrowings denominated in U.S. dollars on any day (a) at Ceridian’s election, either (i) an amount (not less than 1.00%) equal to the greater of (A) a base rate determined by reference to the rate of interest per annum announced by Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch (“DBNY”) as its prime rate on such day, (B) the federal funds effective rate on such date plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (C) the London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) plus 1.00% or (ii) if available, LIBOR for U.S. dollars determined by reference to the applicable Reuters screen page two business days prior to the commencement of the interest period relevant to the subject borrowing, adjusted for certain additional costs, which may not be less than 0.00% plus (b) an applicable margin;

 

  2.

in the case of borrowings under the Revolving Facility denominated in Canadian Dollars on any day (a) at Ceridian’s election, either (i) the rate of interest per annum quoted or established as the “prime rate” of Deutsche Bank AG Canada Branch plus an applicable margin or (ii) CDOR for Canadian dollars determined by reference to the applicable Reuters screen page on date of the commencement of the interest period relevant to the subject borrowing, adjusted for certain additional costs, which may not be less than 0.00% plus (b) an applicable margin;

  3.

in the case of borrowings under the Revolving Facility denominated in Euros on any day, (a) The London interbank offered rate in Euros (“EURIBOR”) determined by reference to the applicable Reuters screen page two business days prior to the commencement of the interest period relevant to the subject borrowing, which may not be less than 0.00% plus (b) an applicable margin; or

 

  4.

in the case of borrowings under the Revolving Facility denominated in Pounds Sterling, (a) Sterling LIBOR determined by reference to the applicable Reuters screen page one business day prior to the commencement of the interest period relevant to the subject borrowing, which may not be less than 0.00% plus (b) an applicable margin.

The applicable margin for the Senior Term Loan is (i) 3.25% per annum, in the case of LIBOR loans and (ii) 2.25% per annum, in the case of base rate loans. Such applicable margin will be reduced by 0.25% per annum if the corporate family rating of Ceridian from Moody’s is B2 or better, each such reduction being effective during the period commencing on the date of such change in rating becomes effective and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of next change in rating.

 

88


Table of Contents

The applicable margin for loans under the Revolving Facility is determined in accordance with the table set forth below:

 

Consolidated First Lien Leverage Ratio

   Applicable Margin for
LIBOR, CDOR, EURIBOR and
Sterling LIBOR Rate
Loans
    Applicable Margin
for Base Rate and
Canadian
Prime Rate Loans
 

Category 1

    

Greater than 4.50:1.00

     2.75     1.75

Category 2

    

Less than or equal to 4.50:1.00 and greater than 4.00:1.00

     2.50     1.50

Category 3

    

Less than or equal to 4.00:1.00

     2.25     1.25

We are also required to pay a customary annual administration fee to the administrative agent under the Senior Credit Facilities.

For an additional description of the Senior Credit Facilities, see “Description of Material Indebtedness—Senior Credit Facilities.”

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations and other commercial commitments as of December 31, 2018, whether or not they appear on our consolidated balance sheet. Variable interest payments are projected based on an interest rate forecast in effect at the end of 2018. All amounts in the table may reflect rounding.

 

     Payments due by period  
     (Dollars in millions)  
     Less
than one
year
     1-3
Years
     3-5
Years
     More than
5 Years
     Total  

Long-term debt

   $ 6.8      $ 13.6      $ 13.6      $ 644.3      $ 678.3  

Interest payable on long-term debt

     40.6        79.9        78.1        51.1        249.7  

Operating leases

     9.1        14.7        11.6        7.6        43.0  

Postretirement plan obligations (a)

     2.3        3.9        3.5        6.3        16.0  

Retirement plan obligations (a)

     7.7        54.0        37.6        33.4        132.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 66.5      $ 166.1      $ 144.4      $ 742.7      $ 1,119.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

We have not estimated our pension funding obligations beyond 2027, and thus, any potential future contributions have been excluded from the table.

Our long-term debt obligations are described in “Description of Material Indebtedness” and in Note 9, “Debt,” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The lease payments represent scheduled payments under the terms of the lease agreements. We conduct substantially all of our operations in leased facilities. Most of these leases contain renewal options and require payments for taxes, insurance, and maintenance. We also lease equipment for use in our business.

Payments of retirement plan obligations include employer commitments to fund our defined benefit and postretirement plans and do not include estimated future benefit payments to participants expected to be made from liquidation of the assets in our defined benefit plan trusts. At December 31,

 

89


Table of Contents

2018, our defined benefit pension plans had a projected benefit obligation that exceeded the fair value of the plans’ assets by $145.8 million and our postretirement benefit plan had an accumulated benefit obligation that exceeded the fair value of the plans’ assets by $16.8 million. We expect to satisfy these remaining obligations through investment income from and appreciation in the fair value of plan assets held in trust and from future employer contributions.

The amount of our obligation to vendors for capital expenditures at December 31, 2018 was not material, and no such amount is included in the table above.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements and related notes requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, and expenses. Certain of our accounting policies require the application of significant judgment by management in selecting the appropriate assumptions for calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty. These judgments are based on our historical experience, terms of existing contracts, our evaluation of trends in the industry, information provided by our customers, and information available from other outside sources, as appropriate. We evaluate our estimates and judgments on an on-going basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates. For a description of our significant accounting policies, please see Note 2, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The accounting policies that we believe to be the most critical to an understanding of our financial condition and results of operations and that require the most complex and subjective management judgments are discussed below.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue from the sale of our services, net of applicable sales taxes, when the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (3) the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. We rely on a signed contract with the customer as the persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement.

We enter into revenue arrangements that may consist of multiple deliverables based on the needs of our customers. For example, our services address a broad range of employment process needs, such as payroll, payroll-related tax filing, human resource information, employee self-service capabilities, time and labor management, and recruitment and applicant screening. A customer arrangement may contain any of these elements with different elements delivered across multiple reporting periods.

We have a single unit of accounting for each deliverable in a contract based on the use of estimated selling price (“ESP”) in those cases where vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price (“VSOE”) or third party evidence (“TPE”) cannot be established. Our determination of ESP involves the consideration of several factors based on the specific facts and circumstances of each contract. Specifically, we consider the cost to produce or to provide the deliverable, the anticipated margin on that deliverable, the selling price and profit margin for similar services, the value of any enhancements that have been built into the deliverable, and the characteristics of the varying markets in which the deliverable will be sold.

When we are unable to establish a selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use ESP in the allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the service were sold on a standalone basis.

 

90


Table of Contents

We regularly review VSOE, TPE, and ESP and maintain internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates. There were no material impacts during the period, nor do we currently expect a material impact in the near term from changes in VSOE, TPE, or ESP.

Deferred revenue consists primarily of customer billings in advance of revenues being recognized from our contracts. Deferred revenue also includes certain deferred professional services fees that are accounted for as a single unit of accounting with subscription fees and are recognized as revenues over the same period as the related customer contract. Deferred revenue that is anticipated to be recognized during the succeeding twelve-month period is recorded as current deferred revenue, and the remaining portion is recorded as noncurrent.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks related to foreign currency exchange rates, interest rates, and pension obligations. We seek to minimize or manage these market risks through normal operating and financing activities. We do not trade or use instruments with the objective of earning financial gains on the market fluctuations, nor do we use instruments where there are not underlying exposures.

Foreign Currency Risk . Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to fluctuations due to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly changes in the Canadian Dollar. Due to the relative size of our international operations to date, we have not instituted an active hedging program. We expect our international operations to continue to grow in the near term, and we are monitoring the foreign currency exposure to determine if we should begin a hedging program.

Interest Rate Risk . In connection with our U.S. and Canadian payroll and tax filing services, we collect funds for payment of payroll and taxes; temporarily hold such funds in trust until payment is due; remit the funds to the customers’ employees and appropriate taxing authority; file federal, state and local tax returns; and handle related regulatory correspondence and amendments. We invest the U.S. customer trust funds primarily in high- quality bank deposits, money market mutual funds, or collateralized short-term investments. We may also invest these funds in U.S. Treasury and agency securities, as well as highly rated asset-backed, mortgage-backed, municipal, and corporate securities. Our Canadian customer trust funds are invested in securities issued by the government and provinces of Canada, highly rated Canadian banks and corporations, asset-backed trusts, and mortgages.

We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our cash equivalents and our portfolio of marketable securities are subject to market risk due to changes in interest rates. Fixed rate securities may have their market value adversely affected due to a rise in interest rates, while floating rate securities may produce less income than expected if interest rates fall. Due in part to these factors, our future investment income may fall short of expectation due to changes in interest rates or we may suffer losses in principal if we are forced to sell securities that decline in market value due to changes in interest rates. However, because we classify our securities as “available for sale,” no gains or losses are recognized due to changes in interest rates unless such securities are sold prior to maturity or declines in fair value are determined to be other-than-temporary.

We do not believe that an increase or decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points would have a material effect on our operating results or financial condition. Fluctuations in the value of our investment securities caused by a change in interest rates (gains or losses on the carrying value) are recorded in other comprehensive income, and are realized only if we sell the underlying securities.

Pension Obligation Risk . We provide a pension plan for a number of former employees. In applying relevant accounting policies, we have made critical estimates related to actuarial assumptions, including assumptions of expected returns on plan assets, discount rates, and health

 

91


Table of Contents

care cost trends. The cost of pension benefits in future periods will depend on actual returns on plan assets, assumptions for future periods, contributions, and benefit experience. In 2018, we contributed $18.5 million to our pension plan.

The effective discount rate used in accounting for pension and other benefit obligations in 2018 ranged from 3.70% to 3.92%. The expected rate of return on plan assets for qualified pension benefits in 2018 was 6.30%. The following table reflects the estimated sensitivity associated with a change in certain significant actuarial assumptions (each assumption change is presented mutually exclusive of other assumption changes):

 

            Impact on 2018 Pension Expense
Increase (Decrease)
 
     Change in Assumption      Pension
Benefits
     Post
Retirement
 
            (Dollars in millions)  

Increase in discount rate

     50 basis points      $ 0.2        —    

Decrease in discount rate

     50 basis points      $ (0.2      —    

Increase in return on plan asset

     50 basis points      $ (2.0      —    

Decrease in return on plan asset

     50 basis points      $ 2.0        —    

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which replaced all existing revenue guidance created by Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605, including prescriptive industry-specific guidance, and created ASC Topic 606 for revenue and ASC Subtopic 340-40 for incremental costs of obtaining a contract with customers. This standard’s core principle is that an entity will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Entities will need to apply more judgment and make more estimates than under the previous guidance. In July 2015, the FASB deferred the effective date for all entities by one year, making the guidance for non-public companies effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. As an emerging growth company, we have elected to follow the non-public company timeline for adopting this guidance. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective transition method or modified retrospective approach with a cumulative effect recognized at the date of initial application. Management has decided to adopt the new standard effective in the first quarter of 2019, using the retrospective transition method for adoption.

In preparation for this adoption, we have evaluated the impact of the new standard to our financial statements and accompanying disclosures in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. Our assessment of the impact included an evaluation of the five-step process set forth in the new standard along with the enhancement of disclosures that will be required. We executed a plan for implementing the standard, which included identifying customer contracts within the scope of the new standard, identifying performance obligations within those customer contracts, and evaluating the impact of incremental variable consideration paid to obtain those customer contracts. We also undertook a comprehensive review of all contracts that fall under the scope of the new standard; and, as of the date of this prospectus, we have completed our review of in-scope contracts.

Based on our analysis, the adoption of the new standard will result in changes to the classification and timing of our revenue recognition. Specifically, revenue classified as professional services and other revenue will increase and revenue classified as recurring services revenue will be reduced under the new standard, compared to current GAAP. Further, the new standard will result in changes to the timing of our revenue recognition compared to current GAAP. In compliance with the new standard, a contract asset will be reflected on the consolidated balance sheets and will be amortized over the

 

92


Table of Contents

contract period, which is generally three years. We also will have changes to the timing of certain selling, general, and administrative expenses, as the new standard requires capitalizing and amortizing certain selling expenses, such as commissions and bonuses paid to the sales force. These sales expenses will be amortized over the period of benefit, generally five years. Additionally, the adoption of the new standard will have an immaterial impact on cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017, as a small number of customer contracts had previously been recognized under revenue guidance prior to ASC Topic 605.

In periods of revenue growth, the changes above will result in higher overall earnings before income taxes and net income when compared to current GAAP.

The following tables present the impacts that the adoption of ASC 606 would have on the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

     Year ended December 31, 2018  
     As Reported      Under ASC 606      Impact  

Revenue:

        

Recurring services

   $ 652.5      $ 625.0      $ (27.5

Professional services and other

     93.9        115.7        21.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 746.4      $ 740.7      $ (5.7

Operating profit

   $ 52.8      $ 56.3      $ 3.5  

 

     Year ended December 31, 2017  
     As Reported      Under ASC 606      Impact  

Revenue:

        

Recurring services

   $ 598.5      $ 573.9      $ (24.6

Professional services and other

     72.3        102.3        30.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 670.8      $ 676.2      $ 5.4  

Operating profit

   $ 33.0      $ 46.6      $ 13.6  

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases,” which created ASC Topic 842 and is intended to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and by disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. This standard requires balance sheet recognition for both finance leases and operating leases. This guidance is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. An entity will, in effect, continue to account for leases that commence before the effective date in accordance with previous GAAP unless the lease is modified, except that lessees are required to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all operating leases at each reporting date based on the present value of the remaining minimum rental payments that were tracked and disclosed under previous GAAP. Management will adopt this guidance beginning in the first quarter of 2019, and has chosen to take advantage of the additional transition method in ASU No. 2018-11 discussed below, in which a cumulative-effect adjustment will be made to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. Currently, based on management’s implementation efforts, we will recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the consolidated balance sheets as of January 1, 2019, resulting in an impact of approximately $35.0 to $45.0.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows—Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments,” which addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice of certain cash receipts and cash payments. This guidance is effective for non-public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and

 

93


Table of Contents

interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. We have chosen to early adopt this guidance as of January 1, 2018, and have applied this guidance to the presentation of our debt refinancing transactions that occurred during 2018.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, “Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income,” which is in response to a narrow-scope financial reporting issue that arose because of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The amendment in this update allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. This amendment is intended to improve the usefulness of information reported to financial statement users by requiring certain disclosures about stranded tax effects. The amendment in this update is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Management will adopt this guidance beginning in the first quarter of 2019. We anticipate the adoption of this guidance will not have a significant impact on our consolidated balance sheets.

In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-10, “Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases” and 2018-11, “Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements.” The amendments in ASU No. 2018-10 affect narrow aspects of the guidance issued in ASU No. 2016-02. For non-early adopters, this amendment is effective under the same timelines as ASU No. 2016-02. The amendments in ASU No. 2018-11 provide entities with an additional (and optional) transition method to adopt the new lease requirements. Under the additional transition method, entities may initially apply the requirements by recognizing a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The amendments in this update also provide lessors with a practical alternative to separate non-lease components from the associated lease component. Under this alternative, lessors may account for those components as a single component if the non-lease components otherwise would be accounted for under the new revenue guidance (Topic 606) and certain other criteria are met. For entities that have not adopted Topic 842 before the issuance of this update, the effective date and transition requirements are the same as the effective date and transition requirements in ASU No. 2016-02. As discussed above, management has chosen to take advantage of the additional transition method created by this guidance and will record a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption, which will be the first quarter of 2019.

 

94


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

Ceridian is a global HCM software company. Dayforce, our flagship cloud HCM platform, provides HR, payroll, benefits, workforce management, and talent management functionality. In addition to Dayforce, we sell Powerpay, a cloud HR and payroll solution for the Canadian small business market, through both direct sales and established partner channels. We also continue to support customers using our Bureau solutions, which we generally stopped actively selling to new customers in 2012, following the acquisition of Dayforce. We invest in maintenance and necessary updates to support our Bureau customers and continue to migrate them to Dayforce.

Dayforce

Dayforce, our principle cloud HCM platform, is a single application that provides continuous real-time calculations across all modules to enable, for example, payroll administrators access to data through the entire pay period, and managers access to real-time data to optimize work schedules. Dayforce offers a comprehensive range of functionality, including global HR, payroll, benefits, workforce management, and talent management on web and native iOS and Android platforms. Our Dayforce mobile app enables employees not only to request and to trade schedules, but also to see the real-time impact of schedule changes on their pay. Our Dayforce platform is used by organizations, regardless of industry or size, to optimize management of the entire employee lifecycle, including attracting, engaging, paying, deploying, and developing their people. Key functionality of our Dayforce platform includes HR, payroll and tax, benefits, workforce management, and talent management.

Human Resources

Dayforce Human Resources functionality provides customers with a single, complete record for all employees. Our HR functionality is centered on a comprehensive, flexible workflow engine that streamlines and automates administrative tasks.

Payroll and Tax

Our payroll capabilities provide customers with the tools needed to accurately and compliantly manage their payroll processes. Through our Dayforce platform, users in the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom are able to make updates to time and pay in real-time. In countries where we do not currently offer localized payroll, Dayforce ConnectedPay provides payroll aggregation features that allow an organization to have a centralized view of their global payroll. ConnectedPay automates the data exchange with in-country payroll providers and provides a consistent self-service experience for employees to view earnings statements and associated payroll documentation. Dayforce calculates, withholds, and files payroll related taxes in the United States and Canada as part of our localized payroll offering.

Benefits

Dayforce Benefits assists users from benefits enrollment to ongoing benefits administration, including eligibility, open enrollment and Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) management.

Workforce Management

Dayforce Workforce Management provides functionality to help organizations manage their workforces, improve operational efficiency, and enhance compliance by configuring the system to meet complex labor and employment rules and policies. Through Dayforce, users are offered absence management, time and attendance, schedule, and labor planning.

 

95


Table of Contents

Talent Management

Dayforce Talent Management enables organizations to attract, to engage, to develop, and to motivate their workforce. Users can leverage tools for recruiting, onboarding, performance, succession planning, compensation management, and employee learning.

Powerpay

We offer Powerpay for Canadian organizations with fewer than 100 employees. Powerpay is a cloud platform that provides scalable and straightforward payroll and HR solutions. Specifically designed for small businesses, Powerpay enables clients to pay their employees accurately and on-time. As of December 31, 2018, Powerpay had over 38,000 customer accounts.

Bureau

Our Bureau solutions offer payroll and payroll-related services using legacy technology. We invest in maintenance and necessary updates to support our Bureau customers. We generally stopped selling our Bureau solutions to new customers in the United States in 2012 and in Canada in 2015, and continue to convert Bureau customers to our Dayforce platform.

Revenue by Product and Service

For a quantitative discussion of our revenue by solution, please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Customers

Dayforce is designed to serve organizations with 100 to over 100,000 employees. The Dayforce customer base has increased from 482 as of December 31, 2012 to 3,718 customers live on the platform as of December 31, 2018. In addition, we had over 450 net new Dayforce customers contracted, but not yet live on Dayforce as of December 31, 2018. We expect the majority of these Dayforce customers to be taken live in 2019. For 2018, our 3,718 live Dayforce customers represented over 3.1 million active users. We define a customer as a single organization, such as a company, a non-profit association, an educational institution, or government entity. We also have over 38,000 Powerpay customer accounts. No single customer accounted for more than 1% of our revenues during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our Cloud solutions through a direct sales force and a variety of third party channels, organized by customer size and geography. We market Dayforce to organizations with more than 100 employees. We market Powerpay to organizations with fewer than 100 employees in Canada. The majority of our revenue growth comes from new customers, but we also have a small, dedicated account management team focused on serving the needs of our Bureau customers and helping them to migrate to our Dayforce platform.

Implementation and Professional Services

Our internal implementation team leverages proprietary onboarding technology for new customer activation and professional services work. Our internal team is supplemented by a small number of third party services partners. Our implementation services include solution configuration and activation for new customers. Professional services include add-on implementation services for existing customers, ongoing product configuration changes when the customer does not have the resources to do it themselves, product usage consulting and a variety of additional services, such as report writing, usage audits, and process improvement.

 

96


Table of Contents

Customer Support

Our global customer support organization provides 24/7 application support from offices across North America and in the United Kingdom, Mauritius, and Australia. Our support function is organized into specialized pods of approximately 18 representatives with deep domain expertise across our platform. These pods are grouped by customer and product type to provide a combination of deep product knowledge, consistent relationships, and high availability.

Technology, Hosting, and Research and Development (“R&D”)

Technology and innovation are at the core of Ceridian. Our innovation and development process is customer-driven. We work directly with customers to understand their needs and to deliver solutions that address their challenges through the lens of the entire user experience, without being constrained by individual modules or applications.

Our R&D team is responsible for the design, development, and testing of our applications. We believe that our modern cloud technology stack, agile design and development methodology, and efficient software deployment process enable us to innovate quickly in response to industry trends. We host Dayforce and Powerpay applications and serve all of our customers from data centers operated by third party providers, primarily NaviSite, in Boston, Massachusetts; Redhill, England; Santa Clara, California; Toronto, Canada; Vancouver, Canada; and Woking, England. We also host Dayforce Australia in Microsoft Azure in Melbourne, Australia and Sydney, Australia. While we control and have access to our servers and all of the components of our network that are located in our external data centers, we do not control the operation of these facilities. Additionally, we host our internal systems through data centers that we operate and lease or own in Atlanta, Georgia; Fountain Valley, California; Louisville, Kentucky; St. Petersburg, Florida; and Winnipeg, Canada.

Competition

The market for HCM technology solutions is rapidly changing, with legacy service bureau and on-premise software providers facing increased competition from emerging cloud players. We currently compete with firms that provide both integrated and point solutions for HCM. Legacy payroll service providers, such as ADP, provide HCM solutions primarily through service bureau models. These vendors often have more in-house resources, greater name recognition, and longer operating histories than Dayforce and may seek to expand their cloud offerings through acquisition or organic product development. We also compete with cloud-enabled client-server HCM providers, such as Ultimate Software. These companies, whose products were developed over 20 years ago as on-premise solutions, have modified and redeployed their platforms as hybrid SaaS offerings. This has allowed them to transition their business model to offer hosted and cloud solutions, resulting in significantly larger customer bases. More recently, we face competition from modern HCM providers, such as Workday, whose solutions have been specifically built as single application platforms in the cloud. In addition, we also face competition from large, long-established enterprise application software vendors, such as Oracle and SAP. These companies are seeking to expand their cloud offerings through both acquisition and internal development efforts. We also compete with point solutions, such as Kronos for workforce management and Cornerstone OnDemand for talent management.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:

 

   

Breadth and depth of product functionality;

 

   

Scalability and reliability of applications;

 

   

Robust workforce management;

 

   

Comprehensive tax services;

 

97


Table of Contents
   

Modern and intuitive technology and user experience;

 

   

Multi-country and jurisdiction domain expertise in payroll and HCM;

 

   

Quality of implementation and customer service;

 

   

Integration with a wide variety of third party applications and systems;

 

   

Total cost of ownership and ROI;

 

   

Brand awareness and reputation;

 

   

Pricing; and

 

   

Distribution.

We believe that we compete favorably across these factors. Our ability to remain competitive will largely depend on the success of our continued and disciplined investments in research and development, implementation, and customer success, coupled with a consistent commitment to go-to-market excellence.

Employees and Culture

As of December 31, 2018, we had 4,444 active employees, including 3,759 in North America, Europe, and Australia, and 685 in Mauritius. We also engage temporary employees and consultants when needed to enhance our workforce. None of our employees are represented by a labor union, and we have never experienced any work stoppages. We believe in diversity and equality for all people and fosters a culture that engages and celebrates our employees. In 2018, we were recognized with over 20 awards related to our company culture and workplace experiences, including Glassdoor Employees’ Choice Awards for 2018 Best Places to Work (Canada and United States), Best Workplaces certification (Canada and United States), Brandon Hall’s Excellence in Talent Management Award for Best Advance in High Potential Development, and 2018 Working Mother 100 Best Companies.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trade secrets, and trademarks, as well as confidentiality and nondisclosure agreements and other contractual protections, to establish and to safeguard our intellectual property rights.

Facilities

Our corporate headquarters is located in Minneapolis, Minnesota, and consists of approximately 195,000 square feet of space.

We have major North American offices in: Atlanta, Georgia; Fountain Valley, California; Honolulu, Hawaii; Montreal, Canada; Ottawa, Canada; St. Petersburg, Florida; Toronto, Canada; and Winnipeg, Canada. In addition, we have offices in Ebene, Mauritius. We lease all facilities, except for our St. Petersburg, Florida, facility, which we own. We believe that our current facilities meet our needs, and we are confident that we will be able to obtain additional space on commercially reasonable terms to accommodate future growth.

Legal & Regulatory

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, we believe would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or liquidity.

 

98


Table of Contents

In September 1989, CDC became party to an environmental matters agreement with Seagate related to groundwater contamination on a parcel of real estate in Omaha, Nebraska, sold by CDC to Seagate. In February 1988, CDC entered into an arrangement with Northern Engraving Corporation and the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency in relation to groundwater contamination at a site in Spring Grove, Minnesota. In August 2017, we received notice of a mesothelioma claim related to CDC. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Litigation and regulatory investigations aimed at us or resulting from actions of our predecessor may result in significant financial losses and harm to our reputation.”

 

99


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

The following table sets forth the names and ages, as of February 15, 2019, and titles of the individuals who will serve as our executive officers and members of our Board at the time of the offering. Certain biographical information with respect to those executive officers and directors follows the table.

 

Name

   Age     

Position

David D. Ossip

     52      Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Leagh E. Turner

     47      President

Paul D. Elliott

     53      Chief Operating Officer

Arthur Gitajn

     66      Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Ozzie J. Goldschmied

     41      Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer

Scott A. Kitching

     49      Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Assistant Secretary

Lisa M. Sterling

     46      Executive Vice President and Chief People and Culture Officer

Erik J. Zimmer

     44      Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer

Brent B. Bickett

     54      Director

Ronald F. Clarke

     63      Director

William P. Foley, II

     74      Director

Thomas M. Hagerty

     56      Director

Ganesh B. Rao

     42      Director

Andrea S. Rosen

     63      Director

Gerald C. Throop

     61      Director

David D. Ossip

Mr. Ossip is our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, positions he has held since August 2015 and July 2013, respectively. Mr. Ossip joined the Company following the Company’s acquisition of Dayforce Corporation in 2012, where he held the position of chief executive officer. Mr. Ossip is currently a director for Ossip Consulting Inc., OSDAC Corp, and 100 Wingarden Properties Ltd., each a private company.

We believe that Mr. Ossip’s managerial and strategic expertise along with his deep knowledge of our industry make him well qualified to serve as a director.

Leagh E. Turner

Ms. Turner has served as our President since August 2018. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Turner held the position of global chief operating officer, strategic customer program of SAP from October 2016 to August 2018. In addition, Ms. Turner held the positions of acting chief operating officer of SAP Europe, Middle East, and Africa region from March 2017 to August 2017, acting president of SAP Canada Inc. from August 2015 to January 2016, chief operating officer of SAP Canada Inc. from February 2014 to October 2016, and vice president, sales central region of SAP Canada Inc. from July 2010 to February 2014.

Paul D. Elliott

Mr. Elliott is our Chief Operating Officer, a position he has held since April 2016. Additionally, Mr. Elliott served as our President from April 2016 until August 2018. Prior to that, Mr. Elliott held the

 

100


Table of Contents

position of chief operating officer at two of our affiliate companies, first at Ceridian Canada where Mr. Elliott held the position from August 2009 to February 2013, and then at Ceridian HCM, Inc., where Mr. Elliott held the position from March 2013 to March 2016.

Arthur Gitajn

Mr. Gitajn is our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, positions he has held since October 2016. Prior to joining us, Mr. Gitajn held the position of chief financial officer for SAP Canada Inc. from July 2007 to January 2012 and from January 2015 to September 2016, and the position of chief financial officer of SAP’s Europe, Middle East, and Africa region from February 2012 to December 2014.

Ozzie J. Goldschmied

Mr. Goldschmied is our Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer, positions he has held since October 2014. Mr. Goldschmied previously served as our senior vice president of research and development from February 2012 to September 2014. Mr. Goldschmied joined the Company following the Company’s acquisition of Dayforce Corporation in 2012, where he held the position of senior vice president of engineering.

Scott A. Kitching

Mr. Kitching is our Executive Vice President, a position he has held since February 2016, and General Counsel and Assistant Secretary, positions he has held since December 2013. Prior to that time, Mr. Kitching held the position of executive vice president and general counsel at our affiliate subsidiary Ceridian Canada from May 2003 to December 2013.

Lisa M. Sterling

Ms. Sterling is our Executive Vice President and Chief People and Culture Officer, positions she has held since March 2016. Ms. Sterling previously served as our vice president of product strategy from June 2015 to March 2016. Prior to joining us, Ms. Sterling was a partner and talent technology solutions leader at Mercer LLC from March 2013 to May 2015. Prior to that, Ms. Sterling served as the head of people engagement for Ultimate Software from February 2010 to March 2013.

Erik J. Zimmer

Mr. Zimmer is our Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer, positions he has held since August 2018. Mr. Zimmer previously served as a managing director of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. from February 2011 to August 2018.

Brent B. Bickett

Mr. Bickett has served as a director since November 2007. Mr. Bickett is currently the president of Cannae, a position he has held since April 2017. Mr. Bickett also holds the position of executive vice president of corporate strategy at FNF, which he joined in January 1999. Mr. Bickett currently serves as a director of American Blue Ribbon Holdings, LLC, and Colt Holdings, LLC, each a private company. Mr. Bickett previously served as a director for Digital Insurance, Inc., J. Alexander’s Holdings, Inc., Old Remco Holdings, L.L.C., and Remy International, Inc.

We believe that Mr. Bickett’s extensive investment, management, transaction, and corporate strategy expertise make him well qualified to serve as a director.

 

101


Table of Contents

Ronald F. Clarke

Mr. Clarke has served as a director since July 2018. Mr. Clarke has been the chief executive officer of FleetCor Technologies since August 2000 and has served as chairman of its board of directors since March 2003.

We believe that Mr. Clarke’s management and leadership experience make him well-qualified to serve as a director.

William P. Foley, II

Mr. Foley has served as a director since September 2013. Mr. Foley currently holds the position of executive chairman at Black Knight, Inc., and its predecessors, a position he has held since January 2014, the position of chairman of Cannae, a position he has held since May 2018, and the position of chairman of FNF, a position he has held since 1984. Mr. Foley served as executive chairman of Cannae from April 2017 until May 2018, and executive chairman of FNF from October 2006 until January 2016. Mr. Foley is the executive chairman of Dun & Bradstreet, the co-executive chairman of FGL Holdings, the non-executive chairman of Foley Family Wine Holdings, Inc, a privately owned non-operating holding company, and the executive chairman and CEO of Black Knight Sports and Entertainment LLC. In addition, Mr. Foley also serves as a director for Foley Family Charitable Foundation and Cummer Museum of Arts and Gardens, and he is the founder, trustee and director of The Folded Flag Foundation. Mr. Foley previously served as a director for Fidelity National Information Services, Inc., and Remy International, Inc.

We believe that Mr. Foley’s depth and expertise in managing and, as a member of the board of directors, leading a variety of businesses across many industries make him well-qualified to serve as a director.

Thomas M. Hagerty

Mr. Hagerty has served as a director since November 2007. Mr. Hagerty has also served as a director of FNF since 2005. In addition, Mr. Hagerty is a managing director of THL, which he joined in 1988. Mr. Hagerty also serves as a director of Black Knight, Inc., FleetCor Technologies Inc., and ServiceLink Holdings, LLC, a private company. Mr. Hagerty previously served as a director for MoneyGram International, Inc., First Bancorp and Fidelity National Information Services, Inc.

We believe that Mr. Hagerty’s managerial and strategic expertise working with large growth-oriented companies as a managing director of THL, and his experience in enhancing value at such companies, along with his expertise in corporate finance make him well-qualified to serve as a director.

Ganesh B. Rao

Mr. Rao has served as a director since November 2007. Mr. Rao is a managing director of THL, which he joined in 2000. Prior to joining THL, Mr. Rao worked at Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated in the mergers & acquisitions department. Mr. Rao is currently a director of Black Knight, Inc. and MoneyGram International, Inc. Mr. Rao also serves on the following private company boards: Prime Risk Partners Inc.; Ten-X Commercial; Auction.com, Inc.; ServiceLink Holdings, LLC.; and Hightower Advisors, LLC. Mr. Rao formerly served as a director for Nielsen Holdings N.V. and LifeWorks Corporation.

We believe that Mr. Rao’s managerial and strategic expertise working with large growth-oriented companies as a managing director of THL and his experience enhancing value at such companies make him well-qualified to serve as a director.

 

102


Table of Contents

Andrea S. Rosen

Ms. Rosen has served as a director since July 2018. In addition, Ms. Rosen has served as a director of Emera Inc. since 2007 and Manulife Financial Corporation since 2011. Ms. Rosen was vice chair of TD Bank Financial Group and president of TD Canada Trust from 2002 to 2005. Previously, she was executive vice president of TD Commercial Banking and vice chair of TD Securities. Further, she has served as a director of Alberta Investment Management Corporation from 2008 until 2017 and Hiscox Ltd., a company listed on the London Stock Exchange, from 2006 until 2015.

We believe that Ms. Rosen’s experience on boards of directors and her strategic experience in those roles make her well-qualified to serve as a director.

Gerald C. Throop

Mr. Throop has served as a director since April 2018. In addition, Mr. Throop currently serves as a director of NASDAQ Canada Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of NASDAQ Stock Market Inc. Since 2011, Mr. Throop has worked independently as a private equity investor, director, and advisor to early stage companies. Prior to 2011, he spent 17 years in executive leadership positions in the securities and banking industry, including the position of executive vice president, managing director, and head of equities for both National Bank of Canada and Merrill Lynch Canada. Mr. Throop has served as either a member of the Board of Directors or the Chief Financial Officer of several companies that were Toronto Stock Exchange listed at the time of his service, including Workbrain Corporation, Toronto Stock Exchange, Call-Net Enterprises/Sprint Canada Inc., and Tie Telecommunications Canada Limited. Mr. Throop is a Chartered Public Accountant.

We believe that Mr. Throop’s financial, managerial, and investment experience make him well-qualified to serve as a director.

Composition of our Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our Board will consist of between one and 14 directors. Pursuant to the voting agreement, the authorized number of directors has been established at nine directors. During the term of the voting agreement, THL and Cannae have certain governance rights, including the right to determine the total number of directors. Our Board currently has one vacancy in Class II and consists of eight members: David D. Ossip, Brent B. Bickett, Ronald F. Clarke, William P. Foley, II, Thomas M. Hagerty, Ganesh B. Rao, Andrea S. Rosen and Gerald C. Throop.

Pursuant to the voting agreement, for so long as THL and Cannae collectively hold 50% or more of the then outstanding voting power, then THL and Cannae shall have the power to designate a total of five (5) directors to the Board. The allocation of the power to designate the five directors shall be determined by reference to the outstanding voting power held by Cannae. If THL and Cannae collectively hold 50% or more of the then outstanding voting power, then:

 

   

for so long as Cannae holds at least 12.5% of the then outstanding voting power, THL and Cannae shall have the power to designate (by mutual agreement) five (5) directors to the Board; and

 

   

for so long as Cannae holds at least 7.5% but less than 12.5% of the then outstanding voting power, THL shall be entitled to designate in its own right four (4) directors and Cannae shall be entitled to designate in its own right one (1) director; and

 

103


Table of Contents
   

if Cannae holds less than 7.5% of the then outstanding voting power, THL shall be entitled to designate in its own right all five (5) directors and Cannae shall not be entitled to designate any directors.

As of December 31, 2018, THL and Cannae collectively hold over 50% of our outstanding voting

power, with THL holding 44.1% and Cannae holding 23.5%. Thus, THL and Cannae have together

designated Messrs. Bickett, Clarke, Foley, Hagerty and Rao to our Board.

Once THL and Cannae’ cease to collectively hold 50% or more of the then outstanding voting power, then each of THL and Cannae will be able to in their own right designate:

 

   

four (4) directors, for so long as it holds at least 40% of the then outstanding voting power;

 

   

three (3) directors, for so long as it holds at least 30% of the then outstanding voting power;

 

   

two (2) directors, for so long as it holds at least 20% of the then outstanding voting power; and

 

   

one (1) director, for so long as it holds at least 10% of the then outstanding voting power.

The voting agreement will terminate as to each Sponsor when the Sponsor is no longer entitled to designate a director to the Board, and will terminate upon the time when neither Sponsor is entitled to designate a director to the Board.

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our Board is divided into three classes, with one class being elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Each director serves a three-year term, with termination staggered according to class. Class I consists of three directors, Class II consists of two directors, and Class III consists of three directors. The Class I directors, whose terms will expire at the first annual meeting of our stockholders following the filing of our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation, are Messrs. Bickett, Clarke, and Rao. The Class II directors, whose terms will expire at the second annual meeting of our stockholders following the filing of our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation, are Messrs. Foley and Hagerty. The Class III directors, whose terms will expire at the third annual meeting of our stockholders following the filing of our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation, are Messrs. Ossip and Throop and Ms. Rosen. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-takeover Provisions.”

Director Independence and Controlled Company Exemption

After the completion of this offering, the Sponsors will continue to beneficially own more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors. As a result, we will continue to qualify as a “controlled company” under the rules of the NYSE. “Controlled companies” under those rules are companies of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group or another company. On this basis, we will continue to avail ourselves to the “controlled company” exemption under the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. As a controlled company, we are not required to have a majority of “independent directors” (as defined under the rules of the NYSE) on our Board; or have a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee composed entirely of independent directors. The “controlled company” exemption does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee. The NYSE and the SEC rules require that our audit committee be composed of at least three (3) members subject to certain permitted phase-in rules for newly public companies. We are currently in compliance with these “phase-in” provisions, with two of the three members of our audit committee satisfying applicable independence requirements, and we intend for all members of the audit committee to meet the required independence standards within one year of our IPO (April 30, 2019).

Additionally, even though we qualify as a controlled company, we have a majority of independent directors serving on our Board. Our Board has affirmatively determined that Messrs. Bickett, Clarke,

 

104


Table of Contents

Foley, and Throop and Ms. Rosen are independent directors under the applicable rules of the NYSE. In assessing the independence of Messrs. Bickett, Foley, Hagerty, and Rao, the Board considered their relationships with the Sponsors, as well as their interests, as applicable, in any related party transactions described below under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

If at any time we cease to be a “controlled company” under the rules of the NYSE, our Board will take all action necessary to comply with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE, including as applicable, appointing a majority of independent directors to the Board and establishing certain committees composed entirely of independent directors, subject to a permitted “phase-in” period. We are currently in compliance with the applicable “phase-in” provisions.

Board Committees

Our Board has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating committee. Each committee operates under a charter that has been approved by our Board and has the composition and responsibilities described below. Members serve on these committees until their resignations or until otherwise determined by our Board. The charter of each committee is available on our website at www.ceridian.com.

Audit Committee. The primary purposes of our audit committee is to assist the Board’s oversight of, among other things:

 

   

audits of our financial statements;

 

   

the integrity of our financial statements;

 

   

our process relating to risk management and the conduct and systems of internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures;

 

   

the qualifications, engagement, compensation, independence, and performance of our independent auditor; and

 

   

the performance of our internal audit function.

The audit committee is currently composed of Messrs. Rao and Throop and Ms. Rosen. Mr. Throop serves as chair of the audit committee and each of Mr. Throop and Ms. Rosen qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as such term has been defined by the Commission in Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K. Our Board has affirmatively determined that each of Ms. Rosen and Mr. Throop meet the definition of an “independent director” for the purposes of serving on the audit committee under applicable NYSE rules and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. In accordance with the NYSE and the SEC rules, we intend for all members of the audit committee to meet the required independence standards within one year of our IPO. In connection therewith, Mr. Rao will step down from the audit committee by the one-year anniversary of our IPO (April 30, 2019), and we intend to appoint a new independent director by such date. The audit committee is governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE.

The audit committee met five times during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Compensation Committee . The primary purposes of our compensation committee is to assist the Board in overseeing our management compensation policies and practices, including, among other things:

 

   

determining and approving the compensation of our executive officers;

 

   

reviewing and approving incentive compensation awards to executive officers; and

 

   

make recommendations to the Board with respect to all equity-based compensation plans.

 

105


Table of Contents

Our compensation committee is composed of Messrs. Clarke, Foley, Hagerty, and Rao. Mr. Hagerty serves as chair of the compensation committee. We have elected to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exemption under the rules of the NYSE, which exempts us from the requirement that we have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. The compensation committee is governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE.

The compensation committee met three times during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation committee has ever been one of our executive officers or

employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our Board or compensation committee.

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee. The primary purposes of our corporate governance and nominating committee is to, among other things:

 

   

subject to the director designation rights of THL and Cannae under the voting agreement, make recommendations to the Board regarding nomination of individuals as members of the Board and its committees;

 

   

assist the Board with identifying individuals qualified to become Board members; and

 

   

determine corporate governance practices and related matters.

Our corporate governance and nominating committee is comprised of Messrs. Bickett and Throop. Mr. Bickett serves as chair of the corporate governance and nominating committee. The corporate governance and nominating committee is governed by a charter that complies with the rules of the NYSE.

The corporate governance and nominating committee met two times during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors. These indemnification agreements provide the directors with contractual rights to indemnification and expense advancement and reimbursement to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL, subject to certain exceptions contained in those agreements.

Code of Conduct

We have a Code of Conduct that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors. A copy of the Code of Conduct is available on our website located at www.ceridian.com . Any amendments or waivers from our Code of Conduct granted to directors or executive officers will be disclosed on our website promptly following the date of such amendment or waiver.

 

106


Table of Contents

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Our Board has adopted corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE and TSX, which serve as a flexible framework within which our Board and its committees operate. These guidelines cover a number of areas, including Board composition, roles of the Chairman and lead independent director, director nominations and Board criteria, Board meetings and executive sessions, Board committees, management succession, Board compensation, expectations of directors, Board performance evaluations, and access to management and outside advisors. A copy of our corporate governance guidelines is posted on our website at www.ceridian.com .

 

107


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Overview

The discussion below includes a review of our compensation decisions with respect to 2018 for our “named executive officers,” or “NEOs”, namely our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers. Our NEOs for 2018 were:

 

   

David D. Ossip, our Chief Executive Officer;

 

   

Paul D. Elliott, our Chief Operating Officer; and

 

   

Leagh E. Turner, our President.

In 2018, we compensated our NEOs through a combination of base salary and annual cash bonuses as well as grants of stock options and restricted stock units under the terms of our 2018 Plan. Our executive officers are also eligible to receive certain benefits, which include defined contribution retirement plan contributions, life insurance and group health insurance (including medical, dental, long-term disability and critical illness), parking, executive physical, and recreational club dues.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth certain information for fiscal years 2018 and 2017 concerning the total compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our NEOs.

 

Name and

Principal Position

  Year     Salary
(1)(2)
    Bonus
(1)(2)
    Stock
Awards
(3)
    Option
Awards
(3)
    Nonequity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
(1)(4)
    All Other
Compensation
(2)(5)
    Total
(2)
 

David D. Ossip

    2018     $ 700,000     $ 480,000     $ —       $ 10,109,113     $ 320,000     $ 44,358     $ 11,653,471  

Chief Executive Officer

    2017     $ 517,063     $ 700,000     $ 8,600,000     $ 7,875,000     $ —       $ 39,741     $ 17,731,804  

Paul D. Elliott

    2018     $ 348,317     $ 317,192     $ —       $ 3,639,289     $ 111,462     $ 38,083     $ 4,454,343  

Chief Operating Officer

    2017     $ 367,910     $ 527,854     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ 34,120     $ 929,884  

Leagh E. Turner

    2018     $ 213,715     $ 593,000     $ 1,931,500     $ 1,302,000       $ 13,171     $ 4,053,386  

President

    2017     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

 

(1)

Represents annual salary earned and bonus amounts paid to each NEO in 2018 and 2017 pursuant to the terms of each NEO’s employment agreement and a shared success plan. In 2018, Messrs. Ossip and Elliott received sixty percent (60%) of their respective bonus amount at the Compensation Committee’s discretion and forty percent (40%) of their respective bonus amount due to the achievement of a Company financial goal at target under the 2018 annual performance-based cash incentive plan. See “—Employment and Separation Agreements.”

(2)

Amounts in the Summary Compensation Table were converted to U.S. dollars from Canadian dollars only if such amounts were paid to the NEOs in Canadian dollars, based on the exchange rate of $1.3637 and $1.2571 Canadian dollars per U.S. dollar as of December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, respectively.

(3)

Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the share awards and option awards granted in 2018 and 2017, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. These values have been determined based on the assumptions set forth in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.

(4)

Reflects amounts earned in 2018 by Mr. Ossip and Mr. Elliott and paid in 2019 under the 2018 annual performance-based cash incentive plan.

 

108


Table of Contents
(5)

Includes the following compensation for 2018 and 2017:

 

Name   Year     Retirement
Plan
Contribution
    Health
Benefits
    Life Insurance
Benefits
    Parking
Benefit
    Executive
Physical
    Recreational
Club Dues
 

David D. Ossip

    2018     $ 19,432     $ 11,451     $ 1,027     $ 1,362     $ 2,486     $ 8,600  

Chief Executive Officer

    2017     $ 20,682     $ 8,606     $ 1,190     $ 1,463     $ —       $ 7,800  

Paul D. Elliott

    2018     $ 13,933     $ 12,395     $ 1,027     $ 264     $ 1,864     $ 8,600  

Chief Operating Officer

    2017     $ 14,716     $ 10,128     $ 1,190     $ 286     $ —       $ 7,800  

Leagh E. Turner

    2018     $ 8,243     $ 4,132     $ 342     $ 454     $ —       $ —    

President

    2017     $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —       $ —    

Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2018

The following table sets forth certain information about outstanding equity awards held by our NEOs as of December 31, 2018.

 

Name

   Grant Date      Option Awards      Stock Awards  
            Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
exercisable
(#)
     Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options
unexercisable
(#)
    Option
exercise
price

($)
     Option
expiration
date
     Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
Number
of share
awards
that
have not
vested

(#)
    Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
Market
value of

share
awards that
have not
vested

($)
 

David D. Ossip

Chief Executive Officer

     11/01/2013        2,000,000        —    (1)    $ 16.80        11/01/2023       
     03/30/2016        3,495        3,496  (2)    $ 17.88        03/30/2026       
     03/20/2017        312,500        937,500  (3)    $ 17.20        03/20/2027       
     03/20/2017                   375,000  (4)    $ 12,933,750  (5) 
     04/25/2018        —          1,358,697  (6)    $ 22.00        04/25/2028       

Paul D. Elliott

     06/01/2016        214,866        250,000  (7)    $ 16.74        06/01/2026       

Chief Operating Officer

     04/25/2018        —          489,132  (8)    $ 22.00        04/25/2028       

Leagh Turner

President

     09/04/2018        —          100,000  (9)    $ 38.63        09/04/2028       
     09/04/2018                   50,000  (10)    $ 1,724,500  (5) 

 

(1)

Represents options to purchase 2,000,000 shares of common stock, which have vested over four years, with 25% vesting each year beginning November 1, 2014.

(2)

Represents options to purchase 6,991 shares of common stock, which 3,495 shares have vested and 3,496 shares will (i) vest over two years, with 50% vesting each year beginning March 30, 2019, provided that on each applicable vesting date, Mr. Ossip is still then employed by us, and (ii) immediately vest in full upon the occurrence of a change of control of the Company (the “Change of Control”), provided that at the time of the Change of Control, Mr. Ossip is still then employed by us.

(3)

Represents options to purchase 1,250,000 shares of common stock, which 312,500 shares have vested and 937,500 shares will (i) vest over three years, with one-third vesting each year beginning March 20, 2019, provided that on each applicable vesting date, Mr. Ossip is still then employed by us, and (ii) immediately vest in full upon the occurrence of the Change of Control, provided that at the time of, or in the 90 days prior to, the Change of Control, Mr. Ossip is still then employed by us.

(4)

Represents 375,000 unvested restricted stock units, which will (i) vest over three years, with 125,000 units vesting each year beginning March 20, 2019, provided that on each applicable vesting date, Mr. Ossip is still then employed by us, and (ii) immediately vest in full upon the occurrence of the Change of Control, provided that at the time of, or in 90 days prior to, the Change of Control, Mr. Ossip is still then employed by us.

 

109


Table of Contents
(5)

There is no public market for the restricted stock units. For purposes of this disclosure, we have valued the restricted stock units as of December 31, 2018 based on the then-fair market value of our common stock of $34.49 per share.

(6)

Represents options to purchase 1,358,697 shares of common stock, which will (i) vest over four years, with 25% vesting each year beginning April 25, 2019, provided that on each applicable vesting date, Mr. Ossip is still then employed by us, and (ii) immediately vest in full upon the occurrence of the Change of Control, provided that at the time of the Change of Control, Mr. Ossip is still then employed by us.

(7)

Represents options to purchase 500,000 shares of common stock, which 214,866 shares have vested and are exercisable and 250,000 shares will (i) vest over two years, with 50% vesting each year beginning June 1, 2019, provided that on each applicable vesting date, Mr. Elliott is still then employed by us, and (ii) immediately vest in full upon the Change of Control, provided that at the time of the Change of Control, Mr. Elliott is still then employed by us.

(8)

Represents options to purchase 489,132 shares of common stock, which will (i) vest over four years, with 25% vesting each year beginning April 25, 2019, provided that on each applicable vesting date, Mr. Elliott is still then employed by us, and (ii) immediately vest in full upon the Change of Control, provided that at the time of the Change of Control, Mr. Elliott is still then employed by us.

(9)

Represents option to purchase 100,000 shares of common stock, which will (i) vest over four years, with 25% vesting each year beginning September 4, 2019, provided that on each applicable vesting date, Ms. Turner is still then employed by us, and (ii) immediately vest in full upon the Change of Control, provided that at the time of the Change of Control, Ms. Turner is still then employed by us.

(10)

Represents 50,000 unvested restricted stock units, which will (i) vest over four years, with 12,500 units vesting each year beginning September 4, 2019, provided that on each applicable vesting date, Ms. Turner is still then employed by us, and (ii) immediately vest in full upon the occurrence of the Change of Control, provided that at the time of the Change of Control, Ms. Turner is still then employed by us.

Employment and Separation Agreements

As of December 31, 2018, we were party to employment agreements with each of our NEOs. Additionally, on August 7, 2018, we entered into a separation and consulting agreement with Mr. Elliott. The material provisions of each such agreement are described below.

David D. Ossip

In April 2012, we entered into an employment agreement with David D. Ossip, our Chief Executive Officer. The agreement provides for an indefinite term beginning on January 1, 2012. The agreement provides that Mr. Ossip would receive an annualized base salary, subject to annual compensation reviews by our Board. In 2018, Mr. Ossip’s base salary was $700,000 USD. The agreement also provides that Mr. Ossip is eligible to receive an annual performance-based cash bonus based on Mr. Ossip’s performance. In 2018, Mr. Ossip’s annual cash bonus at target was $800,000 USD. During the year ended December 31, 2018, Mr. Ossip received $800,000 USD for his 2018 annual performance-based cash bonus, which represented approximately 114% of his base salary, of which forty percent (40%) was earned as a result of the achievement of a Company financial goal under the 2018 annual performance-based cash incentive plan and sixty percent (60%) was paid pursuant to the Compensation Committee’s discretion in light of the many positive developments led by management in 2018, including the execution of one of the most successful initial public offerings in 2018 and new records in Dayforce and Cloud revenue. Further, in light of these positive developments, Mr. Ossip received an option to purchase 10,390 shares of common stock on February 8, 2019 representing the fair value of approximately 15% of his 2018 annual performance-based cash bonus at target.

 

110


Table of Contents

In addition to the above, Mr. Ossip participates in the employee health and welfare, retirement and other employee benefits programs offered generally from time to time by us to our senior executive employees.

Either we or Mr. Ossip may terminate the agreement any time upon written notice or any time with 90 days’ prior written notice, respectively. We may terminate Mr. Ossip’s employment for death, “disability,” or “cause,” as defined in the employment agreement, by written notice to Mr. Ossip. Mr. Ossip may resign with prior written notice for “good reason.”

If we terminate Mr. Ossip’s employment without “cause” or Mr. Ossip terminates his employment for “good reason,” then we must provide Mr. Ossip with (i) an amount equal to 24 months of his annual base salary, (ii) an amount equal to two times the average bonus payment paid to Mr. Ossip for the immediately preceding two years, (iii) reasonable executive-level outplacement services for a period of up to 12 months, not to exceed $12,000 CAD (or $8,800 USD as of December 31, 2018) and (iv) continuation of certain employment related benefits for the period prescribed under the Employment Standards Act (Ontario).

In the event that Mr. Ossip’s employment is terminated due to his death, we must provide Mr. Ossip’s beneficiaries with (i) an amount equal to 12 months of his annual base salary, and (ii) a pro-rated bonus, if any, to which Mr. Ossip would have become entitled for the fiscal year in which his termination occurs based on actual performance. In the event that Mr. Ossip’s employment is terminated due to “disability,” we must provide Mr. Ossip with a pro-rated bonus, if any, to which Mr. Ossip would have become entitled for the fiscal year in which his termination occurs based on actual performance.

For purposes of the agreement, “good reason” means any act, or failure to act, or omission by us that would constitute at law in the Province of Ontario constructive dismissal of Mr. Ossip, including without limitation the occurrence of one or more of the following conditions, without Mr. Ossip’s consent: (i) any material adverse change in his duties, roles and responsibilities, (ii) any adverse change to Mr. Ossip’s line of reporting or (iii) the relocation of his principal place of employment by more than 40 kilometers; provided that any such condition will only constitute good reason if Mr. Ossip provides us with a prior written notice of his intent to resign for good reason (which notice must reference the definition of good reason in his employment agreement and include a description of the factors constituting the alleged good reason) and we have not remedied the alleged violations within 30 days of such notice.

For purposes of the agreement, “cause” means any event, act, or failure to act, or omission by Mr. Ossip which would constitute at law in the Province of Ontario cause for dismissal, including without limitation (i) conduct involving material theft or misappropriation of our assets and those of our affiliates, (ii) fraud or embezzlement of a material nature against us and our affiliates, (iii) any material act of dishonesty, financial or otherwise, against us and our affiliates or (iv) any conviction of an indictable offense under the Canadian Criminal Code.

The agreement includes perpetual confidentiality provisions, as well as provisions relating to assignment of inventions.

In addition, in March 2017, Mr. Ossip was granted options to purchase 1,250,000 shares of our common stock and was granted restricted stock units relating to 500,000 shares of our common stock (collectively, the “Equity Awards”). Such Equity Awards served as consideration for Mr. Ossip to enter into an Amended and Restated Restrictive Covenants Agreement with Ceridian Holding LLC, Ceridian LLC, Ceridian Canada Ltd. and Ceridian Dayforce Corporation, which became effective as of March 20, 2017 (the “Restrictive Covenants Agreement”). Under the Restrictive Covenants Agreement,

 

111


Table of Contents

Mr. Ossip has agreed, among other things, that subsequent to any termination, he will not engage in, consult for, or own more than 5% of any business that is similar to that of our business in any country in which we do business for a period of 24 months subsequent to such termination. We may elect to extend such restriction period by a total of either 12 months or 24 months, so long as we pay Mr. Ossip a lump sum equal to his prior year’s base salary, plus $800,000 USD, for each year the restriction period is extended.

Paul D. Elliott

Separation and Consulting Agreement

On August 7, 2018, we entered into a Separation and Consulting Agreement (the “Separation Agreement”) with Paul D. Elliott, our then President and Chief Operating Officer in connection with his mutually agreed termination of employment to be effective as of May 1, 2019 (the “Separation Date”). Mr. Elliott immediately resigned as our President but will continue to serve as our Chief Operating Officer through the Separation Date. Within ten business days following Mr. Elliott’s execution of a general release of claims after the Separation Date, Mr. Elliott will receive: (i) a lump sum payment of $950,000 CAD (or $696,634 USD as of December 31, 2018), (ii) a pro-rated bonus for the 2019 fiscal year based on actual achievement of performance goals and (iii) reasonable executive-level outplacement services for a period of up to 12 months, not to exceed $12,000 CAD (or $8,800 as of December 31, 2018). Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, Mr. Elliott reaffirmed the restrictive covenants contained in his employment agreement. The Separation Agreement supersedes all previous agreements between us and Mr. Elliott relating to his employment other than to the extent that Mr. Elliott’s employment agreement, as described below, is amended by the Separation Agreement and continues in force until the Separation Date, and each of us and Mr. Elliott released and discharged the other in respect of such previous agreements.

Following the Separation Date, Mr. Elliott will be engaged without interruption as a consultant through June 30, 2020 (the “Consulting Period”). During the Consulting Period, Mr. Elliott will provide general business consultation services to us, including with respect to the operations and customer support areas of our business. The only consideration that Mr. Elliott will receive during the Consulting Period is continued vesting of his outstanding stock options in accordance with the terms of the applicable award agreements.

Employment Agreement

In April 2016, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Elliott. The agreement provides for an indefinite term beginning on April 20, 2016. The agreement provides that Mr. Elliott would receive an annualized base salary, subject to annual compensation reviews by our Board. In 2018, Mr. Elliott’s base salary was $475,000 CAD (or $348,317 USD as of December 31, 2018). The agreement also provides that Mr. Elliott is eligible to receive an annual performance-based cash bonus with a target amount of 80% of his annual base salary. During the year ended December 31, 2018, Mr. Elliott received $380,000 CAD (or $278,654 USD as of December 31, 2018) for his 2018 annual performance-based cash bonus, which represented 80% of his base salary, of which forty percent (40%) was earned as a result of the achievement of a Company financial goal under the 2018 annual performance-based cash incentive plan and sixty percent (60%) was paid pursuant to the Compensation Committee’s discretion in light of the many positive developments led by management in 2018, including the execution of one of the most successful initial public offerings in 2018 and new records in Dayforce and Cloud revenue. Further, in light of these positive developments, Mr. Elliott received an option to purchase 3,619 shares of common stock on February 8, 2019 representing the fair value of approximately 15% of his 2018 annual performance-based cash bonus at target.

In addition, on November 18, 2013, we entered into a “Success Bonus Plan” with key employees as of that date, including Mr. Elliott. Under the terms of Mr. Elliott’s Success Bonus Plan, he is entitled

 

112


Table of Contents

to receive a cash bonus of $600,000 USD, fifty percent (50%) of which was paid upon signing his employment agreement in April 2016, twenty-five percent (25%) was paid on April 28, 2017, and the remaining twenty-five percent (25%) was paid on April 30, 2018.

In addition to the above, Mr. Elliott participated in the employee health and welfare, retirement and other employee benefits programs offered generally from time to time by us to our senior executive employees.

Either we or Mr. Elliott may terminate the agreement any time upon written notice or any time with 60 days’ prior written notice, respectively. We may terminate Mr. Elliott’s employment for death, “disability,” or “cause” by written notice to Mr. Elliott. Mr. Elliott may resign with prior written notice for “good reason.”

If we terminate Mr. Elliott’s employment without “cause” or Mr. Elliott terminates his employment for “good reason,” then we must provide Mr. Elliott with (i) an amount equal to 24 months of his annual base salary, (ii) a pro-rated bonus (at target level) for the fiscal year in which his termination occurs, (iii) reasonable executive-level outplacement services for a period of up to 12 months, not to exceed $12,000 CAD (or $8,800 USD as of December 31, 2018), and (iv) continuation of certain employment related benefits for the period prescribed under the Employment Standards Act (Ontario).

In the event that Mr. Elliott’s employment is terminated due to his death, we must provide Mr. Elliott’s beneficiaries with (i) an amount equal to 12 months of his annual base salary, and (ii) a pro-rated bonus, if any, to which Mr. Elliott would have become entitled for the fiscal year in which his termination occurs based on actual performance. In the event that Mr. Elliott’s employment is terminated due to “disability,” we must provide Mr. Elliott with a pro-rated bonus, if any, to which Mr. Elliott would have become entitled for the fiscal year in which his termination occurs based on actual performance.

For purposes of the agreement, “good reason” means any act, or failure to act, or omission by us that would constitute at law in the Province of Ontario constructive dismissal of Mr. Elliott, including without limitation the occurrence of one or more of the following conditions, without Mr. Elliott’s consent: (i) any material adverse change in his duties, roles and responsibilities, (ii) any adverse change to Mr. Elliott’s line of reporting or (iii) the relocation of his principal place of employment by more than 50 kilometers; provided that any such condition will only constitute good reason if Mr. Elliott provides us with a prior written notice of his intent to resign for good reason (which notice must reference the definition of good reason in his employment agreement and include a description of the factors constituting the alleged good reason) and we have not remedied the alleged violations within 30 days of such notice.

For purposes of the agreement, “cause” means any event, act or failure to act, or omission by Mr. Elliott which would constitute at law in the Province of Ontario cause for dismissal, including without limitation (i) conduct involving theft or misappropriation of our assets and those of our affiliates, (ii) fraud, embezzlement or an indictable offense under the Canadian Criminal Code, (iii) any material act of dishonesty, financial or otherwise, against us and our affiliates, (iv) intentional violations of law involving moral turpitude, (v) any material violation of our Code of Conduct and ethics policies, (vi) breach of Mr. Elliott’s obligations under any non-competition, non-solicitation or other similar agreement made with any of us and our affiliates, or (vii) the continued failure by Mr. Elliott to attempt in good faith to perform his duties after receiving a written notice and a demand to rectify such failure within 60 days.

The agreement includes perpetual confidentiality provisions and a non-disparagement provision, as well as provisions relating to assignment of inventions and non-competition and non-solicitation that apply during employment and two years thereafter.

 

113


Table of Contents

Leagh E. Turner

In August 2018, we entered into an employment agreement with Leagh E. Turner, our President. The agreement provides for an indefinite term beginning on September 4, 2018. The agreement provides that Ms. Turner will receive an annualized base salary of $655,000 USD, subject to annual compensation reviews by our Board. The agreement also provides that Ms. Turner is eligible to receive an annual performance-based cash bonus with a target amount of 60% of her annual base salary. Pursuant to the agreement, she received a signing bonus of $200,000 USD on September 14, 2018, and a bonus of $393,000 USD since she was an employee on December 31, 2018. Also, Ms. Turner will receive additional consideration in the form of (i) up to $30,000 USD for the services of an executive coach of her choosing, and (ii) up to $20,000 USD for the cost of attending the Institute of Corporate Directors – Director Education Program (through the Rotman School of Management).

In addition to the above, Ms. Turner participates in the employee health and welfare, retirement and other employee benefits programs offered generally from time to time by us to our senior executive employees.

Either we or Ms. Turner may terminate the agreement any time with 90 days’ prior written notice. We may terminate Ms. Turner’s employment for death, “disability,” or with or without “cause” by written notice to Ms. Turner.

Ms. Turner’s employment agreement also provides that if her employment is terminated without cause, she will receive a lump sum cash payment equal to (i) 18 months of total compensation (base salary plus incentive payment at target) if the termination occurs on or before the seventh anniversary of her start date, or (ii) 24 months of total compensation if the termination occurs after the seventh anniversary of her start date. Further, Ms. Turner will also receive a pro-rated portion of the variable incentive plan payment that she would have been entitled to receive for the fiscal year in which her termination occurs had she remained an employee of Ceridian Canada, executive outplacement service for a period of up to 12 months following termination in an amount not to exceed $10,000 USD, and continuation of healthcare coverage based on her termination date for up to 18 to 24 months following her termination of employment.

Further, Ms. Turner’s employment agreement provides that if her employment is terminated due to death or Disability (as such term is defined in her employment agreement), that she would receive a pro-rated portion of the variable incentive plan payment that she would have been entitled to receive for the fiscal year in which her death or Disability occurs had she remained continuously employed for the full fiscal year.

For purposes of her employment agreement, “cause” means (i) conduct involving theft or misappropriation of our assets and those of our affiliates, (ii) fraud, embezzlement or an indictable offense, (iii) any material act of dishonesty, financial or otherwise, against us and our affiliates, (iv) intentional violation of law involving moral turpitude, (v) any material violation of our Code of Conduct and ethics policies, (vi) breach of Ms. Turner’s obligations under any non-competition, non-solicitation, or other similar agreement made with any of us and our affiliates, or (vii) the continued failure by Ms. Turner to attempt in good faith to perform his duties after receiving a written notice and a demand to rectify such failure within 90 days.

The agreement includes perpetual confidentiality provisions and a non-disparagement provision, as well as provisions relating to assignment of inventions and non-competition and non-solicitation.

Potential Payments Upon Termination Of Employment Or Change Of Control

Our NEOs are entitled to receive severance payments upon termination of employment or a termination of employment in connection with a change of control as provided in “—Employment and

 

114


Table of Contents

Separation Agreements.” In addition, certain equity awards may be accelerated upon a change of control, as further described in “—Outstanding Equity Awards as of December 31, 2018.”

Director Compensation

We pay our independent non-employee directors, who are not employees of our Sponsors, an annual retention fee of $200,000. The annual retention fee is comprised of restricted stock units valued at $150,000 and $50,000 in cash, which the independent non-employee director may also elect to be paid in whole or in part in the form of additional restricted stock units. The chair of the audit committee receives an additional annual cash fee of $20,000, the chair of the compensation committee receives an additional annual cash fee of $12,500, and the chair of the corporate governance and nominating committee receives an additional annual cash fee of $7,500, unless they are employees of our Sponsors, in which case they do not receive such compensation. Any cash fees are paid in quarterly installments. In addition, all of our independent non-employee directors may be reimbursed for approved director education courses. Directors may also be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket travel expenses incurred in connection with attendance at Board and committee meetings and other Board-related activities.

The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a member of our Board during 2018, other than Mr. Ossip. Mr. Ossip received no additional compensation for his service as a member of our Board during 2018.

Director Compensation for Fiscal Year 2018

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash

($)(1)(2)
     Stock Awards
($)(1)(2)
     Total
($)(3)
 

Brent B. Bickett

     —          —          —    

Ronald F. Clarke

     —        $ 200,000        $ 200,000  

William P. Foley, II

     —          —          —    

Thomas M. Hagerty

     —          —          —    

Soren L. Oberg

     —          —          —    

Ganesh B. Rao

     —          —          —    

Andrea S. Rosen

     —        $ 200,000        $ 200,000  

Gerald C. Throop

   $ 30,784      $ 175,000        $ 205,784  

 

(1)

Mr. Clarke and Ms. Rosen have served as directors since July 2018, and Mr. Throop has served a director since April 2018. Mr. Clarke and Ms. Rosen elected to receive all of their $200,000 annual retention fee in the form of restricted stock units. Mr. Throop elected to receive $175,000 of his $200,000 annual retention fee in the form of restricted stock units, and the remaining $25,000 of his 2018 annual retention fee in cash. In 2018, Mr. Throop earned $17,102 representing a pro rata portion of the $25,000 elected cash portion of his 2018 annual retention fee. Further, Mr. Throop earned $13,682 representing a pro rata portion of the $20,000 annual cash fee for serving as chair of the audit committee.

(2)

Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the share awards granted in 2018, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. These values have been determined based on the assumptions set forth in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018.

(3)

The aggregate number of restricted stock units held by each of the directors listed in the table above as of December 31, 2018 was as follows: Mr. Clarke, 5,684 restricted stock units; Ms. Rosen, 5,684 restricted stock units; and Mr. Throop, 7,955 restricted stock units. The aggregate number of stock options held by each of the directors listed in the table above as of December 31,

 

115


Table of Contents
  2018 was as follows: Mr. Foley, fully vested options to purchase 111,468 shares of our common stock. The aggregate number of Exchangeable Shares held by each of the directors listed in the table above as of December 31, 2018 was as follows: Mr. Throop, 23,185 Exchangeable Shares.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The table below presents information as of December 31, 2018 for our equity compensation plans approved by our stockholders. We do not have any equity compensation plans that have not been approved by our stockholders.

 

Plan Category

   Number of shares of
common stock
to be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
     Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
    Number of shares of
common stock remaining
available for future
issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding shares
reflected in column (a))
 
     (a)      (b)     (c)  

Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders

     14,580,219      $ 19.12 (1)      10,718,685 (2) 

Equity compensation plans not approved by stockholders

     —          —         —    

Total

     14,580,219      $ 19.12       10,718,685  

 

(1)

The weighted-average exercise price does not reflect the shares that will be issued in connection with the settlement of restricted stock units, since restricted stock units have no exercise price.

(2)

Includes securities available for future issuance under the 2018 Plan (as defined below) other than those listed in the first column and approximately 2,500,000 shares of common stock available for issuance under the GESPP (as defined below).

Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “GESPP”) was approved unanimously and adopted by the Board at its meeting on November 9, 2018, at which time it became effective, subject to approval by our stockholders, which we will seek at our May 1, 2019 annual meeting of stockholders. The purpose of the GESPP is to provide an incentive for eligible employees an opportunity to become owners of Ceridian and play a role in our future. The GESPP will be administered by the compensation committee of the Board, which will have broad administrative authority over the GESPP.

Subject to adjustment for certain changes in recapitalization or reorganization, the maximum aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under the GESPP will be 2,500,000 shares. The GESPP will be implemented by offering all eligible employees an option to purchase shares of our common stock, which the employee may or may not exercise during an offering period (“GESPP Purchase Right”). The duration of each offering period will be the calendar year commencing on January 1 and concluding on December 31 of each year (each, an “GESPP Offering Period”). Each GESPP Offering Period will consist of four quarterly purchase periods (each, a “GESPP Purchase Period”) commencing on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1; provided, the initial GESPP Purchase Period under the GESPP will run from January 1, 2019 to June 30, 2019.

Our employees (or those employees of our subsidiaries that are designated for offering participation in either the Code Section 423 Component or Non-Code Section 423 Component of the GESPP) may participate in offerings under the GESPP provided they were employed prior to the start of an enrollment period for an applicable GESPP Purchase Period (“GESPP Eligible Employee”). No employee will be eligible to participate in the GESPP if, immediately after the grant of GESPP

 

116


Table of Contents

Purchase Rights, the employee would own, directly or indirectly, stock possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our stock, a future parent corporation, or our subsidiary companies, including any stock that such employee may purchase under all outstanding Purchase Rights and other equity compensation awards. In addition, no employee may purchase more than $25,000 worth of shares of our common stock (determined based on the fair market value of the shares at the time such Purchase Right is granted) under the GESPP and any Non-Code Section 423 Component sub-plans of our subsidiary companies for each calendar year during which such GESPP Purchase Right is outstanding. As of February 28, 2019, approximately 4,498 employees in the United States and other countries will be eligible to participate in the GESPP if approved by our stockholders.

A GESPP Eligible Employee who elects to participate in the GESPP (“GESPP Participant”) must enroll in the GESPP by timely submitting a properly completed enrollment agreement to an individual designated by the compensation committee (the “Administrator”) during the enrollment period that precedes each GESPP Purchase Period, authorizing payroll deductions in whole percentages from 1% to 10% of his or her compensation to be deducted from each pay period during the GESPP Offering Period. The compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, permit additional lump sum contributions on a periodic basis during the GESPP Offering Period in a form and manner as determined by the compensation committee; provided, the amount shall not exceed the maximum amount allowed under the terms of the GESPP.

The price at which a share of our common stock will be purchased on the last trading day of each GESPP Purchase Period (the “GESPP Purchase Date”) will be the lower of (i) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the first trading day of the GESPP Offering Period, or (ii) 85% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the GESPP Purchase Date (the “GESPP Purchase Price”). Each GESPP Participant will be granted a GESPP Purchase Right to purchase on the GESPP Purchase Date for such GESPP Offering Period up to a maximum number of shares of our common stock determined by dividing such GESPP Participant’s contributions accumulated prior to such GESPP Purchase Date by the applicable GESPP Purchase Price; provided, however, that in no event will a GESPP Participant be permitted to purchase more than $25,000 worth of shares of our common stock (determined based on the fair market value of the shares at the time such GESPP Purchase Right is granted) under the GESPP and any Non-Code Section 423 Component sub-plans of our subsidiary companies for each calendar year during which such GESPP Purchase Right is outstanding.

Participation in the GESPP is voluntary and each eligible employee will make his or her own decision regarding whether and to what extent to participate in the GESPP. In addition, the Board and the compensation committee have not granted any GESPP Purchase Rights under the GESPP that are subject to stockholder approval of the GESPP. Accordingly, the benefits or amounts that will be received by or allocated to our executive officers and other employees under the GESPP, as well as the benefits or amounts that would have been received by or allocated to our executive officers and other employees for fiscal year 2018 if the GESPP had been in effect, are not determinable. Our non-employee directors will be ineligible to participate in the GESPP.

Equity Incentive Plans

Our Board adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2013 Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (as amended, the “2013 Plan”), and the Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2018 Plan”). The 2018 Plan authorizes us to grant incentive awards to our employees, directors and consultants. A total of 13,500,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2018 Plan. We filed a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares issuable under the 2013 Plan and the 2018 Plan on April 25, 2018. The following is a summary of the material features of the 2013 Plan and the 2018 Plan.

 

117


Table of Contents

2013 Plan

The 2013 Plan provides for the grant of options, share awards and other share-based awards to our directors, employees, and consultants as well as to directors, employees, and consultants of any of our subsidiaries or affiliates. A total of 9,356,904 shares of our common stock are subject to outstanding awards under the 2013 Plan as of December 31, 2018. We do not intend to grant any further awards under the 2013 Plan.

2018 Plan

The 2018 Plan was adopted by our Board and approved by our stockholders in connection with our initial public offering. The purpose of the 2018 Plan is to further align the interests of eligible participants with those of our stockholders by providing long-term incentive compensation opportunities tied to both our performance and that of our common stock. The 2018 Plan is intended to advance our interests and to increase stockholder value by attracting, retaining, and motivating key personnel upon whose judgment, initiative, and effort the successful conduct of our business is largely dependent. Our Board and management believe that equity awards are necessary to remain competitive in our industry and are essential to recruiting and retaining the highly qualified employees who help us meet our goals.

Any officer, employee, non-employee director, consultant or any natural person who is a consultant or advisor of ours or of any of our subsidiaries is eligible to receive Awards (as defined below) under the 2018 Plan. The selection of participants is within the sole discretion of the Committee (as defined below). Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees and employees of certain of our subsidiaries. As of the date of this prospectus, there are approximately 4,531 employees (including 8 officers and 7 non-employee directors) who are eligible to participate in the 2018 Plan on the basis of their services provided to us.

The 2018 Plan is administered by the compensation committee of our Board, such other committee of the Board appointed by our Board to administer the 2018 Plan, or the Board, as determined by our Board (in each case, the “Committee”).

A total of 13,500,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance under the 2018 Plan (the “Share Reserve”), and a total of 5,218,315 shares of our common stock are subject to outstanding awards under the 2018 Plan as of December 31, 2018. The 2018 Plan permits the grant of (a) nonqualified stock options, (b) incentive stock options, (c) stock appreciation rights, (d) restricted stock awards, (e) restricted stock units, (f) cash incentive awards, and (g) stock awards (collectively, “Awards”). Awards may be granted singly or in combination. The Share Reserve will be increased on March 31 of each of the first ten calendar years during the term of the Plan, by the lesser of (i) three percent (3%) of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on each January 31 immediately prior to the date of increase or (ii) such number of shares of our common stock determined by the Board or Committee. As of March 31, 2019, the Share Reserve will increase by three percent (3%) of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on January 31, 2019, or 4,196,193 shares.

No non-employee director may be granted, during any calendar year, Awards having a fair value (determined on the date of grant) that, when added to all other compensation paid to the non-employee director during the same calendar year for service as a member of our Board, exceeds $600,000, or for the non-executive chairman of the Board, if any, $750,000.

 

118


Table of Contents

Option Grant

On March 14, 2019, the Board approved the grant of options to purchase up to 3,895,594 shares of our common stock (the “Options”) under the 2018 Plan. The Options will be granted to certain members of management, key employees and newly hired and promoted employees of the Company. The Company intends to grant the Options on March 20, 2019 with an exercise price equal to the closing price of our common stock on the NYSE on the date the Options are granted. The Options will vest over four years.

 

119


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table shows information as of December 31, 2018 regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as adjusted to give effect to this offering by:

 

   

each person or group who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock;

 

   

each member of our Board, each director nominee, and each of our NEOs; and

 

   

all members of our Board, each director nominee, and our executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership of shares is determined under rules of the Commission and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting or investment power. Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, we believe based on the information provided to us that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of our common stock shown as beneficially owned by them. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on (i) 139,453,710 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2018 and (ii) 139,453,710 shares of common stock outstanding after giving effect to this offering. Shares of common stock (i) issued or issuable upon exchange of the Exchangeable Shares and (ii) subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the Exchangeable Shares or options for the purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of that person and any group of which that person is a member, but are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership for any other person. Except as otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of capital stock held by them. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each stockholder listed below is 3311 East Old Shakopee Road, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55425.

 

     Shares of common
stock beneficially
owned before this
offering
    Shares of common
stock beneficially
owned after this
offering (assuming
no exercise of the
option to purchase
additional shares)
    Shares of common
stock beneficially
owned after this
offering (assuming
full exercise of the
option to purchase
additional shares)
 

Name and address of beneficial
owner

   Number
of shares
    Percentage
of shares
    Number
of shares
    Percentage
of shares
    Number
of shares
    Percentage
of shares
 

5% Stockholders:

            

Affiliates of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (1)

     61,456,833       44.1%       50,456,833       36.2     48,806,833       35.0

Cannae Holdings, Inc. (2)

     32,739,227       23.5%       32,739,227       23.5     32,739,227       23.5

Named executive officers and directors:

            

David D. Ossip (3)

     5,338,556       3.7%       5,338,556       3.7     5,338,556       3.7

Paul D. Elliott (4)

     130,685       *       130,685       *       130,685       *  

Leagh E. Turner

     —         *       —         *       —         *  

Brent B. Bickett (5)

     32,826,601       23.5%       32,826,601       23.5     32,826,601       23.5

Ronald F. Clarke

     —         *       —         *       —         *  

William P. Foley, II (6)

     32,850,695       23.6%       32,850,695       23.6     32,850,695       23.6

Thomas M. Hagerty

     —         *       —         *       —         *  

Ganesh B. Rao

     —         *       —         *       —         *  

Andrea S. Rosen

     —         *       —         *       —         *  

Gerald C. Throop (7)

     34,572       *       34,572       *       34,572       *  

All current directors and executive officers as a group (15 persons) (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8)

     38,861,235       27.1%       38,861,235       27.1     38,861,235       27.1

 

120


Table of Contents

 

*

Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding common stock.

 

(1)

Includes 17,669,359 shares of common stock held by Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund VI, L.P., 11,964,749 shares of common stock held by Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund VI, L.P., 2,090,001 shares of common stock held by Thomas H. Lee Parallel (DT) Fund VI, L.P., 90,427 shares of common stock held by Great-West Investors LP, 90,352 shares of common stock held by Putnam Investments Employees Securities Company III LLC, 119,969 shares of common stock held by THL Coinvestment Partners, L.P., 38,478 shares of common stock held by THL Operating Partners, LP, 17,886,457 shares of common stock held by THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Ceridian), L.P., 8,000,628 shares of common stock held by THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Ceridian) II, L.P., 313,528 shares of common stock held by THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Ceridian) III, LLC, 447,857 shares of common stock held by THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Ceridian) IV, LLC, 95,493 shares of common stock held by THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Ceridian) V, LLC and 2,649,535 shares of common stock held by THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Ceridian) VI, L.P. THL Equity Advisors VI, LLC is the general partner of Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund VI, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund VI, L.P., and Thomas H. Lee Parallel (DT) Fund VI, L.P. Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. is the general partner of THL Coinvestment Partners, L.P. and THL Operating Partners, L.P. Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC is attorney in fact for Great-West Investors LP and Putnam Investments LLC, which is the managing member of Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company III LLC, with respect to the shares of common stock they hold. THL Equity Advisors VI, LLC is the general partner of THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Ceridian), L.P., THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Ceridian) II, L.P. and THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Ceridian) VI, L.P. THL Equity Advisors VI, LLC is the manager of THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Ceridian) III, LLC, THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Ceridian) IV, LLC and THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Ceridian) V, LLC. The address of Great-West Investors LP is 8515 East Orchard Road, Greenwood Village, Colorado 80111; the address of Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company III LLC is c/o Putnam Investment, Inc., 100 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts, 02110; and the address of all other entities referred to above is c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, 35th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

(2)

Includes 32,739,227 shares of common stock held by Cannae Holdings, LLC, formerly known as Fidelity National Financial Ventures, LLC. Cannae Holdings, LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cannae Holdings, Inc., a publicly traded company listed on the NYSE. The chairman and the president of Cannae Holdings, Inc. have voting and investment power over such shares. The address of Cannae Holdings, Inc. is 1701 Village Center Circle, Las Vegas, Nevada, 89134. On November 7, 2018, Cannae announced that one of its subsidiaries had entered into a three year margin loan pursuant to which it could borrow up to $300.0 million. The margin loan is guaranteed by Cannae for a period of up to one year and is further secured by a pledge of 25.0 million shares of our common stock beneficially owned by Cannae. The loan requires that a certain loan to value ratio (based on the value of the shares of our common stock pledged to secure the loan) be maintained. In the event that the ratio is not maintained, the borrower must post additional cash collateral and/or elect to repay a portion of the loan. The loan also contains provisions that, subject to their terms, effectively require prepayment in the event of certain customary events of default, including Cannae’s failure to comply with specified financial ratios or the triggering of a requirement of prepayment under any other material indebtedness. In the event that Cannae borrows under the margin loan and there is an event of default, if Cannae fails to pledge additional cash collateral and/or repay a portion of the loan when it is required to do so or if Cannae otherwise fails to comply with the respective terms of the margin loan and the lender accelerates payment of all amounts outstanding under the loan as a result of this non-compliance, then the lender could foreclose on the pledged shares and sell the shares of common stock in the open market.

(3)

Consists of 249,409 shares of common stock held by Mr. Ossip and OsFund Inc., of which Mr. Ossip is a beneficial owner, 2,969,917 shares of common stock that are issuable upon exercise of stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2019, 250,000 shares that are issuable pursuant to RSUs that are currently vested or will vest within 60 days of March 15, 2019, and 1,869,230 shares that are issuable upon the exchange of Exchangeable Shares held by Mr. Ossip and Osscer Inc., of which Mr. Ossip is a beneficial owner.

(4)

Consists of 8,402 shares of common stock held by Mr. Elliott and 122,283 shares of common stock held by Mr. Elliott that are issuable upon exercise of stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2019.

(5)

Consists of 87,374 shares of common stock held by Bickett of Ponte Vedra Beach Limited Partnership, of which Mr. Bickett is a beneficial owner, and 32,739,227 shares of common stock held by Cannae Holdings, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cannae Holdings, Inc. Mr. Bickett is president of Cannae Holdings, Inc., and the total shares represented for Mr. Bickett includes 32,739,227 shares of common stock held by Cannae Holdings, LLC.

 

121


Table of Contents
(6)

Consists of 111,468 shares of common stock held by Mr. Foley that are issuable upon exercise of stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2019 and 32,739,227 shares of common stock held by Cannae Holdings, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cannae Holdings, Inc. Mr. Foley is chairman of Cannae Holdings, Inc., and the total shares represented for Mr. Foley includes 32,739,227 shares of common stock held by Cannae Holdings, LLC.

(7)

Consists of 8,736 shares of common stock held by Mr. Throop, 2,651 shares that are issuable pursuant to restricted stock units that are currently vested or will vest within 60 days of March 15, 2019, and 23,185 shares that are issuable upon the exchange of Exchangeable Shares.

(8)

Consists of (i) 11,627 shares held by Arthur Gitajn and 87,141 shares of common stock that are issuable upon exercise of stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2019; (ii) 25,501 shares of common stock that are held by Ozzie Goldschmied and 57,573 shares of common stock that are issuable upon exercise of stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2019; (iii) 11,292 shares that are held by Scott Kitching and 156,039 shares of common stock that are issuable upon exercise of stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2019; and (iv) 5,232 shares of common stock that are held by Lisa Sterling and 64,948 shares of common stock that are issuable upon exercise of stock options that are currently exercisable or are exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2019.

 

122


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Set forth below is a description of certain relationships and related person transactions between us or our subsidiaries and our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our voting securities.

Registration Rights Agreement

On April 30, 2018, in connection with the IPO, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the Sponsors, David D. Ossip, Alon Ossip, the brother of David D. Ossip, and entities controlled by each of David D. Ossip and Alon Ossip in respect of the shares of common stock and Exchangeable Shares held by such holder immediately following the IPO. This agreement provides these holders (and their permitted transferees) with the right to require us, at our expense, to register shares of our common stock that they hold. The agreement also provides that we will pay certain expenses of these electing holders relating to such registrations and indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise under the Securities Act. For a detailed description of the registration rights agreement, see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Voting Agreement

On April 30, 2018, in connection with the IPO, we entered into a voting agreement with the Sponsors, pursuant to which we are required to take all necessary action to cause the Board to include individuals designated by the Sponsors. These designation rights are described in this prospectus in the sections titled “Management—Composition of Our Board of Directors.” The voting agreement also requires the Sponsors to consult with one another regarding the transfer of their equity securities in us.

Management Agreements

Prior to our IPO, Ceridian was party to management agreements with affiliates of our Sponsors, FNF and THLM. FNF assigned its management agreement to Cannae in November 2017. Pursuant to these management agreements, Cannae and THLM each, respectively, agreed to provide us with financial advisory, strategic, and general oversight services.

In April 2018, the management agreements terminated upon consummation of our IPO. Upon termination and pursuant to the terms of the management agreements, we paid a termination fee equal to the net present value of the management fee for a seven-year period, which was $11.3 million.

We recorded a management fee expense in selling, general, and administrative expense of $12.0 million, $1.9 million, and $5.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively, related to these management agreements. The expense for the year ended December 31, 2016, included transaction advisory fees of $3.0 million related to the issuance of the senior convertible participating preferred stock.

Indebtedness

Prior to its November 2017 split-off from FNF, Cannae was an affiliate of FNF. We redeemed $24.0 million of our previously-outstanding Senior Notes from FNF and its subsidiaries on May 30, 2018. FNF and its subsidiaries owned $24.0 million and $24.0 million of the Senior Notes as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Based on this ownership, $1.3 million, $3.2 million, and $3.2 million, in interest payments were made to affiliates of Cannae during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. FNF and its subsidiaries conducted the debt

 

123


Table of Contents

transactions through third parties in the ordinary course of their business and not directly with us. Following Cannae’s split-off from FNF, FNF retained ownership of the Senior Notes.

Service and Vendor Related Agreements

We are a party to a service agreement with CompuCom Systems, Inc. (“CompuCom”), an investment portfolio company of THLM. Pursuant to the service agreement, CompuCom agrees to provide us with service desk and desk side support services. Pursuant to this arrangement, we made payments to CompuCom totaling $1.8 million, $3.1 million, and $5.0 million, during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

Other Transactions

On July 23, 2018, Ronald F. Clarke was appointed to our Board of Directors. Mr. Clarke has been the chief executive officer of FleetCor Technologies since August 2000 and chairman of its board of directors since March 2003. We provide services to FleetCor Technologies or one of its wholly owned affiliates through certain commercial arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business, which include provision of Dayforce HCM services, reseller / referral arrangements whereby we resell / refer FleetCor Technologies services to its customers, and other administrative services. For these services, we have recorded revenue of $2.3 million and $2.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We are also a corporate charge card customer of FleetCor Technologies. FleetCor Technologies receives a fee from the merchants from whom purchases are made on the FleetCor Technologies corporate charge card by us. In connection with charge card purchases made by us, FleetCor Technologies has provided us with rebates of approximately $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2017.

We provide Dayforce and related services to The Stronach Group, for which we recorded revenue of $0.3 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2016, respectively. Alon Ossip, the brother of David Ossip, was the chief executive officer, and is currently a minority shareholder, of The Stronach Group.

We provide Dayforce payroll-related tax filing services to FNF for which we recorded revenue of $0.4 million, $0.5 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. We are a party to management agreements with FNF. See “—Management Agreements.”

We provide Dayforce and related services to certain investment portfolio companies of THLM and Cannae. We recorded revenue of $1.8 million from American Blue Ribbon Holdings, LLC; $0.5 million from Essex Bargain Hunt Superstores; $0.5 million from Guaranteed Rate; $0.3 million from Phillips Feed Services; and $0.3 million from System One Holdings LLC for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Immediately subsequent to our IPO on April 30, 2018, THL / Cannae Investors LLC, one of our existing stockholders controlled by our Sponsors, purchased from us in a private placement $100.0 million of our common stock at a price per share equal to the initial public offering price. Based on the IPO price of $22.00 per share, 4,545,455 shares were issued in this private placement.

On April 27, 2017, the Company sold 11,627 unregistered shares of our common stock for $199,993 in an exempt offering to Arthur Gitajn.

On March 30, 2016, the Company sold 16,802,143.963 shares of its senior preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, to Ceridian Holding II LLC at a price of $8.94 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $150,211,167. In connection therewith, Ceridian Holding II LLC sold 16,802,143.963

 

124


Table of Contents

shares of its common stock to the existing stockholders of Ceridian Holding LLC on a pro rata basis, including 5,305,499.441 shares to Cannae Holdings, LLC, formerly known as Fidelity National Financial Ventures, LLC, for $47,431,165; 3,701,844.855 shares to THL Fund VI Bridge Corp for $33,094,493; 2,506,692.282 shares to THL Parallel Fund VI Bridge Corp. for $22,409,829; 437,868.792 shares to THL DT Fund VI Bridge Corp for $3,914,547; 3,847,452.908 shares to THL Equity Fund VI Investors (Ceridian) VI, L.P. for $34,396,229; 111,856.823 shares to Brent Bickett for $1,000,000; 291,331.096 shares to OsFund, Inc. (of which David Ossip is a beneficial owner) for $2,604,500; and 27,964.206 shares to David Ossip for $250,000.

Board Compensation

Mr. Ossip receives no compensation for his services as a member of our Board. Our directors who are employees of our Sponsors receive no compensation for their service as members of our Board, except as limited to expense reimbursement. Our other directors will receive compensation for their service as members of our Board. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Director Compensation.”

Employment Agreements

We have entered into an employment agreement with each of our named executive officers as well as other executive officers. See “Executive and Director Compensation—Employment Agreements.”

Indemnification Agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors. The indemnification agreements provide the directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement, and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL, subject to certain exceptions contained in those agreements.

Policies for Approval of Related Person Transactions

Our Board has adopted a Code of Conduct that contains a written policy relating to the approval of related person transactions. A “related person transaction” is a transaction or arrangement or series of transactions or arrangements in which we participate (whether or not we are a party) and a related person has a direct or indirect material interest in such transaction. Our audit committee reviews and approves or ratifies all relationships and related person transactions between us and (i) our directors, director nominees, or executive officers, (ii) any 5% record or beneficial owner of our common stock, or (iii) any immediate family member of any person specified in (i) and (ii) above. The audit committee reviews all related person transactions and, where the audit committee determines that such transactions are in our best interests, approves such transactions in advance of such transaction being given effect or ratified.

 

125


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Credit Facilities

On April 30, 2018, the Company entered into a credit agreement pursuant to which the lenders thereto agreed to provide Senior Credit Facilities, consisting of the Senior Term Loan in the original principal amount of $680.0 million and a $300.0 million Revolving Facility. The Revolving Facility may, at our option, be made available in United States Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Euros and/or Pounds Sterling; up to $70.0 million may, at our option, be made available for letters of credit and $100.0 million may, at our option, be made available for swingline loans (denominated in Canadian Dollars and/or United States Dollars).

Interest Rate and Fees

Borrowings under the Senior Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate per annum equal to:

 

   

in the case of borrowings denominated in U.S. dollars on any day (a) at Ceridian’s election, either (i) an amount (not less than 1.00%) equal to the greater of (A) a base rate determined by reference to the rate of interest per annum announced by Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch (“DBNY”) as its prime rate on such day, (B) the federal funds effective rate on such date plus 1/2 of 1.00% and (C) the London interbank offered rate (“LIBOR”) plus 1.00% or (ii) if available, LIBOR for U.S. dollars determined by reference to the applicable Reuters screen page two business days prior to the commencement of the interest period relevant to the subject borrowing, adjusted for certain additional costs, which may not be less than 0.00% plus (b) an applicable margin;

 

   

in the case of borrowings under the Revolving Facility denominated in Canadian Dollars on any day (a) at Ceridian’s election, either (i) the rate of interest per annum quoted or established as the “prime rate” of Deutsche Bank AG Canada Branch plus an applicable margin or (ii) CDOR for Canadian dollars determined by reference to the applicable Reuters screen page on date of the commencement of the interest period relevant to the subject borrowing, adjusted for certain additional costs, which may not be less than 0.00% plus (b) an applicable margin;

 

   

in the case of borrowings under the Revolving Facility denominated in Euros on any day, (a) The London interbank offered rate in Euros (“EURIBOR”) determined by reference to the applicable Reuters screen page two business days prior to the commencement of the interest period relevant to the subject borrowing, which may not be less than 0.00% plus (b) an applicable margin; or

 

   

in the case of borrowings under the Revolving Facility denominated in Pounds Sterling, (a) Sterling LIBOR determined by reference to the applicable Reuters screen page one business day prior to the commencement of the interest period relevant to the subject borrowing, which may not be less than 0.00% plus (b) an applicable margin.

The applicable margin for the Senior Term Loan is (i) 3.25% per annum, in the case of LIBOR loans and (ii) 2.25% per annum, in the case of base rate loans. Such applicable margin will be reduced by 0.25% per annum if the corporate family rating of Ceridian from Moody’s is B2 or better, each such reduction being effective during the period commencing on the date of such change in rating becomes effective and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of next change in rating.

 

126


Table of Contents

The applicable margin for the loans under the Revolving Facility is determined in accordance with the table set forth below:

 

Consolidated First Lien Leverage Ratio

   Applicable Margin
for
LIBOR, CDOR, EURIBOR

and Sterling
LIBOR Rate
Loans
    Applicable Margin
for
Base Rate and
Canadian Prime
Rate Loans
 

Category 1

    

Greater than 4.50:1.00

     2.75     1.75

Category 2

    

Less than or equal to 4.50:1.00 and greater than 4.00:1.00

     2.50     1.50

Category 3

    

Less than or equal to 4.00:1.00

     2.25     1.25

The following fees are required to be paid under the Senior Credit Facilities:

 

   

a commitment fee to each revolving lender on the daily unused portion of such revolving lender’s revolving credit commitment of (i) 0.50% per annum when the consolidated first lien leverage ratio is greater than 4.50:1.00, (ii) 0.375% per annum when the consolidated first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.50:1.00 and greater than 4.00:1.00, and (iii) 0.25% per annum when the consolidated first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.00:1.00;

 

   

a participation fee to each revolving lender on the daily face amount of such revolving lender’s letter of credit exposure at a rate equal to (i) the applicable margin for LIBOR, EURIBOR, CDOR or Sterling LIBOR, as applicable, loans under the Revolving Facility (determined on the basis of the currency in which the relevant letter of credit is denominated) minus (ii) the amount of fees payable to the relevant issuing bank in respect of the applicable letter of credit;

 

   

to each issuing bank (i) a fronting fee on the daily face amount of each letter of credit issued by such issuing bank at a rate agreed by the Company and such issuing bank (which may not exceed 0.125%), and (ii) such issuing bank’s standard issuance, processing, and similar fees with respect to letters of credit; and

 

   

a customary annual administration fee to the Senior Credit Facilities administrative agent.

Voluntary Prepayments

Subject to certain notice requirements, we may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the Senior Credit Facilities in whole or in part without premium or penalty other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR, EURIBOR, CDOR, or Sterling LIBOR loans.

Mandatory Prepayments

The documentation governing the Senior Credit Facilities requires us to prepay the Senior Term Loan with:

 

   

50% of excess cash flow (determined in accordance with the terms of the documentation governing the Senior Credit Facilities) for each fiscal year (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2019), minus, at the option of the Company, the amount of any voluntary prepayment under the Senior Credit Facilities (in the case of any voluntary prepayment of Revolving Facility, to the extent accompanied by a permanent reduction of the related commitment), subject to other exceptions and subject to a stepdown to 25% if the

 

127


Table of Contents
 

consolidated first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.75:1.00 and greater than 4.25:1.00 and an additional stepdown to 0% if the consolidated first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.25:1.00;

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales and/or insurance/condemnation events above a threshold amount, subject to reinvestment rights and other exceptions and subject to a stepdown to 50% if the consolidated first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.75:1.00 and greater than 4.25:1.00 and an additional stepdown to 0% if the consolidated first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to 4.25:1.00; and

 

   

100% of the net cash proceeds of any issuance or incurrence of debt that is not permitted by the terms of the documentation governing the Senior Credit Facilities.

Final Maturity and Amortization

The Senior Term Loan will mature on April 30, 2025. We are required to make annual amortization payments in respect of the Senior Term Loan in an amount equal to 1.00% of the original principal amount thereof, payable in equal quarterly installments of 0.25% of the original principal amount of the Senior Term Loan beginning December 31, 2018.

The Revolving Facility will mature on April 30, 2023 and does not require amortization payments.

Guarantors

The obligations of the Company under the Senior Credit Facilities are guaranteed by each wholly-owned domestic subsidiary of the Company, subject to certain exceptions.

Security

The obligations under the Senior Credit Facilities are secured by first priority security interests in substantially all of the assets of the Company and the guarantors, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions.

Certain Covenants, Representations and Warranties

The credit agreement governing the Senior Credit Facilities contains customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants (including reporting obligations) and negative covenants. With respect to the negative covenants, these restrictions include, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrictions on the ability of the Company and its subsidiaries’ ability to:

 

   

incur additional indebtedness or other contingent obligations;

 

   

grant liens;

 

   

enter into burdensome agreements with negative pledge clauses or restrictions on subsidiary distributions;

 

   

pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of equity;

 

   

make payments in respect of subordinated debt;

 

   

make investments, including acquisitions, loans, and advances;

 

   

consolidate, merge, liquidate, or dissolve;

 

   

sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of assets;

 

   

engage in transactions with affiliates;

 

128


Table of Contents
   

materially alter the business that we conduct; and

 

   

amend or otherwise change the terms of the documentation governing certain restricted debt.

Financial Covenant

The documentation governing the Senior Credit Facilities contains a financial covenant applicable only to the Revolving Facility, which requires that the Company maintain a ratio of consolidated first lien debt to EBITDA (with certain adjustments as set forth in the documentation governing the Senior Credit Facilities) below 7.25:1.00 on a quarterly basis only if more than 35% of the Revolving Facility (with an exclusion for certain letters of credit) is drawn at the end of the relevant fiscal quarter.

Only the consent of a majority of the lenders holding the Revolving Facility is required for a waiver or amendment of the financial covenant, and in the event that the Company fails to comply with the financial covenant, the Company may issue equity or stockholders of the Company may contribute cash equity to the Company in order to increase EBITDA for purposes of calculating and determining compliance with the financial covenant, subject to certain limitations.

Events of Default

The lenders under the Senior Credit Facilities are permitted under certain circumstances to accelerate the loans and terminate commitments thereunder and to exercise other remedies upon the occurrence of certain customary events of default, subject in certain circumstances to specified grace periods, thresholds, and exceptions. These events of default include, among others, payment defaults, cross-defaults to certain material indebtedness, covenant defaults, material inaccuracy of representations and warranties, bankruptcy events, material judgments, material defects with respect to guarantees and collateral, and change of control.

 

129


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a description of (i) the material terms of our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and (ii) certain applicable provisions of Delaware law. We refer you to our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part .

Authorized Capitalization

Our authorized capital stock consists of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Following the consummation of this offering, 139,453,710 shares of common stock, and an additional 2,395,241 shares of common stock issuable upon exchange of the Exchangeable Shares and no shares of preferred stock shall be issued and outstanding, other than the Special Voting Share described below. Additionally, following the consummation of this offering, we also will have 28,672,211 registered shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans of which options to purchase 13,916,146 shares of common stock and 664,073 restricted stock units representing 14,580,219 shares of common stock are outstanding.

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to the rights set forth below.

Voting Rights

Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes entitled to be cast except as set forth below with respect to directors to be elected by the holders of common stock. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights. Except as otherwise provided in our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation or as required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders other than matters relating to the election and removal of directors must be approved by a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter or by a written resolution of the stockholders representing the number of affirmative votes required for such matter at a meeting.

Dividend Rights

Holders of common stock share equally in any dividend declared by our Board, subject to the rights of the holders of any outstanding preferred stock.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets, or winding up of our affairs, holders of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of liabilities. If we have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of the preferred stock may be entitled to distribution and/or liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our common stock.

Other Rights

Our stockholders have no preemptive or other rights to subscribe for additional shares. All holders of our common stock are entitled to share equally on a share-for-share basis in any assets available for distribution to common stockholders upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up. All outstanding shares are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

130


Table of Contents

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the IPO, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the Sponsors, David D. Ossip, Alon Ossip, and entities controlled by each of David D. Ossip and Alon Ossip in respect of the shares of common stock and Exchangeable Shares held by such holder immediately following the IPO. This agreement provides these holders (and their permitted transferees) with the right to require us, at our expense, to register shares of our common stock that they hold. The agreement also provides that we will pay certain expenses of these electing holders relating to such registrations and indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise under the Securities Act. For a detailed description of the registration rights agreement, see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights Agreement.”

Voting Agreement

In connection with the IPO, we entered into a voting agreement with the Sponsors, pursuant to which we are required to take all necessary action to cause the Board to include individuals designated by the Sponsors. These designation rights are described in this prospectus in the sections titled “Management—Composition of our Board of Directors.” The voting agreement also requires the Sponsors to consult with one another regarding the transfer of their equity securities in us.

Preferred Stock

Our Board is authorized to provide for the issuance of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the preferences, powers, and relative, participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including the dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights and liquidation preference and to fix the number of shares to be included in any such series without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Any preferred stock so issued may rank senior to our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or both. In addition, any such shares of preferred stock may have class or series voting rights. The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring, or preventing a change in control of our company without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. Our Board has not authorized the issuance of any shares of preferred stock, and we have no agreements or plans for the issuance of any shares of preferred stock.

Our Board has authorized the issuance of one share of special voting preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Special Voting Share”) in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The holder of the Special Voting Share is entitled to vote on all matters that a holder of our common stock is entitled to vote on and is generally entitled to cast a number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock issuable upon exchange of the Exchangeable Shares then outstanding. The holder of the Special Voting Share is not entitled to receive dividends.

Anti-takeover Provisions

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contains provisions that delay, defer, or discourage transactions involving an actual or potential change in control of us or change in our management. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our Board, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give our Board the power to discourage transactions that some stockholders may favor, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a premium for their shares or transactions that our stockholders might otherwise deem to be in their best interests. Accordingly, these provisions could adversely affect the price of our common stock.

 

131


Table of Contents

Removal of Directors

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that any director or the entire board may be removed from office at any time, by only for cause and only by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors. “Cause” shall mean, with respect to any director, (x) the willful failure by such director to perform, or the gross negligence of such director in performing, the duties of a director, (y) the engaging by such director in willful or serious misconduct that is injurious to the Company, or (z) the conviction of such director of, or the entering by such director of a plea of nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony. This provision is likely to make it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of the Board.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations, and Proposals

Our amended and restated bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only upon the request of a majority of our Board or upon the request of the Chief Executive Officer. Our amended and restated bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers or changes in control or management of our company.

Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our Board or a committee of our Board. In order for any matter to be “properly brought” before a meeting, a stockholder must comply with the advance notice requirements of directors, which may be filled only by a vote of a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws allow the presiding officer at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings, which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, at any time when the Sponsors beneficially own, in the aggregate, more than 50% of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Company at any meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by stockholders holding not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. At any time when the Sponsors beneficially own, in the aggregate, less than 50% of the voting power of our stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to the rights of any holders of preferred stock to act by written consent instead of a meeting, stockholder action may be taken only at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders and may not be taken by written consent instead of a meeting. Failure to satisfy any of the requirements for a stockholder meeting could delay, prevent or invalidate stockholder action.

Section 203 of the DGCL

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, which relate to business combinations with interested stockholders, do not

 

132


Table of Contents

apply to us. Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination transaction with an interested stockholder (a stockholder who owns more than 15% of our common stock) for a period of three years after the interested stockholder became such unless the transaction fits within an applicable exemption, such as Board approval of the business combination or the transaction that resulted in such stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. These provisions will apply even if the business combination could be considered beneficial by some stockholders. Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that have the same effect as Section 203 of the DGCL. Although we have elected to opt out of the statute’s provisions, we could elect to be subject to Section 203 in the future.

Amendment to Bylaws and Certificate of Incorporation

Our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws provide that, subject to the affirmative vote of the holders of any series of preferred stock required by law, the provisions (i) of our amended and restated bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed if approved by a majority of the board of directors then in office or approved by holders of our common stock, and (ii) of our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided by the DGCL.

Listing

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE and the TSX under the symbol “CDAY.” Our shares of common stock trade in U.S. dollars on the NYSE and in Canadian dollars on the TSX.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC.

 

133


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Sale of Restricted Securities

Upon consummation of this offering, we will have 139,453,710 shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without further restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares purchased by our affiliates may generally only be sold in compliance with Rule 144, which is described below. Of the remaining outstanding shares, 85,441,093 shares will be deemed “restricted securities” under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Arrangements

In connection with this offering, we will enter into a lock-up agreement that restricts the sale of our securities for up to 45 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions or an extension in certain circumstances. Similarly, our directors and the Sponsors will enter into lock-up agreements that restrict the sale of our securities for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 45 days after the date of this prospectus and (ii) the first trading day after the release of our earnings for the quarter ended March 31, 2019, subject to certain exceptions or an extension in certain circumstances. In addition, the lock-up agreement entered will permit up to 0.6 million shares of our common stock to be sold by certain of our officers under any 10b5-1 plans that may be put in place as well as existing 10b5-1 plans during the lock-up period.

Following the lock-up periods described above, all of the shares of our common stock that are restricted securities or are held by our affiliates as of the date of this prospectus will be eligible for sale in the public market in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

On November 7, 2018, Cannae announced that one of its subsidiaries had entered into a three year margin loan pursuant to which it could borrow up to $300.0 million. The margin loan is guaranteed by Cannae for a period of up to one year and is further secured by a pledge of 25.0 million shares of our common stock beneficially owned by Cannae. The loan requires that a certain loan to value ratio (based on the value of the shares of our common stock pledged to secure the loan) be maintained. In the event that the ratio is not maintained, the borrower must post additional cash collateral and/or elect to repay a portion of the loan. The loan also contains provisions that, subject to their terms, effectively require prepayment in the event of certain customary events of default, including Cannae’s failure to comply with specified financial ratios or the triggering of a requirement of prepayment under any other material indebtedness. The lock-up agreement entered into by Cannae permits the pledge, hypothecation, grant and any related transfer of such shares in connection with the margin loan. In the event that Cannae borrows under the margin loan and there is an event of default, if Cannae fails to pledge additional cash collateral and/or repay a portion of the loan when it is required to do so or if Cannae otherwise fails to comply with the respective terms of the margin loan and the lender accelerates payment of all amounts outstanding under the loan as a result of this non-compliance, then the lender could foreclose on the pledged shares and sell the shares of common stock in the open market, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. In addition, certain lenders under the margin loan may elect at any time to hedge their exposure to the shares of common stock in transactions that could directly or indirectly impact the price of our common stock.

Rule 144

The shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Any shares of our common stock held by an “affiliate” of ours may not be resold publicly except in compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or under an exemption under Rule 144 or otherwise. Rule 144 permits our common

 

134


Table of Contents

stock that has been acquired by a person who is an affiliate of ours, or has been an affiliate of ours within the past three months, to be sold into the market in an amount that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater of:

 

   

one percent of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding; or

 

   

the average weekly reported trading volume of our common stock for the four calendar weeks prior to the sale.

Such sales are also subject to specific manner of sale provisions, a six-month holding period requirement, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Approximately 54,012,617 shares of our common stock that are not subject to lock-up arrangements described above will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 immediately upon the closing.

Rule 144 also provides that a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has for at least six months beneficially owned shares of our common stock that are restricted securities, will be entitled to freely sell such shares of our common stock subject only to the availability of current public information regarding us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned for at least one year shares of our common stock that are restricted securities, will be entitled to freely sell such shares of our common stock under Rule 144 without regard to the current public information requirements of Rule 144.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Additional Registration Statements

On April 25, 2018, we filed a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register 26,172,211 shares of our common stock to be issued or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. Shares registered under such registration statement will be available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us or the lock-up restrictions described above.

Registration Rights Agreement

Concurrent with the closing of the IPO and the concurrent private placement, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the Sponsors, David D. Ossip, Alon Ossip, and entities controlled by each of David D. Ossip and Alon Ossip in respect of the shares of common stock and Exchangeable Shares held by such holders immediately following the IPO and the concurrent private placement. This agreement provides these holders (and their permitted transferees) with the right to require us, at our expense, to register shares of our common stock that they hold. The agreement also provides that we will pay certain expenses of these electing holders relating to such registrations and indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise under the Securities Act. The following description summarizes such rights and circumstances.

 

135


Table of Contents

Demand Rights

Subject to certain limitations, the Sponsors, for so long as they hold 5% of our registrable shares of common stock, will have the right, by delivering written notice to us, to require us to register the number of our shares of common stock requested to be so registered in accordance with the registration rights agreement. Within five days following receipt of notice of a demand registration, we will be required to give written notice to all other beneficial holders of our registrable shares of common stock that have joined the registration rights agreement. Subject to certain limitations as described below, we will include in the registration all securities with respect to which we receive a written request for inclusion in the registration within ten days after we give our notice. Following the demand request, we are required to use our reasonable best efforts to have the applicable registration statement filed with the Commission within a specified period following the demand and are required to use our best efforts to cause the registration statement to be declared effective. Any demand registration must include registrable securities having an aggregate market value of at least $50 million, and holders of our registrable securities are limited to one demand registration within any nine month period.

Shelf Registration Rights on Form S-3

If we are eligible to file a shelf registration statement on Form S-3, holders of registrable securities with registration rights under the registration rights agreement can request that we register their shares for resale. Within five days following receipt of notice of a Form S-3 registration request, we will be required to give written notice to all other beneficial holders of registrable shares of common stock that have joined the registration rights agreement. Subject to certain limitations as described below, we will include in the Form S-3 registration all securities with respect to which we receive a written request for inclusion in the registration within seven days after we give our notice. Following such request, we are required to use our reasonable efforts to have the shelf registration statement declared effective. No Form S-3 registration request may be made within nine months following a prior demand or request.

In addition, once a shelf registration statement has been declared effective by the Commission pursuant to the forgoing, thereafter, from time to time, any holder of registrable securities that has joined the registration rights agreement may, by notice to us, require us to register such holder’s registrable securities pursuant to the shelf registration statement.

Piggyback Rights

Holders of registrable shares of common stock under the registration rights agreement will be entitled to request to participate in, or “piggyback” on, registrations of certain securities for sale by us at any time after this offering. This piggyback right will apply to any registration following this offering other than registration statements relating to any employee benefit plans, registration statements related to the issuance or resale of securities issued in connection with transactions or corporate reorganizations under Rule 145 of the Securities Act, or registration statements related to stock issued upon conversion of debt securities.

Conditions and Limitations

The registration rights outlined above will be subject to conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares to be included in a registration statement and our right to delay, suspend or withdraw a registration statement under specified circumstances. For example, our Board may in its good faith judgment delay the filing or effectiveness of any registration statement for periods not to exceed 45 days. Additionally, in certain circumstances we may withdraw a registration upon request by the holder of registrable securities.

 

136


Table of Contents

Exchangeable Shares

As of December 31, 2018, there are 2,395,269.172 outstanding exchangeable shares of our subsidiary, Ceridian AcquisitionCo ULC, which are exchangeable for 2,395,241 shares of our common stock. Such shares of our common stock may be issued upon the exchange of the Exchangeable Shares at the request of the holders of the Exchangeable Shares, which may take place from time to time on or after October 31, 2018. The shares of our common stock issuable upon such exchange will not be restricted securities and will be freely tradeable upon issuance. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock—Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, could cause the market price for our common stock to decline.”

 

137


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the purchase, ownership, and disposition of our common stock. This discussion does not provide a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax considerations relating thereto. This description is based on the Code, existing and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, and interpretations of the foregoing, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This discussion is limited to non-U.S. Holders who hold shares of our common stock as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. Moreover, this discussion is for general information only and does not address all of the tax consequences that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances, nor does it discuss special tax provisions, which may apply to you if you are subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws, such as for certain financial institutions or financial services entities, insurance companies, tax-exempt entities, dealers in securities or currencies, entities that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” former U.S. citizens or long-term residents, persons deemed to sell common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, and persons that hold common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, or other integrated investment. In addition, this summary does not address the Medicare tax on certain investment income or any state, local or foreign taxes or any U.S. federal tax laws other than U.S. federal income tax laws.

You are urged to consult with your own tax advisor concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, owning, and disposing of our common stock, as well as the application of any state, local, foreign income, and other tax laws.

As used in this section, a “non-U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our common stock that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

 

   

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

   

a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

   

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

   

a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a domestic trust.

If you are an individual, you are a resident alien if you are a lawful permanent resident of the United States (e.g., a green card holder) and you may, in many cases, be deemed to be a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in and including the current calendar year. For these purposes, all the days present in the United States in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they are U.S. citizens. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

 

138


Table of Contents

If a partnership or other entity treated as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership or an owner of the other pass-through entity will depend upon the status of the partner or owner and the activities of the partnership or other pass-through entity. Any partnership, partner in such a partnership or owner of another pass-through entity holding shares of our common stock should consult its own tax advisor as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to it.

INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE CONSEQUENCES OF OTHER FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX LAWS, AND APPLICABLE TAX TREATIES.

Distributions on Common Stock

Although we do not currently anticipate doing so in the foreseeable future (as discussed in the section entitled “—Dividend Policy”), if we do pay distributions on shares of our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces, but not below zero, a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in shares of our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock. See “—Dispositions of Common Stock.”

Any dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder on our common stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate. The withholding tax might not apply, however, or might apply at a reduced rate, under the terms of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding your entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. Generally, in order for us or our paying agent to withhold tax at a lower treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must certify its entitlement to treaty benefits. A non-U.S. holder generally can meet this certification requirement by providing an Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form), as applicable, to us or our paying agent. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder’s behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent. The holder’s agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. A non-U.S. holder that does not timely furnish the required documentation, but that qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence, are attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in certain cases involving individual holders, a fixed base) maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States, are generally not subject to such withholding tax. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition to the graduated tax described above, such effectively connected dividends received by corporate non-U.S. holders may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

139


Table of Contents

Dispositions of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion below on backup withholding and other withholding requirements, gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax, unless:

 

   

the gain (i) is effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a U.S. trade or business and (ii) if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence, is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in certain cases involving individual holders, a fixed base) maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (in which case the special rules described below apply);

 

   

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 or more days in the taxable year of such disposition and certain other conditions are met (in which case the gain would be subject to a flat 30% tax, or such reduced rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses, provided the non-U.S holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses); or

 

   

we are, or have been, a U.S. real property holding corporation, or a USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition of our common stock and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock.

Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its “United States real property interests” equals 50% or more of the sum of the fair market value of (a) its worldwide real property interests and (b) its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. The tax relating to stock in a USRPHC does not apply to a non-U.S. holder whose holdings, actual and constructive, amount to 5% or less of our common stock at all times during the applicable period, provided that our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market. We believe we have not been and are not currently a USRPHC, and do not anticipate being a USRPHC in the future.

If any gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, (1) is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder and (2) if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence, is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in certain cases involving individuals, a fixed base) maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States, then the gain generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, under certain circumstances, that portion of its earnings and profits that is effectively connected with its U.S. trade or business, subject to certain adjustments, generally would also be subject to a “branch profits tax.” The branch profits tax rate is generally 30%, although an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder’s country of residence might provide for a lower rate.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Any dividends that are paid to a non-U.S. holder must be reported annually to the IRS and to the non-U.S. holder. Copies of these information returns also may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of various treaties or agreements for the exchange of information. Dividends paid on our common stock and the gross proceeds from a taxable disposition of our common stock may be subject to additional information reporting and may also be subject to U.S. federal backup withholding if such non-U.S. holder fails to comply with applicable U.S. information reporting and certification requirements. Provision of any IRS Form W-8 appropriate to the non-U.S. holder’s circumstances will generally satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the additional information reporting and backup withholding.

 

140


Table of Contents

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts so withheld under the backup withholding rules will be refunded by the IRS or credited against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Other Withholding Taxes

Provisions commonly referred to as “FATCA” impose withholding of 30% on payments of U.S.-source dividends (including our dividends) and, subject to the proposed Treasury Regulations discussed below, on sales or other proceeds from the disposition of domestic corporate stock (including our stock), paid to “foreign financial institutions” (which is broadly defined for this purpose and in general includes investment vehicles) and certain other non-U.S. entities unless various U.S. information reporting and due diligence requirements (generally relating to ownership by U.S. persons of interests in or accounts with those entities) have been satisfied, or an exemption applies. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and the entity’s jurisdiction may modify these requirements. If FATCA withholding is imposed, a beneficial owner that is not a foreign financial institution generally will be entitled to a refund of any amounts withheld by filing a U.S. federal income tax return containing the required information (which may entail significant administrative burden). Under the applicable Treasury Regulations and administrative guidance, withholding under FATCA generally applies to payments of dividends on our common stock. While withholding under FATCA would have applied also to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock on or after January 1, 2019, recently proposed Treasury Regulations eliminate FATCA withholding on payments of gross proceeds entirely. Taxpayers generally may rely on these proposed Treasury Regulations until final Treasury Regulations are issued. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the effects of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY. IT IS NOT TAX ADVICE. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

 

141


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

The selling stockholders are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are acting as representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase from the selling stockholders, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name                                                                 

   Number of
Shares
 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

  

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Jefferies LLC

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

CIBC World Markets Corp.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Canaccord Genuity LLC

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

MUFG Securities Americas Inc.

  
  

 

 

 

Total

     11,000,000  
  

 

 

 

The offering is being made in the United States. The common shares will be offered in the United States through certain of the underwriters listed above, either directly or indirectly, through their respective U.S. broker-dealer affiliates or agents. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by the selling stockholders if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. After the initial offering of the shares to the public, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to 1,650,000 additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholders to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase

 

142


Table of Contents

additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to the selling stockholders per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $1.3050 per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the selling stockholders assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $25,000 as set forth in the underwriting agreement. The underwriters have also agreed to reimburse us for certain expenses incurred by us in connection with this offering.

Paid by the Selling Stockholders

 

     Without
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercise
     With full
option to
purchase
additional
shares
exercise
 

Per Share

  
 

            

 
  
 

            

 

Total

  
 

            

 
  
 

            

 

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $0.8 million.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed not to (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file or confidentially submit with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC for a period of 45 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder and any shares of our common stock issued upon the exercise of options granted under our existing stock option plans.

Our directors and the selling stockholders, and certain of our significant stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 45 days after the date of this prospectus and (ii) the first trading day after the release by the Company of its earnings for the quarter ended March 31, 2019, may not, without the prior written consent of Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (1) offer, pledge, announce the

 

143


Table of Contents

intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. The lock-up agreement entered into by Cannae permits the pledge, hypothecation, grant and any related transfer of such shares in connection with the margin loan. In addition, the lock-up agreement entered will permit up to 0.9 million shares of our common stock to be sold by certain of our officers under any 10b5-1 plans that may be put in place as well as existing 10b5-1 plans during the lock-up period. See “Shares Eligible For Future Sale—Lock-up Agreements.”

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses.

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE and the TSX under the symbol “CDAY.” Our shares of common stock trade in U.S. dollars on the NYSE and in Canadian dollars on the TSX.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of

 

144


Table of Contents

the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, the TSX, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage, and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future. An affiliate of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. acts as the administrative agent, collateral agent and Canadian sub-agent, and affiliates of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Jefferies LLC and MUFG Securities Americas Inc. act as lenders under our Senior Credit Facilities. In addition, certain affiliates of the underwriters act as lenders, lead arrangers and bookrunners in respect of our Senior Credit Facilities.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the shares offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The shares offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such shares be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any shares offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The shares offered by this prospectus have not been qualified for distribution by prospectus in Canada and may not be offered or sold in Canada during the course of their distribution except pursuant to a Canadian prospectus or prospectus exemption.

The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or

 

145


Table of Contents

subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any purchase of shares by such persons will be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by such persons that they are purchasing the securities with investment intent and not with a view to distribution. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws. Notice is provided to prospective purchasers in Canada that, unless permitted under applicable securities legislation, a purchaser in Canada of any shares acquired by such purchaser pursuant to this offering must not trade such shares before the date that is four months and a day after the closing date of this offering.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser in such jurisdictions with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, no offer of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

A. to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

B. to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or

C. in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Company or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and the Company that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged, and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by means of

 

146


Table of Contents

sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended, including by Directive 2010/73/EU), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre (“DIFC”)

This document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Markets Rules 2012 of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Markets Rules 2012 of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for this document. The securities to which this document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

147


Table of Contents

In relation to its use in the DIFC, this document is strictly private and confidential and is being distributed to a limited number of investors and must not be provided to any person other than the original recipient, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose. The interests in the securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly to the public in the DIFC.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Arab Emirates

The shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering, and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

This prospectus:

 

   

does not constitute a product disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);

 

   

has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act;

 

   

does not constitute or involve a recommendation to acquire, an offer or invitation for issue or sale, an offer or invitation to arrange the issue or sale, or an issue or sale, of interests to a “retail client” (as defined in section 761G of the Corporations Act and applicable regulations) in Australia; and

 

   

may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, or Exempt Investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act.

The shares may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.

As any offer of shares under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 applies to that resale. By applying for the shares you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those securities to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The shares have not been and will not be registered pursuant to Article 4, Paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act. Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein may be

 

148


Table of Contents

offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any “resident” of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

The contents of this document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

(a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

(b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

(a) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

149


Table of Contents

(b) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

(c) where the transfer is by operation of law;

(d) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

(e) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore

Solely for the purposes of its obligations pursuant to Section 309B of the SFA, we have determined, and hereby notify all relevant persons (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018), that the shares are prescribed capital markets products (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and Ecluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice of Recommendations of Investment Products).

Notice to Prospective Investors in Bermuda

Shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Saudi Arabia

This document may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority (“CMA”) pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended. The CMA does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorised financial adviser.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the British Virgin Islands

The shares may be offered to persons located in the British Virgin Islands who are “qualified investors” for the purposes of SIBA. Qualified investors include (i) certain entities which are regulated by the Financial Services Commission in the British Virgin Islands, including banks, insurance companies, licensees under SIBA and public, professional and private mutual funds; (ii) a company, any securities of which are listed on a recognised exchange; and (iii) persons defined as “professional investors” under SIBA, which is any person (a) whose ordinary business involves, whether for that person’s own account or the account of others, the acquisition or disposal of property of the same kind as the property, or a substantial part of the property of the Issuer; or (b) who has signed a declaration that he, whether individually or jointly with his spouse, has net worth in excess of US$1,000,000 and that he consents to being treated as a professional investor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in China

This prospectus does not constitute a public offer of shares, whether by sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China (the “PRC”). The shares are not being offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to or for the benefit of, legal or natural persons of the PRC.

 

150


Table of Contents

Further, no legal or natural persons of the PRC may directly or indirectly purchase any of the shares or any beneficial interest therein without obtaining all prior PRC’s governmental approvals that are required, whether statutorily or otherwise. Persons who come into possession of this document are required by the issuer and its representatives to observe these restrictions.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Korea

The shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FSCMA”), and the shares have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA. None of the shares may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FETL”). The shares have not been listed on any of securities exchanges in the world including, without limitation, the Korea Exchange in Korea. Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares. By the purchase of the shares, the relevant stockholder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Malaysia

No prospectus or other offering material or document in connection with the offer and sale of the shares has been or will be registered with the Securities Commission of Malaysia (“Malaysia Commission”) for the Malaysia Commission’s approval pursuant to the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Malaysia other than (i) a closed end fund approved by the Malaysia Commission; (ii) a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence; (iii) a person who acquires the shares, as principal, if the offer is on terms that the shares may only be acquired at a consideration of not less than RM250,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) for each transaction; (iv) an individual whose total net personal assets or total net joint assets with his or her spouse exceeds RM3 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), excluding the value of the primary residence of the individual; (v) an individual who has a gross annual income exceeding RM300,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies) per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vi) an individual who, jointly with his or her spouse, has a gross annual income of RM400,000 (or its equivalent in foreign currencies), per annum in the preceding twelve months; (vii) a corporation with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currencies) based on the last audited accounts; (viii) a partnership with total net assets exceeding RM10 million (or its equivalent in foreign currencies); (ix) a bank licensee or insurance licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; (x) an Islamic bank licensee or takaful licensee as defined in the Labuan Financial Services and Securities Act 2010; and (xi) any other person as may be specified by the Malaysia Commission; provided that, in the each of the preceding categories (i) to (xi), the distribution of the shares is made by a holder of a Capital Markets Services Licence who carries on the business of dealing in securities. The distribution in Malaysia of this prospectus is subject to Malaysian laws. This prospectus does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of public offering or an issue, offer for subscription or purchase, invitation to subscribe for or purchase any securities requiring the registration of a prospectus with the Malaysia Commission under the Capital Markets and Services Act 2007.

 

151


Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Taiwan

The shares have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitutes an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan that requires a registration or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorised to offer, sell, give advice regarding, or otherwise, intermediate the offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in South Africa

Due to restrictions under the securities laws of South Africa, the shares are not offered, and the offer shall not be transferred, sold, renounced or delivered, in South Africa or to a person with an address in South Africa, unless one or other of the following exemptions applies:

(i) the offer, transfer, sale, renunciation or delivery is to:

(a) persons whose ordinary business is to deal in securities, as principal or agent;

(b) the South African Public Investment Corporation;

(c) persons or entities regulated by the Reserve Bank of South Africa;

(d) authorized financial service providers under South African law;

(e) financial institutions recognized as such under South African law;

(f) a wholly-owned subsidiary of any person or entity contemplated in (c), (d) or (e), acting as agent in the capacity of an authorized portfolio manager for a pension fund or collective investment scheme (in each case duly registered as such under South African law); or

(g) any combination of the person in (a) to (f); or

(ii) the total contemplated acquisition cost of the securities, for any single addressee acting as principal is equal to or greater than ZAR 1,000,000.

No “offer to the public” (as such term is defined in the South African Companies Act, No. 71 of 2008 (as amended or re-enacted) (the “South African Companies Act”)) in South Africa is being made in connection with the issue of the shares. Accordingly, this document does not, nor is it intended to, constitute a “registered prospectus” (as that term is defined in the South African Companies Act) prepared and registered under the South African Companies Act and has not been approved by, and/or filed with, the South African Companies and Intellectual Property Commission or any other regulatory authority in South Africa. Any issue or offering of the shares in South Africa constitutes an offer of the shares in South Africa for subscription or sale in South Africa only to persons who fall within the exemption from “offers to the public” set out in section 96(1)(a) of the South African Companies Act. Accordingly, this document must not be acted on or relied on by persons in South Africa who do not fall within section 96(1)(a) of the South African Companies Act (such persons being referred to as “SA Relevant Persons”). Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available in South Africa only to SA Relevant Persons and will be engaged in South Africa only with SA relevant persons.

 

152


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP, New York, New York, has passed upon the validity of the common stock offered hereby on behalf of us. Certain legal matters will be passed upon on behalf of the underwriters by Latham & Watkins LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters as to Canadian law will be passed upon on behalf of us by Goodmans LLP, Toronto, Canada. Certain legal matters as to Canadian law will be passed upon on behalf of the underwriters by Osler, Hoskin  & Harcourt LLP, Toronto, Canada.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. as of December 31, 2018 and 2017 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2018 have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered by this prospectus. For purposes of this section, the term registration statement means the original registration statement and any and all amendments including the schedules and exhibits to the original registration statement or any amendment. This prospectus, filed as part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules thereto as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information about us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement, including the exhibits. This prospectus summarizes provisions that we consider material of certain contracts and other documents to which we refer you. Because the summaries may not contain all of the information that you may find important, you should review the full text of those documents.

We are subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. The SEC maintains a website at (http://www.sec.gov) from which interested persons can electronically access the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing financial statements audited by our independent auditors.

We have not authorized anyone to give you any information or to make any representations about us or the transactions we discuss in this prospectus other than those contained in this prospectus. If you are given any information or representations about these matters that is not discussed in this prospectus, you must not rely on that information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy securities anywhere or to anyone where or to whom we are not permitted to offer or sell securities under applicable law.

 

153


Table of Contents


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Stockholders and Board of Directors

Ceridian HCM Holding Inc.:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ KPMG LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1958.

Minneapolis, Minnesota

February 28, 2019

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Ceridian HCM Holding Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Dollars in millions, except share data)

 

     December 31,  
     2018     2017  

ASSETS

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and equivalents

   $ 217.8     $ 94.2  

Trade and other receivables, net

     69.9       66.6  

Prepaid expenses

     40.3       36.4  

Assets of discontinued operations

     —         156.2  

Other current assets

     2.0       5.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets before customer trust funds

     330.0       358.7  

Customer trust funds

     2,603.5       4,099.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     2,933.5       4,458.4  

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     104.4       102.0  

Goodwill

     1,927.4       1,961.0  

Other intangible assets, net

     187.5       206.5  

Other assets

     1.6       2.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 5,154.4     $ 6,729.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current portion of long-term debt

     6.8     $ —    

Accounts payable

     41.5       44.4  

Accrued interest

     0.1       15.9  

Deferred revenue

     17.2       14.0  

Employee compensation and benefits

     54.5       68.8  

Liabilities of discontinued operations

     0.2       19.6  

Other accrued expenses

     23.6       15.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities before customer trust funds obligations

     143.9       177.7  

Customer trust funds obligations

     2,619.7       4,105.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,763.6       4,283.2  

Long-term debt, less current portion

     663.5       1,119.8  

Employee benefit plans

     153.3       152.4  

Other liabilities

     42.0       45.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     3,622.4       5,600.9  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Senior preferred stock, $0.01 par, 70,000,000 shares authorized, 16,802,144 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017

     —         184.8  

Junior preferred stock, $0.01 par, 70,000,000 shares authorized, 58,244,308 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017

     —         0.6  

Common stock, $0.01 par, 500,000,000 shares authorized, 139,453,710 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2018, and 150,000,000 shares authorized, 65,285,962 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2017

     1.4       0.7  

Additional paid in capital

     2,325.6       1,565.4  

Accumulated deficit

     (419.3     (348.2

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (375.7     (312.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,532.0       1,091.2  

Noncontrolling interest

     —         37.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     1,532.0       1,129.0  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 5,154.4     $ 6,729.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Ceridian HCM Holding Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2017     2016  

Revenue:

      

Recurring services

   $ 652.5     $ 598.5     $ 558.5  

Professional services and other

     93.9       72.3       64.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     746.4       670.8       623.4  

Cost of revenue:

      

Recurring services

     200.3       196.8       214.4  

Professional services and other

     132.2       135.8       115.6  

Product development and management

     59.0       43.6       43.3  

Depreciation and amortization

     34.3       31.3       23.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     425.8       407.5       396.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     320.6       263.3       227.0  

Costs and expenses:

      

Selling, general and administrative

     270.7       223.0       225.3  

Other (income) expense, net

     (2.9     7.3       12.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit (loss)

     52.8       33.0       (11.2

Interest expense, net

     83.2       87.1       87.4  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

     (30.4     (54.1     (98.6

Income tax expense (benefit)

     7.7       (49.6     6.7  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

     (38.1     (4.5     (105.3

(Loss) income from discontinued operations

     (25.8     (6.0     12.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (63.9     (10.5     (92.8

Net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (0.5     (1.3     0.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to Ceridian

   $ (63.4   $ (9.2   $ (92.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to Ceridian—basic and diluted (Note 19)

   $ (0.62   $ (0.46   $ (1.65

Weighted-average shares used to compute net loss per share attributable to Ceridian—basic and diluted (Note 19)

     114,049,682       65,204,960       64,988,338  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Ceridian HCM Holding Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(Dollars in millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2017     2016  

Net loss

   $ (63.9   $ (10.5   $ (92.8

Items of other comprehensive income (loss) before income taxes:

      

Change in foreign currency translation adjustment

     (47.4     39.7       24.4  

Change in unrealized gain from invested customer trust funds

     (10.5     (17.3     (10.2

Change in pension liability adjustment (1)

     (7.6     13.8       13.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before income taxes

     (65.5     36.2       27.8  

Income tax (benefit) expense, net

     (1.2     (3.6     0.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income after income taxes

     (64.3     39.8       27.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

     (128.2     29.3       (65.6

Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest

     (0.5     (0.9     (0.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to the Ceridian

   $ (127.7   $ 30.2     $ (65.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

The amount of the pension liability adjustment recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations within selling, general, and administrative expense was $11.7, $10.1 and $9.9 during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Ceridian HCM Holding Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(Dollars in millions, except share data)

 

   

Senior Preferred

Stock

   

Junior Preferred

Stock

   

 

Common Stock

   

Additional
Paid In

Capital

   

Accumu-

lated

Deficit

   

Accumu-

lated

Other

Compre-

hensive

Loss

   

Receiv-

able

from

Stock-

holder

   

Total

Stock-

holders

Equity

   

Non-

control-

ling

Interest

   

Total

Equity

 
    Shares     $     Shares     $     Shares     $  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2015

    —       $ —         58,244,308     $ 0.6       64,924,845     $ 0.7     $ 1,531.5     $ (211.5   $ (379.2   $ —       $ 942.1     $ —       $ 942.1  

Net (loss) income

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (92.9     —         —         (92.9     0.1       (92.8

Issuance of Common Stock upon vesting of restricted stock units

    —         —         —         —         76,192       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of Senior Preferred Stock

    16,802,144       150.2       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (75.2     75.0       —         75.0  

Addition of noncontrolling interest

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         39.2       39.2  

Sale of the UK Business, net of tax $2.5

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         25.9       —         25.9       —         25.9  

Senior preferred dividends declared

    —         14.1       —         —         —         —         —         (14.1     —         —         —         —         —    

Share-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         15.3       —         —         —         15.3       —         15.3  

Foreign currency translation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         8.0       —         8.0       (0.6     7.4  

Change in unrealized loss, net of tax of ($2.0)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (8.2     —         (8.2     —         (8.2

Change in minimum pension & postretirement liability, net of tax of $0.1

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         2.0       —         2.0       —         2.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

    16,802,144     $ 164.3       58,244,308     $ 0.6       65,001,037     $ 0.7     $ 1,546.8     $ (318.5   $ (351.5   $ (75.2   $ 967.2     $ 38.7     $ 1,005.9  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (9.2     —         —         (9.2     (1.3     (10.5

Issuance of common stock

    —         —         —         —         183,425       —         3.2       —         —         —         3.2       —         3.2  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

    —         —         —         —         653,214       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock units

    —         —         —         —         76,190       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Share repurchase

    —         —         —         —         (627,904     —         (1.8     —         —         —         (1.8     —         (1.8

Payment for Issuance of Senior Preferred Stock

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         75.2       75.2       —         75.2  

Senior preferred dividends declared

    —         20.5       —         —         —         —         —         (20.5     —         —         —         —         —    

Share-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         17.2       —         —         —         17.2       —         17.2  

Foreign currency translation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         39.3       —         39.3       0.4       39.7  

Change in unrealized loss, net of tax ($3.6)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (13.7     —         (13.7     —         (13.7

Change in minimum pension & postretirement liability, net of tax of $0.0

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         13.8       —         13.8       —         13.8  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

    16,802,144     $ 184.8       58,244,308     $ 0.6       65,285,962     $ 0.7     $ 1,565.4     $ (348.2   $ (312.1   $ —       $ 1,091.2     $ 37.8     $ 1,129.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (63.4     —         —         (63.4     (0.5     (63.9

Issuance of common stock

    —         —         —         —         28,695,455       0.3       594.7       —         —         —         595.0       —         595.0  

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of options

    —         —         —         —         3,119,653       —         45.0       —         —         —         45.0       —         45.0  

Issuance of common stock upon vesting of restricted stock units

    —         —         —         —         105,990       —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —    

Senior preferred dividends declared

    —         7.7       —         —         —         —         —         (7.7     —         —         —         —         —    

Conversion of senior and junior preferred shares

    (16,802,144     (192.5     (58,244,308     (0.6     42,246,650       0.4       192.7       —         —         —         —         —         —    

LifeWorks Disposition

                (95.7       0.7         (95.0     (37.3     (132.3

Share-based compensation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         23.5       —         —         —         23.5       —         23.5  

Foreign currency translation

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (47.4     —         (47.4     —         (47.4

Change in unrealized loss, net of tax ($1.2)

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (9.3     —         (9.3     —         (9.3

Change in minimum pension & postretirement liability, net of tax of $0.0

    —         —         —         —         —         —         —         —         (7.6     —         (7.6     —         (7.6
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

    —       $ —         —       $ —         139,453,710     $ 1.4     $ 2,325.6     $ (419.3   $ (375.7   $ —       $ 1,532.0     $ —       $ 1,532.0  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements .

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Ceridian HCM Holding Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Dollars in millions)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2017     2016  

Net loss

   $ (63.9   $ (10.5   $ (92.8

Loss (income) from discontinued operations

     25.8       6.0       (12.5

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Deferred income tax benefit

     (16.8     (62.3     (8.3

Depreciation and amortization

     56.6       53.8       53.2  

Asset impairment

     —         —         10.4  

Amortization of debt issuance costs and debt discount

     2.1       3.7       3.5  

Loss on debt extinguishment

     25.7       —         —    

Net periodic pension and postretirement cost

     2.7       1.5       3.0  

Share-based compensation

     23.2       16.1       12.5  

Environmental reserve

     —         —         5.9  

Other

     0.3       (0.5     1.2  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities excluding effects of acquisitions and divestitures:

      

Trade and other receivables

     (5.3     5.3       (5.8

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (4.6     (6.9     1.1  

Accounts payable and other accrued expenses

     (6.4     0.1       (4.4

Deferred revenue

     3.5       2.6       (1.8

Employee compensation and benefits

     (22.1     (26.1     (49.1

Accrued interest

     (15.7     (4.8     (0.2

Accrued taxes

     8.4       (6.7     14.7  

Other assets and liabilities

     (2.8     (0.7     (3.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities—continuing operations

     10.7       (29.4     (73.2

Net cash used in operating activities—discontinued operations

     (1.2     (10.4     (2.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     9.5       (39.8     (75.5

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

      

Purchase of customer trust funds marketable securities

     (855.2     (598.5     (699.7

Proceeds from sale and maturity of customer trust funds marketable securities

     844.3       610.2       677.6  

Net change in restricted cash and other restricted assets held to satisfy customer trust funds obligations

     1,430.3       (367.8     677.8  

Expenditures for property, plant, and equipment

     (8.0     (17.5     (7.4

Expenditures for software and technology

     (32.2     (33.1     (25.5

Net proceeds from divestitures

     —         (0.5     101.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities—continuing operations

     1,379.2       (407.2     724.4  

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities—discontinued operations

     —         (0.2     38.6  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     1,379.2       (407.4     763.0  

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

      

(Decrease) increase in customer trust funds obligations, net

     (1,419.4     356.1       (655.7

Net proceeds from issuance of stock

     595.0       78.4       75.0  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

     45.8       —         —    

Repurchase of stock

     —         (1.8     —    

Proceeds from debt issuance

     680.0       —         —    

Repayment of long-term debt obligations

     (1,134.0     (25.9     (11.8

Payment of debt refinancing costs

     (23.3     —         —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities—continuing operations

     (1,255.9     406.8       (592.5

Net cash used in financing activities—discontinued operations

     —         —         (38.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (1,255.9     406.8       (630.7

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash

     (9.7     8.6       1.3  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents

     123.1       (31.8     58.1  

Elimination of cash from discontinued operations

     0.5       5.2       (0.5

Cash and equivalents at beginning of year

     94.2       120.8       63.2  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and equivalents at end of year

   $ 217.8     $ 94.2     $ 120.8  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental Cash Flow Information:

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 74.5     $ 89.7     $ 84.9  

Cash paid for income taxes

   $ 21.1     $ 21.3     $ 14.8  

Cash received from income tax refunds

   $ 4.4     $ 1.9     $ 0.2  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

Ceridian HCM Holding Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Dollars in millions, except share and per share data)

1. Organization

Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. and its subsidiaries (also referred to in this report as “Ceridian,” “we,” “our,” and “us”) offer a broad range of services and software designed to help employers more effectively manage employment processes, such as payroll, payroll-related tax filing, human resource information systems, employee self-service, time and labor management, and recruitment and applicant screening. Our technology-based services are typically provided through long-term customer relationships that result in a high level of recurring revenue. Our operations are primarily located in the United States and Canada.

On April 30, 2018, we completed our initial public offering (“IPO”), in which we issued and sold 21,000,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $22.00 per share. We granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase an additional 3,150,000 shares of common stock at the offering price, which was exercised in full. A total of 24,150,000 shares of common stock were issued in our IPO. Concurrently with our IPO, we issued an additional 4,545,455 shares of our common stock in a private placement at $22.00 per share. We received gross proceeds of $631.3 from the IPO and concurrent private placement before deducting underwriting discounts, commissions, and other offering related expenses.

The use of the proceeds from the IPO were as follows:

 

Gross proceeds

   $ 631.3  

Less:

  

Underwriters’ discount and commissions

     29.2  

IPO-related expenses

     11.8  

Redemption of 11% Senior Notes due 2021 (Note 9)

     475.0  

Call premium on redemption of 11% Senior Notes due 2021

     13.1  

Interest on redemption of 11% Senior Notes due 2021

     10.9  

Sponsor management fee

     11.3  

Debt refinancing expenses

     11.4  
  

 

 

 

Cash to balance sheet

   $ 68.6  
  

 

 

 

On November 16, 2018, we completed a secondary offering, in which certain of our stockholders (the “Selling Stockholders”) sold 11,000,000 shares of common stock, in an underwritten public offering at $36.00 per share. The Selling Stockholders granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase an additional 1,650,000 shares of common stock at the offering price, which was exercised in full. A total of 12,650,000 shares of common stock were sold by the Selling Stockholders on November 16, 2018, with all proceeds going to the Selling Stockholders. We incurred expenses of $1.3 during the year ended December 31, 2018, related to the secondary offering within selling, general and administrative expense.

Prior to our IPO, Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. was primarily owned by Ceridian LLC (the “Parent”) and Ceridian Holding II LLC (“Ceridian Holding II”). The Parent was 100% owned by Foundation Holding LLC, which in turn was 100% owned by Ceridian Holding LLC (“Ceridian Holding”). The

 

F-8


Table of Contents

owners of Ceridian Holding and Ceridian Holding II included (i) affiliates and co-investors of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (“THL Partners”) and Cannae Holdings, LLC (“Cannae”) (THL Partners and Cannae are together referred to as the “Sponsors”), who collectively owned approximately 96% of the outstanding interests of both Ceridian Holding and Ceridian Holding II, and (ii) other individuals, who collectively owned approximately 4% of the outstanding interests of each holding company.

Subsequent to the IPO and concurrent private placement, we completed an internal corporate reorganization, pursuant to which the limited liability companies that held shares in us were merged with and into Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. At the time of these transactions, these limited liability companies had no assets other than equity interests in us or the other limited liability companies. As a result of these transactions, our previous, pre-IPO stockholders now hold shares of our common stock directly, rather than through a series of limited liability companies. These transactions had no impact on our assets, liabilities, or operations.

Our History

Ceridian was acquired in 2007 by affiliates and co-investors of the Sponsors (the “2007 Merger”). In April 2012, Ceridian acquired Dayforce Corporation, which had built Dayforce, a cloud HCM solution. In the months following the acquisition, Dayforce founder, David D. Ossip, was named Chief Executive Officer of Ceridian HCM, and shortly thereafter, we generally stopped actively selling our Bureau solutions to new customers in the United States to focus our resources on expanding the Dayforce platform and growing Cloud solutions.

As part of our strategy to focus on the growth of our Cloud solutions business, we undertook the following initiatives to simplify our business model:

(i) sold our consumer-directed benefit services business in 2013,

(ii) merged Comdata, our payment systems business unit, with FleetCor Technologies in 2014,

(iii) sold our benefits administration and post-employment compliance business in 2015,

(iv) sold our United Kingdom and Ireland Bureau businesses and a portion of our operations that supported such businesses in Mauritius in 2016, and

(v) contributed our LifeWorks employee assistance program business to a joint venture, LifeWorks, in 2016, then distributed our ownership in this joint venture to a holding company owned by our stockholders in April 2018.

As a result of these transactions, we only actively sell Dayforce and Powerpay, which we believe simplifies our business model and positions us well for continued growth. Please refer to Note 3, “Discontinued Operations,” for further discussion of these transactions.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the operations and accounts of Ceridian and all subsidiaries, as well as any variable interest entity (“VIE”) in which we have controlling financial interest. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated from our consolidated financial statements.

We consolidate the grantor trusts that hold funds provided by our payroll and tax filing customers pending remittance to employees of those customers or tax authorities in the United States and

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Canada, although Ceridian does not own the grantor trusts. Under consolidation accounting, the enterprise with a controlling financial interest consolidates a VIE. A controlling financial interest in an entity is determined through analysis that identifies the primary beneficiary which has (1) the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE. In addition, ongoing reassessments must be performed to confirm whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of a VIE. The grantor trusts are VIEs, and we are deemed to have a controlling financial interest as the primary beneficiary. Please refer to Note 5, “Customer Trust Funds,” for further information on our accounting for these funds.

Reverse Stock Split

On April 10, 2018, we effected a 1-for-2 reverse stock split of our common stock. All of the common share and per share information referenced throughout the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes thereto have been retroactively adjusted to reflect this reverse stock split.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements and our reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Estimates that could significantly affect our results of operations or financial condition include the assignment of fair values to goodwill and other intangible assets and testing for impairment; the testing of impairment of long-lived assets; the determination of our liability for pensions and postretirement benefits; the determination of fair value of stock options granted; and the resolution of tax matters and legal contingencies. Further discussion on these estimates can be found in related disclosures elsewhere in our notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Cash and Equivalents

As of December 31, 2018, and 2017, cash and equivalents were comprised of cash held in bank accounts and investments with an original maturity of three months or less.

Concentrations

Cash deposits of client and corporate funds are maintained primarily in large credit-worthy financial institutions in the countries in which we operate. These deposits may exceed the amount of any deposit insurance that may be available through government agencies. All deliverable securities are held in custody with large credit-worthy financial institutions, which bear the risk of custodial loss. Non-deliverable securities, primarily money market securities, are held in custody by large, credit-worthy broker-dealers and financial institutions.

Trade and Other Receivables, Net

Trade and other receivables balances are presented on the consolidated balance sheets net of the allowance for doubtful accounts of $1.3 and $1.3 and the reserve for sales adjustments of $3.8 and $4.7 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We experience credit losses on accounts receivable and, accordingly, must make estimates related to the ultimate collection of the receivables. Specifically, management analyzes accounts receivable, historical bad debt experience, customer concentrations, customer creditworthiness, and current economic trends when evaluating the

 

F-10


Table of Contents

adequacy of the allowance for doubtful accounts. We estimate the reserve for sales adjustment based on historical sales adjustment experience. We write off accounts receivable when we determine that the accounts are uncollectible, generally upon customer bankruptcy or the customer’s nonresponse to continued collection efforts.

Property, Plant, and Equipment

Our property, plant, and equipment assets are stated at cost less depreciation. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining lease term or estimated useful life of the related assets, which are generally as follows:

 

Buildings

   40 years

Building improvements

   5 years

Machinery and equipment

   4-6 years

Computer equipment

   3-4 years

Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred. We capitalized interest of $0.5 and $0.6 in property, plant, and equipment during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. Property, plant, and equipment assets are assessed for impairment as described under the heading “Impairment of Long-Lived Assets” below.

Assignment of Fair Values Upon Acquisition of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

In the event of a business combination where we are the acquiring party, we are required to assign fair values to all identifiable assets and liabilities acquired, including intangible assets, such as customer lists, identifiable intangible trademarks, technology and non-compete agreement. We are also required to determine the useful life for definite-lived identifiable intangible assets acquired. These determinations require significant judgments, estimates, and assumptions; and, when material amounts are involved, we generally utilize the assistance of third-party valuation consultants. The remainder of the purchase price of the acquired business not assigned to identifiable assets or liabilities is then recorded as goodwill.

In conjunction with the 2007 Merger, affiliates of the Sponsors completed the acquisition of all outstanding equity of the Ceridian entities. Although Parent continued as the same legal entity after the 2007 Merger, the application of push down accounting representing the termination of the old accounting entity and the creation of a new one resulted in the adjustment of all net assets to their respective fair values as of the 2007 Merger. Net assets of the Parent were adjusted to their respective fair values, which included goodwill, trademarks, customer lists, and other intangible assets.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill, which represents the excess purchase price over the fair value of net assets of businesses acquired, is assigned to reporting units based on the benefits derived from the acquisition. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles are not amortized against earnings, but instead are subject to impairment review on at least an annual basis. We perform our annual assessment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible balances as of October 1 of each year. There was no indication of impairment at October 1, 2018.

We assess goodwill impairment risk by first performing a qualitative review of entity-specific, industry, market, and general economic factors for each reporting unit. If significant potential goodwill impairment risk exists for a specific reporting unit, we apply a quantitative test. The quantitative test compares the reporting unit’s estimated fair value with its carrying amount. In estimating fair value of

 

F-11


Table of Contents

our reporting units, we use a combination of the income approach and the market-based approach. A number of significant assumptions and estimates are involved in determining the current fair value of the reporting units, including operating cash flows, markets and market share, sales volumes and prices, and working capital changes. We consider historical experience and all available information at the time the fair values of our reporting units are estimated. However, fair values that could be realized in an actual transaction may differ from those used to evaluate the goodwill for impairment. The evaluation of impairment involves comparing the current fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying amount. To the extent that the carrying amount of goodwill of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, an impairment loss is recognized.

Intangible assets represent amounts assigned to specifically identifiable intangible assets at the time of an acquisition. Definite-lived assets are amortized on a straight-line basis generally over the following periods:

 

Customer lists and relationships

   5-15 years

Technology

   3-4 years

Indefinite-lived intangible assets, which consist of trade names, are tested for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if certain events or circumstances occur that could indicate impairment. When evaluating whether the indefinite-lived intangible assets are impaired, the carrying amount is compared to its estimated fair value. The estimate of fair value is based on a relief from royalty method which calculates the cost savings associated with owning rather than licensing the trademark. An estimated royalty rate is applied to forecasted revenue and the resulting cash flows are discounted. Definite-lived assets are assessed for impairment as described under the heading “Impairment of Long-Lived Assets” below.

Internally Developed Software Costs

In accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350, we capitalize costs associated with software developed or obtained for internal use when both the preliminary project stage is completed and our management has authorized further funding for the project, which it deems probable of completion. Capitalized software costs include only: (1) external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining the software; (2) payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to the project; and (3) interest costs incurred while developing the software. Capitalization of these costs ceases no later than the point at which the project is substantially complete and ready for its intended purpose. We do not include general and administrative costs and overhead costs in capitalizable costs. We charge research and development costs, product management, and other software maintenance costs related to software development to earnings as incurred.

We had capitalized software costs, net of accumulated amortization, of $61.9 and $56.4 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, included in property, plant, and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. We amortize software costs on a straight-line basis over the expected life of the software, generally a range of two to seven years. Amortization of software costs totaled $26.2, $23.6, and $20.9 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property, plant, and equipment, capitalized software, and definite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of asset groups to

 

F-12


Table of Contents

be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If the carrying amount of an asset group exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds the fair value of the asset group.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue from the sale of our services, net of applicable sales taxes, when the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; (2) delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; (3) the seller’s price to the buyer is fixed or determinable; and (4) collectability is reasonably assured. We rely on a signed contract with the customer as the persuasive evidence of a sales arrangement.

We enter into revenue arrangements that may consist of multiple deliverables based on the needs of our customers. For example, our services address a broad range of employment process needs, such as payroll, payroll-related tax filing, human resource information, employee self-service capabilities, time and labor management, and recruitment and applicant screening. A customer arrangement may contain any of these elements with different elements delivered across multiple reporting periods.

We have a single unit of accounting for each deliverable in a contract based on the use of estimated selling price (“ESP”) in those cases where vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price (“VSOE”) or third party evidence (“TPE”) cannot be established. Our determination of ESP involves the consideration of several factors based on the specific facts and circumstances of each contract. Specifically, we consider the cost to produce or to provide the deliverable, the anticipated margin on that deliverable, the selling price and profit margin for similar services, the value of any enhancements that have been built into the deliverable and the characteristics of the varying markets in which the deliverable will be sold.

When we are unable to establish a selling price using VSOE or TPE, we use ESP in the allocation of arrangement consideration. The objective of ESP is to determine the price at which we would transact a sale if the service were sold on a stand-alone basis.

We regularly review VSOE, TPE, and ESP and maintain internal controls over the establishment and updates of these estimates. There were no material impacts during the period nor do we currently expect a material impact in the near term from changes in VSOE, TPE, or ESP.

Deferred revenue primarily consists of customer billings in advance of revenues being recognized from our contracts. Deferred revenue also includes certain deferred professional services fees that are accounted for as a single unit of accounting with subscription fees and are recognized as revenues over the same period as the related customer contract. Deferred revenue that is anticipated to be recognized during the succeeding twelve-month period is recorded as current deferred revenue and the remaining portion is recorded as noncurrent.

Recurring Services Revenues

Revenues are presented within the consolidated statements of operations in two categories: recurring services, and professional services and other. Recurring services revenues consist of monthly fees that we charge for our Cloud and Bureau solutions. For our Dayforce solutions, we primarily charge monthly recurring fees on a per employee, per month (“PEPM”) basis, generally one-month in advance of service, based on the number and type of solutions provided to the customer

 

F-13


Table of Contents

and the number of employees at the customer. We charge Powerpay customers monthly recurring fees on a per-employee, per-process basis. For our Bureau solutions, we typically charge monthly recurring fees on a per-process basis. The typical recurring services customer contract has an initial term of three years. The initial recurring services contracts have general acceptance criteria that consist of the completion of user acceptance testing. Any credits related to service level commitments are recognized as incurred, as service level failures are not anticipated at contract signing. Should a customer cancel the initial contract, an early termination fee may be applicable, and revenue is recognized upon collection. We also generate recurring services revenue from investment income on our Cloud and Bureau customer funds held in trust before such funds are remitted to taxing authorities, customer employees, or other third parties. We refer to this investment income as float revenue. Please refer to Note 17, “Financial Data by Segment and Geographic Area,” for a full description of our sources of revenue.

Professional Services and Other Revenues

Professional services and other revenues consist primarily of charges relating to the work performed to assist customers with the planning, design, implementation, and staging of their solutions. Also included in professional services are any related training services, post-implementation professional services, and purchased time clocks. We also generate professional services and other revenues from custom professional services and consulting services that we provide and for certain third-party services that we arrange for our Bureau customers. Professional services revenue is primarily recognized as hours are incurred.

Costs and Expenses

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists of costs to deliver our revenue-producing services. Most of these costs are recognized as incurred, that is, as we become obligated to pay for them. Some costs of revenue are recognized in the period that a service is sold and delivered. Other costs of revenue are recognized over the period of use or in proportion to the related revenue.

The costs recognized as incurred consist primarily of customer service staff costs, customer technical support costs, implementation personnel costs, costs of hosting applications, consulting and purchased services, delivery services, and royalties. The costs of revenue recognized over the period of use are depreciation and amortization, rentals of facilities and equipment, and direct and incremental costs associated with deferred implementation service revenue.

Cost of recurring services revenues primarily consists of costs to provide maintenance and technical support to our customers, and the costs of hosting our applications. The cost of recurring services revenues includes compensation and other employee-related expenses for data center staff, payments to outside service providers, data center, and networking expenses.

Cost of professional services and other revenues primarily consists of costs to provide implementation consulting services and training to our customers, as well as the cost of time clocks. Costs to provide implementation consulting services include compensation and other employee-related expenses for professional services staff, costs of subcontractors, and travel.

Product development and management expense includes costs related to software development activities that do not qualify for capitalization, such as development, quality assurance, testing of new technologies, and enhancements to our existing solutions that do not result in additional functionality. Product development and management expense also includes costs related to the management of our

 

F-14


Table of Contents

service offerings. Research and development expense, which is included within product development and management expense, was $29.6, $19.0, and $13.0 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

Depreciation and amortization related to cost of revenue primarily consists of amortization of capitalized software.

Selling, General, and Administrative Expense

Selling expense includes costs related to maintaining a direct marketing infrastructure and sales force and other direct marketing efforts, such as marketing events, advertising, telemarketing, direct mail, and trade shows. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was $5.8, $5.6, and $5.9 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

General and administrative expense includes costs that are not directly related to delivery of services, selling efforts, or product development, primarily consisting of corporate-level costs, such as administration, finance, legal and human resources. Also included in this category are depreciation, and amortization of other intangible assets not reflected in cost of revenue, the provision for doubtful accounts receivable, and net periodic pension costs.

Other (Income) Expense, Net

Other (income) expense, net includes the results of transactions that are not appropriately classified in another category. These items are primarily foreign currency translation gains and losses resulting mainly from intercompany receivables and payables denominated in currencies other than the subsidiary’s functional currency, environmental reserve charges, and charges related to the impairment of asset values.

Income Taxes

Income taxes have been provided for using the asset and liability method. The asset and liability method requires an asset and liability based approach in accounting for income taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities as adjusted for the expected benefits of utilizing net operating loss carryforwards. The impact on deferred taxes of changes in tax rates and laws, if any, applied to the years during which temporary differences are expected to be settled, is reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the period of enactment.

We classify interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of the income tax provision.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of cash and equivalents, trade and other receivables, net, customer trust funds, customer trust funds obligations, customer advance payments, and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these items.

Share-Based Compensation

Our employees participate in share-based compensation plans. Under the fair value recognition provisions of share-based compensation accounting, we measure share-based compensation cost at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and recognize the compensation expense over the requisite service period, which is the period during which an employee is required to provide services in exchange for the award.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

We use the Black-Scholes standard option pricing model (“Black-Scholes model”) to determine the fair value of stock options with term-based vesting conditions. The determination of the fair value of the awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model is affected by the value of our common stock as well as other inputs and assumptions described below. Prior to our IPO, the value of our common stock was determined by the Board of Directors with assistance from a third-party valuation expert.

If factors change and we employ different assumptions for estimating share-based compensation expense in future periods or if we adopt a different valuation model, the future periods may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current period and could materially affect our operating results.

To determine the fair value of both term- and performance-based stock options, the risk-free interest rate used was based on the implied yield currently available on U.S. Treasury zero coupon issues with remaining term equal to the contractual term of the performance-based options and the expected term of the term-based options. Given our limited history as a public company, the estimated volatility of our common stock is based on volatility data for selected comparable public companies over the expected term of our stock options. Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future, we use an expected dividend yield of zero. The amount of share-based compensation expense we recognize during a period is based on the portion of the awards that are ultimately expected to vest.

We estimate option forfeitures at the time of grant and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. We analyze historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and record share-based compensation expense for those awards expected to vest. We recognize term-based stock compensation expense using the straight-line method.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Liability

We present information about our pension and postretirement benefit plans in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements, “Employee Benefit Plans.” Liabilities and expenses for pensions and other postretirement benefits are determined with the assistance of third-party actuaries, using actuarial methodologies and incorporating significant assumptions, including the rate used to discount the future estimated liability, the long-term rate of return on plan assets, and several assumptions relating to the employee workforce (medical costs, retirement age and mortality). The discount rate assumption utilizes a full yield curve approach by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows. The impact of a change in the discount rate of 25 basis points would be approximately $12 million on the liabilities and $0.1 million on pre-tax earnings in the following year. The long-term rate of return is estimated by considering historical returns and expected returns on current and projected asset allocations and is generally applied to a five-year average market value of assets. A change in the assumption for the long-term rate of return on plan assets of 25 basis points would impact pre-tax earnings by approximately $1 million. At December 31, 2017, we updated our mortality assumptions utilizing an improvement scale issued by the Society of Actuaries in October 2017, which resulted in a $6.0 million reduction in the projected benefit obligation. At December 31, 2018, we updated our mortality assumptions utilizing an improvement scale issued by the Society of Actuaries in October 2018, which resulted in a $1.5 million reduction in the projected benefit obligation.

Foreign Currency Translation

We have international operations whereby the local currencies serve as functional currencies. We translate foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities at the end-of-period exchange rates and

 

F-16


Table of Contents

foreign currency denominated statements of operations at the weighted-average exchange rates for each period. We report the effect of changes in the U.S. dollar carrying values of assets and liabilities of our international subsidiaries that are due to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the subsidiaries’ functional currency as foreign currency translation within accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss). Gains and losses from transactions and translation of assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the subsidiaries are recorded in the consolidated statements of operations within other (income) expense, net.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which replaced all existing revenue guidance created by ASC Topic 605, including prescriptive industry-specific guidance, and created ASC Topic 606 for revenue and ASC Subtopic 340-40 for incremental costs of obtaining a contract with customers. This standard’s core principle is that an entity will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Entities will need to apply more judgment and make more estimates than under the previous guidance. In July 2015 the FASB deferred the effective date for all entities by one year, making the guidance for non-public companies effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2018. As an emerging growth company, we have elected to follow the non-public company timeline for adopting this guidance. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective transition method or modified retrospective approach with a cumulative effect recognized at the date of initial application. Management has decided to adopt the new standard effective in the first quarter of 2019, using the retrospective transition method for adoption.

In preparation for this adoption, we have evaluated the impact of the new standard to our financial statements and accompanying disclosures in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. Our assessment of the impact included an evaluation of the five-step process set forth in the new standard along with the enhancement of disclosures that will be required. We executed a plan for implementing the standard, which included identifying customer contracts within the scope of the new standard, identifying performance obligations within those customer contracts, and evaluating the impact of incremental variable consideration paid to obtain those customer contracts. We also undertook a comprehensive review of all contracts that fall under the scope of the new standard; and, as of the date of this report, we have completed our review of in-scope contracts.

Based on our analysis, the adoption of the new standard will result in changes to the classification and timing of our revenue recognition. Specifically, revenue classified as professional services and other revenue will increase and revenue classified as recurring services revenue will be reduced under the new standard, compared to current GAAP. Further, the new standard will result in changes to the timing of our revenue recognition compared to current GAAP. In compliance with the new standard, a contract asset will be reflected on the consolidated balance sheets and will be amortized over the contract period, which is generally three years. We also will have changes to the timing of certain selling, general, and administrative expenses, as the new standard requires capitalizing and amortizing certain selling expenses, such as commissions and bonuses paid to the sales force. These sales expenses will be amortized over the period of benefit, generally five years. Additionally, the adoption of the new standard will have an immaterial impact on cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2017, as a small number of customer contracts had previously been recognized under revenue guidance prior to ASC Topic 605.

In periods of revenue growth, the changes above will result in higher overall earnings before income taxes and net income when compared to current GAAP.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The following tables present the impacts that the adoption of ASC 606 would have on the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2018  
     As Reported      Under ASC 606      Impact  

Revenue:

        

Recurring services

   $ 652.5      $ 625.0      $ (27.5

Professional services and other

     93.9        115.7        21.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 746.4      $ 740.7      $ (5.7

Operating profit

   $ 52.8      $ 56.3      $ 3.5  

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2017  
     As Reported      Under ASC 606      Impact  

Revenue:

        

Recurring services

   $ 598.5      $ 573.9      $ (24.6

Professional services and other

     72.3        102.3        30.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 670.8      $ 676.2      $ 5.4  

Operating profit

   $ 33.0      $ 46.6      $ 13.6  

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases,” which created ASC Topic 842 and is intended to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and by disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. This standard requires balance sheet recognition for both finance leases and operating leases. This guidance is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. An entity will, in effect, continue to account for leases that commence before the effective date in accordance with previous GAAP unless the lease is modified, except that lessees are required to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all operating leases at each reporting date based on the present value of the remaining minimum rental payments that were tracked and disclosed under previous GAAP. Management will adopt this guidance beginning in the first quarter of 2019, and has chosen to take advantage of the additional transition method in ASU No. 2018-11 discussed below, in which a cumulative-effect adjustment will be made to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. Currently, based on management’s implementation efforts, we will recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability on the consolidated balance sheets as of January 1, 2019, in the range of $35.0 to $45.0.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, “Statement of Cash Flows—Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments,” which addresses eight specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice of certain cash receipts and cash payments. This guidance is effective for non-public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. We have chosen to early adopt this guidance as of January 1, 2018, and have applied this guidance to the presentation of our debt refinancing transactions that occurred during 2018.

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-02, “Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income,” which is in response to a narrow-scope financial reporting issue that arose because of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. The amendment in this update allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. This amendment is intended to improve the usefulness of information reported to financial statement users by requiring certain disclosures about stranded tax effects. The amendment in this update is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Management will adopt this guidance beginning in

 

F-18


Table of Contents

the first quarter of 2019. We anticipate the adoption of this guidance will not have a significant impact on our consolidated balance sheets.

In July 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-10, “Codification Improvements to Topic 842, Leases” and 2018-11, “Leases (Topic 842): Targeted Improvements.” The amendments in ASU No. 2018-10 affect narrow aspects of the guidance issued in ASU No. 2016-02. For non-early adopters, this amendment is effective under the same timelines as ASU No. 2016-02. The amendments in ASU No. 2018-11 provide entities with an additional (and optional) transition method to adopt the new lease requirements. Under the additional transition method, entities may initially apply the requirements by recognizing a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption. The amendments in this update also provide lessors with a practical alternative to separate non-lease components from the associated lease component. Under this alternative, lessors may account for those components as a single component if the non-lease components otherwise would be accounted for under the new revenue guidance (Topic 606) and certain other criteria are met. For entities that have not adopted Topic 842 before the issuance of this update, the effective date and transition requirements are the same as the effective date and transition requirements in ASU No. 2016-02. As discussed above, management has chosen to take advantage of the additional transition method created by this guidance and will record a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings in the period of adoption, which will be the first quarter of 2019.

3. Discontinued Operations

Life Works Disposition

On March 1, 2016, we entered into a strategic joint venture with WorkAngel Technology Limited (“WorkAngel”) in which we contributed our existing LifeWorks employee assistance program business to WorkAngel Organisation Limited, a newly formed English limited company. On January 20, 2017, WorkAngel Organisation Limited changed its name to LifeWorks Corporation Ltd (“LifeWorks”). We had a controlling interest in LifeWorks, including certain preferential distribution rights; therefore, LifeWorks was consolidated within our financial statements, and the other joint venture ownership interest component was presented as a noncontrolling interest. During the years ended December 31, 2018, and 2017, there were losses attributable to the noncontrolling interest of $0.5 and $1.3, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2016, there was income attributable to the noncontrolling interest of $0.1.

In the second quarter of 2018, contemporaneously with our IPO and concurrent private placement, we distributed our controlling financial interest in LifeWorks to our stockholders of record prior to the IPO on a pro rata basis in accordance with their pro rata interest in us (the “LifeWorks Disposition”).

The LifeWorks Disposition represented a strategic shift in our overall business and had a significant impact on the financial statement results. Therefore, the LifeWorks business has been presented as discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes for all periods presented. Ceridian’s net book value related to LifeWorks of $95.7 was recorded as a distribution through additional paid in capital within our consolidated balance sheet during the second quarter of 2018.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

The amounts in the table below reflect the operating results of LifeWorks reported as discontinued operations, as well as supplemental disclosures of the discontinued operations:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017      2016  

Net revenues

   $ 28.3      $ 79.9      $ 80.8  

(Loss) income from operations before income taxes

     (0.9      (0.4      7.1  

Income tax expense

     (24.9      (4.9      (11.1

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

   $ (25.8    $ (5.3    $ (4.0

Depreciation and amortization

   $ 1.4      $ 4.1      $ 4.1  

Capital expenditures

   $ —        $ 0.2      $ 0.3  

The amounts in the table below reflect the assets and liabilities reported as discontinued operations for LifeWorks:

 

     December 31,
2017
 

Assets:

  

Cash and equivalents

   $ 5.4  

Trade and other receivables, net

     13.3  

Prepaid expenses

     1.5  

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     1.8  

Other intangible assets, net

     5.9  

Goodwill

     126.3  

Other assets

     2.0  
  

 

 

 

Assets of discontinued operations

   $ 156.2  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

  

Accounts payable

   $ 4.4  

Deferred revenue

     2.8  

Employee compensation and benefits

     1.2  

Other liabilities

     10.9  
  

 

 

 

Liabilities of discontinued operations

   $ 19.3  
  

 

 

 

Sale of UK Business

On June 15, 2016, we completed the stock sale of our United Kingdom and Ireland businesses, along with the portion of our Mauritius operations that supported these businesses (the “UK Business”). We received $93.2 in connection with this transaction. Concurrent with this transaction, we entered into a strategic partnership with the acquirer, SD Worx, a leading European provider of payroll and HCM services, to deliver cloud human capital management (“HCM”) services across Europe.

This transaction represented a strategic shift in our overall business and had a significant impact on our financial statement results. Therefore, the UK Business has been presented as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes for all periods presented. The sale of the UK Business, which made up the International reporting unit, was considered a sale of a business, and as such, the entire goodwill balance assigned to the International reporting unit of $23.8 was included in the carrying amount used in determining the gain on sale of the UK Business. During the year ended December 31, 2017, there was a settlement payment made to SD Worx.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

The amounts in the table below reflect the operating results of the UK Business reported as discontinued operations, as well as supplemental disclosures of the discontinued operations:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2017              2016      

Net revenues

   $ —        $ 37.0  

Income from operations before income taxes

     —          0.5  

(Loss) gain on sale of businesses

     (1.0      5.9  

Income tax benefit

     —          0.2  

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

   $ (1.0    $ 6.6  

Depreciation and amortization

   $ —        $ 1.3  

Capital expenditures

   $ —        $ 0.7  

Sale of Divested Benefits Continuation Businesses

In the third quarter of 2013, we entered into an agreement for the sale of certain of our customer contracts for consumer-directed benefit services, including flexible spending accounts, health reimbursement accounts, health savings accounts, commuter (parking or transit) premium-only plans, and tuition reimbursement plans (collectively, the “Consumer-Directed Benefit Services”). During the third quarter of 2015, we completed two separate transactions that resulted in the sale of our benefits administration and post-employment health insurance portability compliance businesses (the “Divested Benefits Continuation Businesses”).

These three transactions represented a strategic shift in our overall business and had a significant impact on our financial statement results. Accordingly, the Divested Benefits Continuation Businesses, as well as the Consumer-Directed Benefit Services, have been presented as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes for all periods presented. The amounts in the table below reflect the operating results and gain on sale of the Divested Benefits Continuation Businesses reported as discontinued operations, as well as supplemental disclosures of the discontinued operations:

The purchase price of the Consumer-Directed Benefit Services was subject to adjustment, dependent upon which customers transitioned to the acquirer. Since a portion of the customer contracts were assigned to the acquirer on the sale date, that portion of the purchase price was recognized upon the sale date. For the remaining contracts that required transition, the purchase price was deferred and recognized as each contract transferred.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
         2017              2016      

Net revenues

   $ —        $ 4.8  

Loss from operations before income taxes

     —          (0.8

Gain on sale of businesses

     0.5        21.0  

Income tax expense

     (0.2      (10.3

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

   $ 0.3      $ 9.9  

Depreciation and amortization

   $ —        $ —    

Capital expenditures

   $ —        $ —    

For both sales of the Divested Benefits Continuation Businesses, consideration received was contingent upon the number and dollar value of successful customer transitions and was recorded when earned. Proceeds of $21.0 were received and earned based on the customers transitioned

 

F-21


Table of Contents

during the years ended December 31, 2016. The proceeds received during the year ended December 31, 2017, were for a final purchase price true-up related to one of the transactions.

The remaining liabilities related to discontinued operations for the Divested Benefits Continuation Businesses as of December 31, 2018, and 2017, were $0.2 and $0.3 of other accrued expenses.

4. Fair Value Measurements

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (an exit price). GAAP outlines a valuation framework and creates a fair value hierarchy intended to increase the consistency and comparability of fair value measurements and the related disclosures. Certain assets and liabilities must be measured at fair value, and disclosures are required for items measured at fair value.

We measure our financial instruments using inputs from the following three levels of the fair value hierarchy. The three levels are as follows:

 

   

Level 1 inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access at the measurement date.

 

   

Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (that is, interest rates, yield curves, etc.), and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means (market corroborated inputs).

 

   

Level 3 inputs include unobservable inputs that reflect our assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. These inputs are developed based on the best information available, including internal data.

Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

As of December 31, 2018, our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis were categorized as follows:

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2     Level 3  

Assets

          

Available for sale customer trust funds assets

   $ 1,719.6      $ —        $ 1,719.6 (a)    $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 1,719.6      $ —        $ 1,719.6     $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2017, our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis were categorized as follows:

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2     Level 3  

Assets

          

Available for sale customer trust funds assets

   $ 1,782.1      $ —        $ 1,782.1 (a)    $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 1,782.1      $ —        $ 1,782.1     $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)

Fair value is based on inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, other than quoted prices.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

During the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, we did not re-measure any financial assets or liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

5. Customer Trust Funds

Overview

In connection with our U.S. and Canadian payroll and tax filing services, we collect funds for payment of payroll and taxes; temporarily hold such funds in trust until payment is due; remit the funds to the clients’ employees and appropriate taxing authorities; file federal, state and local tax returns; and handle related regulatory correspondence and amendments. The assets held in trust are intended for the specific purpose of satisfying client fund obligations and therefore are not freely available for our general business use.

Our customer trust funds are held and invested with the primary objectives being to protect the principal balance and to ensure adequate liquidity to meet cash flow requirements. Accordingly, we maintain on average approximately 46% of customer trust funds in liquidity portfolios with maturities ranging from one to 120 days, consisting of high-quality bank deposits, money market mutual funds, commercial paper, or collateralized short-term investments; and we maintain on average approximately 54% of customer trust funds in fixed income portfolios with maturities ranging from 120 days to 10 years, consisting of U.S. Treasury and agency securities, Canada government and provincial securities, as well as highly rated asset-backed, mortgage-backed, municipal, corporate and bank securities. To maintain sufficient liquidity in the trust to meet payment obligations, we also have financing arrangements and may pledge fixed income securities for short-term financing.

Financial Statement Presentation

Investment income from invested customer trust funds constitutes a component of our compensation for providing services under agreements with our customers. Investment income from invested customer trust funds included in revenue amounted to $67.0, $46.5, and $39.1 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. Investment income includes interest income, realized gains and losses from sales of customer trust funds’ investments, and unrealized credit losses determined to be other-than-temporary.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

The amortized cost of customer trust funds as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, is comprised of the original cost of assets acquired. The amortized cost and fair values of investments of customer trust funds available for sale at December 31, 2018 and 2017, were as follows:

Investments of Customer Trust Funds at December 31, 2018

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross Unrealized     Fair
Value
 
     Gain      Loss  

Money market securities, investments carried at cost and other cash equivalents

   $ 872.3      $ —        $ —       $ 872.3  

Available for sale investments:

          

U.S. government and agency securities

     573.4        0.2        (11.4     562.2  

Canadian and provincial government securities

     392.5        3.4        (1.4     394.5  

Corporate debt securities

     499.5        0.5        (4.7     495.3  

Asset-backed securities

     247.1        0.2        (2.7     244.6  

Mortgage-backed securities

     8.5        —          (0.2     8.3  

Other securities

     14.8        —          (0.1     14.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale investments

     1,735.8        4.3        (20.5     1,719.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Invested customer trust funds

     2,608.1      $ 4.3      $ (20.5     2,591.9  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

Trust receivables

     11.6             11.6  
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total customer trust funds

   $ 2,619.7           $ 2,603.5  
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Investments of Customer Trust Funds at December 31, 2017

 

     Amortized
Cost
     Gross Unrealized     Fair
Value
 
     Gain      Loss  

Money market securities, investments carried at cost and other cash equivalents

   $ 2,309.3      $ —        $ —       $ 2,309.3  

Available for sale investments:

          

U.S. government and agency securities

     584.6        0.1        (7.1     577.6  

Canadian and provincial government securities

     418.2        6.6        (1.5     423.3  

Corporate debt securities

     472.3        0.8        (2.5     470.6  

Asset-backed securities

     280.8        —          (1.8     279.0  

Mortgage-backed securities

     15.0        —          (0.2     14.8  

Other securities

     17.0        —          (0.2     16.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale investments

     1,787.9        7.5        (13.3     1,782.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Invested customer trust funds

     4,097.2      $ 7.5      $ (13.3     4,091.4  
     

 

 

    

 

 

   

Trust receivables

     8.3             8.3  
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

Total customer trust funds

   $ 4,105.5           $ 4,099.7  
  

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

The following represents the gross unrealized losses and the related fair value of the investments of customer trust funds available for sale, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2018.

 

     Less than 12 months      12 months or more      Total  
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
     Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

U.S. government and agency securities

   $ (1.0   $ 100.1      $ (10.4   $ 419.1      $ (11.4   $ 519.2  

Canadian and provincial government securities

     (0.1     14.5        (1.3     130.5        (1.4     145.0  

Corporate debt securities

     (1.1     136.6        (3.6     204.6        (4.7     341.2  

Asset-backed securities

     (0.2     40.7        (2.5     169.1        (2.7     209.8  

Mortgage-backed securities

     —         —          (0.2     8.2        (0.2     8.2  

Other securities

     (a     1.7        (0.1     12.8        (0.1     14.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total available for sale investments

   $ (2.4   $ 293.6      $ (18.1   $ 944.3      $ (20.5   $ 1,237.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a)

These investments have been in an unrealized loss position; however, the amount of unrealized loss is less than $0.05.

Management does not believe that any individual unrealized loss as of December 31, 2018, represents an other-than-temporary impairment. The unrealized losses are primarily attributable to changes in interest rates and not to credit deterioration. We currently do not intend to sell or expect to be required to sell the securities before the time required to recover the amortized cost.

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities available for sale at December 31, 2018, by contractual maturity are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or to prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

     December 31, 2018  
     Cost      Fair Value  

Due in one year or less

   $ 1,139.4      $ 1,139.4  

Due in one to three years

     599.9        593.8  

Due in three to five years

     651.3        646.9  

Due after five years

     217.5        211.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Invested customer trust funds

   $ 2,608.1      $ 2,591.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

6. Trade and Other Receivables, Net

The balance in trade and other receivables, net, is comprised of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Trade receivables from customers

   $ 68.6      $ 67.2  

Interest receivable from invested customer trust funds

     0.9        1.7  

Other

     5.5        3.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross receivables

     75.0        72.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Less: reserve for sales adjustments

     (3.8      (4.7

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts

     (1.3      (1.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trade and other receivables, net

   $ 69.9      $ 66.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-25


Table of Contents

The activity related to the allowance for doubtful accounts is as follows for each of the periods:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017      2016  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1.3      $ 1.8      $ 1.1  

Provision for doubtful accounts

     0.7        0.2        1.1  

Charge-offs, net of recoveries

     (0.7      (0.7      (0.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 1.3      $ 1.3      $ 1.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

7. Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Land

   $ 7.5      $ 7.5  

Software

     225.0        197.4  

Machinery and equipment

     117.5        120.3  

Buildings and improvements

     40.5        36.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment

     390.5        361.5  

Accumulated depreciation

     (286.1      (259.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 104.4      $ 102.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Depreciation expense of property, plant, and equipment totaled $38.1, $35.3, and $34.8 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

8. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill and changes therein were as follows for the years ended December 31, 2018, and 2017:

 

Balance at December 31, 2016

   $ 1,933.1  

Translation

     27.9  
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2017

     1,961.0  

Translation

     (33.6
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

   $ 1,927.4  
  

 

 

 

Tax-deductible goodwill at December 31, 2018

   $ 10.6  

We perform an impairment assessment of our goodwill balances as of October 1 of each year. Goodwill impairment testing is performed at the reporting unit level, which is the operating segment level or one level below. After consideration of the LifeWorks Disposition, management has concluded that we have one reporting unit. Please refer to Note 3, “Discontinued Operations,” for further discussion of the LifeWorks Disposition.

We performed a qualitative impairment test as of October 1, 2018, and concluded that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of our reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets consist of the following as of December 31, 2018:

 

     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net      Estimated Life
Range (Years)
 

Customer lists and relationships

   $ 205.4      $ (190.2    $ 15.2        5-15  

Tradename

     173.5        (1.9      171.6        —    

Technology

     152.2        (151.5      0.7        3-4  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total other intangible assets

   $ 531.1      $ (343.6    $ 187.5     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

We perform an impairment assessment of our trade name intangible assets as of October 1 of each year. We performed the relief from royalty method impairment test as of October 1, 2018, and concluded that the fair value of our trade name intangible assets exceeded their respective carrying amount. We continue to evaluate the use of our trade names and branding in our sales and marketing efforts. If there is a fundamental shift in the method of our branding in the future, we will assess the impact on the carrying amount of our trade name intangible assets and to determine whether an impairment exists. If it is determined that an impairment has occurred, a non-cash expense would be recognized during the period in which the decision was made to make the fundamental shift.

Other intangible assets consist of the following as of December 31, 2017:

 

     Gross Carrying
Amount
     Accumulated
Amortization
     Net      Estimated Life
Range (Years)
 

Customer lists and relationships

   $ 210.1      $ (177.0    $ 33.1        5-15  

Tradename

     174.1        (2.1      172.0        —    

Technology

     155.6        (154.2      1.4        2-7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Total other intangible assets

   $ 539.8      $ (333.3    $ 206.5     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

Amortization expense related to definite-lived intangible assets was $18.5, $18.5, and $18.4 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. We estimate the future amortization of other intangible assets held at December 31, 2018, will be:

 

Years Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2019

   $ 15.2  

2020

     0.2  

2021

     0.2  

2022

     0.2  

2023

   $ 0.1  

 

F-27


Table of Contents

9. Debt

Overview

Set forth below is a description of certain debt facilities for which Ceridian was obligated during the periods covered by these consolidated financial statements. Our debt obligations consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Term Debt, interest rate of 5.8% and 5.1% as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively

   $ 678.3      $ 657.3  

Senior Notes, interest rate of 11.0% as of December 31, 2017

     —          475.0  

Revolving Credit Facility ($300.0 available capacity less amounts reserved for letters of credit, which were $2.7 as of December 31, 2018, and $130.0 available capacity less amounts reserved for letters of credit, which were $2.9 as of December 31, 2017)

     —          —    

Canada Line of Credit (CDN $7.0 available capacity as of December 31, 2018 and 2017; USD $5.1 as of December 31, 2018 and USD $5.6 as of December 31, 2017)

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total debt

     678.3        1,132.3  

Less unamortized discount on Term Debt

     1.7        0.9  

Less unamortized debt issuance costs on Senior Notes and Term Debt

     6.3        11.6  

Less current portion of long-term debt

     6.8        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

   $ 663.5      $ 1,119.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Principal Amounts and Maturity Dates

On November 14, 2014, the 2014 Senior Secured Credit Facility was put into place, consisting of (i) a $702.0 term loan debt facility (the “2014 Term Debt”) and (ii) a $130.0 revolving credit facility (the “2014 Revolving Credit Facility”). As of December 31, 2017, the 2014 Term Debt had a maturity date of September 2020, and the 2014 Revolving Credit Facility had a maturity date of September 2019. The 2014 Term Debt required quarterly principal payments of 0.25% of the original principal amount. Ceridian made mandatory pre-payments towards the principal balance of the 2014 Term Debt with the proceeds received from the sale of the UK Business during the years ended December 31, 2018, and 2017, of $0.3 and $25.9, respectively. These pre-payments were applied against the scheduled quarterly principal payments.

On April 30, 2018, Ceridian completed the refinancing of the remaining debt under the 2014 Senior Secured Credit Facility by entering into a new credit agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the new credit agreement, Ceridian became borrower of (i) a $680.0 term loan debt facility (the “2018 Term Debt”) and (ii) a $300.0 revolving credit facility (the “2018 Revolving Credit Facility”) (collectively, the “2018 Senior Secured Credit Facility”). The 2018 Senior Secured Credit Facility is secured by all assets of Ceridian.

In connection with the refinancing of the 2014 Senior Secured Credit Facility, we recognized a loss on debt extinguishment of $7.1 within interest expense, net on our consolidated statement of operations during the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

Interest

The effective interest rate on the 2014 Term Debt at December 31, 2017 was 5.1%. The 2014 Term Debt had an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.5%, subject to a 1.0% LIBOR floor.

The effective interest rate on the 2018 Term Debt at December 31, 2018 was 5.8%. The 2018 Term Debt is currently subject to an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.25%. In the event our corporate rating from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. is B2 or better, the interest rate is reduced to LIBOR plus 3.00%, so long as the rating is maintained.

Financing Costs and Issuance Discounts

The 2014 Term Debt had associated unamortized deferred financing costs of $5.4 at December 31, 2017 which were being amortized at the effective interest rate of 4.8%.

In connection with the refinancing of the 2014 Senior Secured Credit Facility, we capitalized $3.6 of additional financing costs and wrote off $0.5 of existing unamortized deferred financing costs, which was included in the loss on extinguishment of debt. The 2018 Term Debt had associated unamortized deferred financing costs of $8.0 at December 31, 2018, which are being amortized at an effective interest rate of 5.3%.

Collateral and Guarantees

The 2018 Senior Secured Credit Facility names Ceridian as the sole borrower and is unconditionally guaranteed by Ceridian’s domestic, wholly-owned financially material restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain customary exceptions. The 2018 Senior Secured Credit Facility is secured by a perfected first priority security interest, subject to certain exceptions (including customer trust funds), in substantially all of Ceridian’s and the subsidiary guarantors’ tangible and intangible assets. The security interest includes a pledge of the capital stock of certain of Ceridian’s direct and indirect material restricted subsidiaries.

Representations, Warranties and Covenants

The documents governing the 2018 Senior Secured Credit Facility contain certain customary representations and warranties. In addition, those documents contain customary covenants restricting Ceridian’s ability and certain of its subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things: incur additional indebtedness, issue disqualified stock and preferred stock; create liens; declare dividends; redeem capital stock; make investments; engage in a materially different line of business; engage in certain mergers, consolidations, acquisitions, asset sales or other fundamental changes; engage in certain transactions with affiliates; enter into certain restrictive agreements; make prepayments on any subordinated indebtedness; modify junior financing documentation; and make changes to our fiscal year.

The 2018 Senior Secured Credit Facility documents contain a requirement that Ceridian maintain a ratio of adjusted first lien debt to Credit Facility EBITDA below specified levels on a quarterly basis; however, such requirement is applicable only if more than 35% of the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility is drawn. As of December 31, 2018, no portion of the 2018 Revolving Credit Facility was drawn.

Events of Default

Events of default under the 2018 Senior Secured Credit Facility documents include, but are not limited to: failure to pay interest, principal and fees or other amounts when due; material breach of any

 

F-29


Table of Contents

representation or warranty; covenant defaults; cross defaults to other material indebtedness; events of bankruptcy, invalidity of security interests; a change of control; material judgments for payment of money; involuntary acceleration of any debt; and other customary events of default. There were no events of default as of December 31, 2018.

Senior Notes

General Description

On October 1, 2013, Ceridian issued the Senior Notes due 2021 in the principal amount of $475.0.

Using the net proceeds received from the IPO and concurrent private placement, we satisfied and discharged the indenture governing the Senior Notes on April 30, 2018, and the Senior Notes were redeemed on May 30, 2018. In connection with the redemption of the Senior Notes, we recognized a loss on extinguishment of debt of $18.6 within interest expense, net on our consolidated statement of operations during the year ended December 31, 2018.

Interest

The interest rate on the Senior Notes was fixed at 11.0% as of December 31, 2017.

Financing Costs and Issuance Discounts

The Senior Notes had unamortized deferred financing costs of $6.2 at December 31, 2017, which were being amortized at an effective interest rate of 11.45%. On May 30, 2018, the redemption date, the Senior Notes had unamortized deferred financing costs of $5.5, which were written off and included in the loss on extinguishment of debt.

Other Information Relating to Indebtedness

Future Payments and Maturities of Debt

The future principal payments and maturities of our indebtedness are as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2019

   $ 6.8  

2020

     6.8  

2021

     6.8  

2022

     6.8  

2023

     6.8  

Thereafter

     644.3  
  

 

 

 
   $ 678.3  
  

 

 

 

Ceridian may be required to make additional payments on the 2018 Term Debt from various sources, including proceeds of certain indebtedness which may be incurred from time to time, certain asset sales and a certain percentage of cash flow. There is an excess cash flow calculation associated with the 2018 Term Debt commencing with the year ending December 31, 2019.

Fair Value of Debt

Our debt does not trade in active markets. Based on the borrowing rates currently available to us for bank loans with similar terms and average maturities and the limited trades of our debt, the fair value of our indebtedness was estimated to be $649.5 and $1,154.1 as of December 31, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Other Debt Financing

Ceridian Canada had available at December 31, 2018, and 2017, a committed bank credit facility that provides up to CDN $7.0, for issuance of letters of credit, and it is a discretionary line at the option of the bank. The amounts of letters of credit outstanding under this facility were CDN $7.0 (USD $5.1) and CDN $7.0 (USD $5.6) at December 31, 2018, and 2017, respectively.

10. Employee Benefit Plans

Ceridian maintains numerous benefit plans for current and former employees. As of December 31, 2018, our current active benefit plans include defined contributions plans for substantially all employees. All defined benefit plans have been frozen.

Defined Contribution Plans

Ceridian maintains defined contribution plans that provide retirement benefits to substantially all of our employees. Contributions are based upon the contractual obligations of each respective plan. We recognized expense of $8.4, $7.5, and $7.0 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively, with regard to employer contributions to these plans.

Defined Benefit Plans

Ceridian maintains defined benefit pension plans covering certain of our current and former U.S. employees (the U.S. defined benefit plan and nonqualified defined benefit plan, collectively referred to as our “defined benefit plans”), as well as other postretirement benefit plans for certain U.S. retired employees that include heath care and life insurance benefits.

Pension Benefits

The largest defined benefit pension plan (the “U.S. defined benefit plan”) is a defined benefit plan for certain current and former U.S. employees that closed to new participants on January 2, 1995. In 2007, the U.S. defined benefit plan was amended (1) to exclude from further participation any participant or former participant who was not employed by the Parent or another participating employer on January 1, 2008, (2) to discontinue participant contributions, and (3) to freeze the accrual of additional benefits as of December 31, 2007. The measurement date for pension benefit plans is December 31.

Assets of the U.S. defined benefit plan are held in an irrevocable trust and do not include any Ceridian securities. Benefits under this plan are generally calculated on final or career average earnings and years of participation in the plan. Most participating employees were required to permit salary reduction contributions to the plan on their behalf by the employer as a condition of active participation. Retirees and other former employees are inactive participants in this plan and constitute approximately 99% of the plan participants. This plan is funded in accordance with funding requirements under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, based on determinations of a third-party consulting actuary. Investment of the U.S. defined benefit plan assets in Ceridian securities is prohibited by the investment policy. We made contributions amounting to $18.5 in 2018 to the U.S. defined benefit plan. The required minimum contributions to the U.S. benefit plan are expected to be $6.4 during 2019.

Ceridian also sponsors a nonqualified supplemental defined benefit plan (the “nonqualified defined benefit plan”), which is unfunded and provides benefits to selected U.S. employees in addition to the U.S. defined benefit plan. We made contributions to the nonqualified defined benefit plan amounting to $1.9 in 2018 and expect to make contributions of $1.7 during 2019.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

We account for our defined benefit plans using actuarial models . These models use an attribution approach that generally spreads the effect of individual events over the estimated life expectancy of the employees in such plans. These events include plan amendments and changes in actuarial assumptions such as the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, discount rate related to the benefit obligation, and mortality rates.

One of the principal components of the net periodic pension calculation is the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. The required use of expected long-term rate of return on plan assets may result in recognized pension income that is greater or less than the actual returns of those plan assets in any given year. Over time, however, the expected long-term returns are designed to approximate the actual long-term returns that contribute to the settlement of the liability. Differences between actual and expected returns are recognized in the net periodic pension calculation over three years. We use long-term historical actual return information, the mix of investments that comprise plan assets, and future estimates of long-term investment returns by reference to external sources to develop our expected return on plan assets.

The discount rate assumption is used to determine the benefit obligation and the interest portion of the net periodic pension cost (credit) for the following year. We utilize a full yield curve approach for our discount rate assumption by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows. As of December 31, 2018, a 25 basis point decrease in the discount rate would result in a $0.1 decrease to expense for all pension plans.

At December 31, 2017, we updated our mortality assumptions utilizing an improvement scale issued by the Society of Actuaries in October 2017, which resulted in a $6.0 reduction in the projected benefit obligation. At December 31, 2018, we updated our mortality assumptions utilizing an improvement scale issued by the Society of Actuaries in October 2018, which resulted in a $1.5 reduction in the projected benefit obligation.

The funded status of defined benefit plans represents the difference between the projected benefit obligation and the plan assets at fair value. The projected benefit obligation of defined benefit plans exceeded the fair value of plan assets by $145.8 and $154.4 at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. We are required to record the unfunded status as a liability in our consolidated balance sheets and recognize the change in the funded status in comprehensive income, net of deferred income taxes.

The projected future payments to participants from defined benefit plans are included in the table below.

 

Years Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2019

   $ 46.0  

2020

     45.0  

2021

     44.0  

2022

     42.7  

2023

     41.5  

Next five years

   $ 183.5  

 

F-32


Table of Contents

The accompanying tables reflect the combined funded status and net periodic pension cost and combined supporting assumptions for the defined benefit elements of our defined benefit plans.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018      2017  

Funded Status of Defined Benefit Retirement Plans at Measurement Date

     

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation During the Year:

     

Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year

   $ 593.0      $ 605.9  

Service cost

     —          —    

Interest cost

     16.3        17.2  

Actuarial (gain) loss

     (31.6      20.3  

Benefits paid and plan expenses

     (50.3      (50.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 527.4      $ 593.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in Fair Value of Plan Assets During the Year:

     

Plan assets at fair value at beginning of year

     438.6        416.4  

Actual return on plan assets

     (27.1      49.6  

Employer contributions

     20.4        23.0  

Benefits paid and plan expenses

     (50.3      (50.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Plan assets at fair value at end of year

     381.6        438.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded status of plans

   $ (145.8    $ (154.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Amounts recognized in Consolidated Balance Sheets

     

Current liability

   $ 8.1      $ 20.3  

Noncurrent liability

     137.7        134.1  

Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

     

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax of $91.5 and $91.5, respectively

   $ 158.6      $ 151.4  

The other comprehensive (income) loss related to pension benefit plans is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017      2016  

Net actuarial loss (gain)

   $ 21.4      $ (3.0    $ 9.5  

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     (14.2      (12.8      (12.5

Tax expense

     —          —          0.1  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

   $ 7.2      $ (15.8    $ (2.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-33


Table of Contents
     Year Ended December 31,  
       2018         2017         2016    

Assumptions Used in Calculations

      

Discount rate used to determine net benefit cost

     3.25     3.63     3.76

Expected return on plan assets

     6.30     6.30     6.30

Discount rate used to determine benefit obligations %

     3.92     3.25     3.63

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017      2016  

Net Periodic Pension Cost

        

Interest cost

   $ 16.3      $ 17.2      $ 18.2  

Actuarial loss amortization

     14.2        12.8        12.5  

Less: Expected return on plan assets

     (25.8      (26.3      (25.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic pension cost

   $ 4.7      $ 3.7      $ 5.0  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accumulated benefit obligation of defined benefit plans was $527.4 and $593.0 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

The amount in accumulated other comprehensive loss that is expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost during 2019 is a net actuarial loss of $12.7.

Our overall investment strategy for the U.S. defined benefit plan is to achieve a mix of approximately 70% of investments for long term growth, 28% for liability hedging purposes and 2% for near-term benefit payments. Target asset allocations are based upon actuarial and capital market studies performed by experienced outside consultants. The target allocations for the growth assets are 41% fixed income, 26% international equities, 23% domestic equities and 10% hedge funds. Specifically, the target allocation is managed through investments in fixed income securities, equity funds, collective investment funds, partnerships and other investment types. The underlying domestic equity securities include exposure to large/mid-cap companies and small-cap companies. Fixed income securities include corporate debt, mortgage-backed securities, U.S. Treasury and U.S. agency debt, emerging market debt and high yield debt securities. The alternative investment strategy is allocated to investments in hedge funds. The liability hedging portfolio fair value is intended to move in a direction that partially offsets the increase or decrease in the liabilities resulting from changes in interest rates. To achieve this objective, the portfolio will invest in U.S. Treasury strips and various interest rate derivatives contracts. We hire outside managers to manage all assets of the U.S. defined benefit plan.

In determining the fair values of the defined benefit plan’s assets, we calculate the fair value of certain investments using net asset value (“NAV”) per share. Collective investment funds are valued at the NAV, which is based on the readily determinable fair value of the underlying securities owned by the fund. The NAV unit price is quoted on a private market or one that is not active. Partnerships consist primarily of a bond fund partnership valued at the NAV as reported by the fund manager and an investment in a venture capital fund valued by an independent appraisal. The NAV represents the value at which the defined benefit plan initiates a transaction. These investments do not have any significant unfunded commitments, conditions or restrictions on redemption, or any other significant restriction on their sale. The hedge fund of funds investment has a quarterly redemption restriction with a 65 day notice period. Plan investments with estimated fair value using NAV were $212.6 and $280.6 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

The fair values of the defined benefit plan’s assets at December 31, 2018, by asset category are as follows:

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Investments, at fair value:

           

Short-term investments

   $ 57.9      $ 57.9      $ —        $ —    

Derivatives (a)

     —          —          —          —    

Government securities

     92.4        —          92.4        —    

Corporate debt securities

     18.7        —          18.7        —    

Collective investment funds:

           

Domestic equity (b)

     80.1        —          80.1        —    

Foreign equity (b)

     48.5        —          48.5        —    

Foreign bond (c)

     23.8        —          23.8        —    

Partnerships (d)

     32.1        —          32.1        —    

Hedge fund of funds (e)

     28.1        —          28.1        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments, at fair value

   $ 381.6      $ 57.9      $ 323.7      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair values of our defined benefit plan’s assets at December 31, 2017, by asset category are as follows:

 

     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Investments, at fair value:

           

Short-term investments

   $ 36.8      $ 36.8      $ —        $ —    

Derivatives (a)

     14.8        —          14.8        —    

Government securities

     88.1        —          88.1        —    

Corporate debt securities

     18.3        —          18.3        —    

Collective investment funds:

           

Domestic equity (b)

     144.4        —          144.4        —    

Foreign equity (b)

     57.5        —          57.5        —    

Foreign bond (c)

     41.8        —          41.8        —    

Partnerships (d)

     35.3        —          35.3        —    

Hedge fund of funds (e)

     1.6        —          1.6        —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total investments, at fair value

   $ 438.6      $ 36.8      $ 401.8      $ —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a)

Funds in this category invest in futures (2018) and interest rate swaps (2017) to reduce exposure to long-term interest rate risk and to achieve overall investment portfolio objectives. The future derivatives are marked to market and settled in cash on a daily basis.

(b)

Funds in this category invest in a diversified portfolio of domestic and/or foreign stocks to achieve a long-term rate of return.

(c)

Funds in this category invest in various types of domestic and/or foreign debt securities to achieve a long-term rate of return while preserving capital.

(d)

Funds within this category invest in a bond fund partnership which holds various types of domestic debt securities to achieve a long-term rate of return while preserving capital.

(e)

Funds within this category invest in various underlying hedge funds and are designed to provide superior risk adjusted returns as well as portfolio diversification relative to traditional asset classes.

Postretirement Benefits

Ceridian provides health care and life insurance benefits for eligible retired employees, including individuals who retired from operations we subsequently sold or discontinued. Ceridian sponsors

 

F-35


Table of Contents

several health care plans in the United States for both pre- and post-age 65 retirees. The contributions to these plans differ for various groups of retirees and future retirees. Most retirees outside of the United States are covered by governmental health care programs, and our cost is not significant. The measurement date for postretirement benefit plans is December 31.

The discount rate assumption is used to determine the benefit obligation and the interest portion of the net periodic postretirement cost (credit) for the following year. We utilize a full yield curve approach for our discount rate assumption by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows. As of December 31, 2018, a 25 basis point decrease in the discount rate would result in an immaterial impact on expense for the postretirement plan.

The accompanying tables present the amounts and changes in the aggregate benefit obligation and the components of net periodic postretirement benefit cost for U.S. plans. We fund these costs as they become due.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
     2018      2017  

Funded Status of Postretirement Health Care and Life Insurance Plans

     

Change in Benefit Obligation:

     

At beginning of year

   $ 19.6      $ 21.0  

Interest cost

     0.5        0.5  

Participant contributions

     0.5        1.1  

Actuarial gain

     (2.1      (0.7

Benefits paid

     (1.7      (2.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At end of year

   $ 16.8      $ 19.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Change in Plan Assets:

     

At beginning of year

   $ —        $ —    

Company contributions

     1.2        1.2  

Participant contributions

     0.5        1.1  

Benefits paid

     (1.7      (2.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

At end of year

     —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Funded Status

   $ (16.8    $ (19.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Amounts recognized in Consolidated Balance Sheets

     

Current liability

   $ 2.2      $ 2.4  

Noncurrent liability

     14.6        17.2  

Amounts recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

     

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax of $(9.9) and $(9.9), respectively

   $ (8.5    $ (8.9

 

F-36


Table of Contents

The other comprehensive (income) loss related to postretirement benefits is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017      2016  

Net actuarial gain

   $ (2.1    $ (0.7    $ (1.4

Amortization of net actuarial gain

     2.5        2.7        2.6  

Tax expense

     —          —          —    
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss (income), net of tax

   $ 0.4      $ 2.0      $ 1.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017      2016  

Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit

        

Service cost

   $ —        $ —        $ —    

Interest cost

     0.5        0.5        0.6  

Actuarial gain amortization

     (2.2      (2.4      (2.3

Prior service credit amortization

     (0.3      (0.3      (0.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net periodic postretirement benefit gain

   $ (2.0    $ (2.2    $ (2.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amount in accumulated other comprehensive loss that is expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic postretirement benefit cost during 2019 is a $2.6 gain, comprised of $2.3 of actuarial gain and $0.3 of prior service credit.

The assumed health care cost trend rate represents the rate at which health care costs are assumed to increase. The assumed health care cost trend rate used in measuring the benefit obligation in 2018 is 6.90% for pre-age 65 retirees and 7.70% for post-age 65 retirees. These rates are assumed to decrease gradually to the ultimate health care cost trend rate of 4.5% in 2028 for both groups. A one percent increase in this rate would increase the benefit obligation at December 31, 2018, by $0.7 and would have an immaterial impact on the interest cost for 2018. A one percent decrease in this rate would decrease the benefit obligation at December 31, 2018, by $0.6 and would have an immaterial impact on the interest cost for 2018.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2018         2017         2016    

Assumptions Used in Calculations

      

Weighted average discount rate used to determine net periodic postretirement cost (credit)

     3.01     3.26     3.38

Weighted average discount rate used to determine benefit obligation at measurement date

     3.70     3.01     3.26

The projected future postretirement benefit payments and future receipts from the federal subsidy for each of the next five years and the five-year period following are included in the table below.

 

Years Ending December 31,

   Payments      Receipts  

2019

   $ 2.2      $ 0.1  

2020

     1.9        0.1  

2021

     1.9        —    

2022

     1.8        —    

2023

     1.6        0.1  

Next five years

   $ 6.2      $ 0.1  

 

F-37


Table of Contents

11. Share-Based Compensation

Prior to November 1, 2013, Ceridian employees participated in a share-based compensation plan of the ultimate parent of Ceridian. The 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (“2007 SIP”) authorized the issuance of up to 10,540,540 shares of common stock of Parent to eligible participants through stock options and stock awards. Eligible participants in the 2007 SIP included the Parent’s directors, employees and consultants.

Effective November 1, 2013, most participants who held stock options under the 2007 SIP converted their options to a newly created option plan, the 2013 Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. Stock Incentive Plan (“2013 SIP”). A small number of participants maintained their stock options in the 2007 SIP. As of December 31, 2018, there were 5,000 stock options outstanding under the 2007 SIP.

The 2013 SIP authorized the issuance of up to 12,500,000 shares of common stock of Ceridian to eligible participants through stock options and other stock awards, which was increased to 15,000,000 on March 20, 2017, by the Board of Directors. Eligible participants in the 2013 HCM SIP include Ceridian’s directors, employees, and consultants.

As part of the 2013 SIP, the Board of Directors approved a stock appreciation rights program that authorized the issuance of up to 600,000 stock appreciation rights. The performance criteria for all stock appreciation rights was met on April 30, 2018, resulting in the vesting and cash settlement of all outstanding stock appreciation rights. We recognized $1.5 of share-based compensation expense related to the vesting of these stock appreciation rights during the year ended December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, there were no remaining outstanding stock appreciation rights.

Stock options awarded under the 2013 SIP vest either annually on a pro rata basis over a four- or five-year period or on a specific date if certain performance criteria are satisfied and certain equity values are attained. In addition, upon termination of service, all vested options must be exercised generally within 90 days after termination, or these awards will be forfeited. The stock option awards have a 10-year contractual term and have an exercise price that is not less than the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. As of December 31, 2018, there were 9,356,904 stock options and restricted stock units outstanding under the 2013 SIP. We do not intend to grant any additional awards under the 2007 SIP or the 2013 SIP following our IPO.

On April 24, 2018, in connection with the IPO, the Board of Directors approved the Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (“2018 EIP”), which authorizes the issuance of up to 13,500,000 shares of common stock to eligible participants through equity awards. Equity awards under the 2018 EIP vest annually on a pro rata basis, generally over a four-year period. In addition, upon termination of service, all vested awards must be exercised within 90 days after termination, or these awards will be forfeited. The equity awards have a 10-year contractual term and have an exercise price that is not less than the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of the grant. As of December 31, 2018, there were 5,218,315 stock options and restricted stock units outstanding and 8,281,685 shares available for future grants of equity awards under the 2018 EIP.

On November 9, 2018, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “GESPP”), which authorizes the issuance of up to 2,500,000 shares of common stock to eligible participants through purchases via payroll deductions at a discount to the fair market value of our common stock. The GESPP has a 10-year contractual term, and purchases will commence in 2019, subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders.

Share-based compensation expense was $24.7, $16.1, and $12.5 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Performance-Based Stock Options

Performance-based option activity under the 2007 SIP and the 2013 SIP for the periods presented was as follows:

 

     Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
(per share)
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions)
 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2015

     1,283,368     $ 13.46       5.2      $ —    

Granted

     —         —         —          —    

Exercised

     —         —         —          —    

Forfeited or expired

     (52,942     (13.46     —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2016

     1,230,426     $ 13.46       4.2      $ —    

Granted

     —         —         —          —    

Exercised

     (167,202 )(a)      (13.46     —          —    

Forfeited or expired

     (25,077     (13.46     —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2017

     1,038,147     $ 13.46       3.5      $ —    

Granted

     —         —         —          —    

Exercised

     (663,412     (13.46     —          —    

Forfeited or expired

     (8,358     (13.46     —          —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2018

     366,377     $ 13.50       3.1      $ 7.7  

Options exercisable at December 31, 2018

     366,377     $ 13.50       3.1      $ 7.7  

 

(a)

During the year ended December 31, 2017, certain performance-based options were modified and exercised.

The performance criteria for all outstanding performance-based stock options was met on June 7, 2018, resulting in the vesting of all outstanding performance-based stock options on this date. We recognized $4.8 of share-based compensation expense related to the vesting of these performance-based stock options during the year ended December 31, 2018. As of December 31, 2018, there was no share-based compensation expense related to unvested performance-based stock options not yet recognized.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Term-Based Stock Options

Term-based option activity, including stock options under the 2007 SIP, the 2013 SIP and the 2018 EIP, for the periods presented was as follows:

 

    Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
(per share)
    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
    Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions)
 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2015

    7,609,658     $ 16.02       7.3     $ 14.1  

Granted

    2,339,238       16.80       —         —    

Exercised

    —         —         —         —    

Forfeited or expired

    (176,626     (16.54     —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2016

    9,772,270     $ 16.20       7.1     $ 9.9  

Granted

    2,285,981       17.46       —         —    

Exercised

    (595,464     (15.14     —         —    

Forfeited or expired

    (468,606     (16.10     —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2017

    10,994,181     $ 16.52       6.9     $ 48.8  

Granted

    5,236,037       23.07       —         —    

Exercised

    (2,501,983     (15.26     —         —    

Forfeited or expired

    (178,466     (17.30     —         —    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options outstanding at December 31, 2018

    13,549,769     $ 19.28       7.5     $ 206.8  

Options exercisable at December 31, 2018

    5,731,295     $ 16.75       5.7     $ 101.7  

Other information pertaining to term-based options is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2018          2017          2016    

Weighted average grant date fair value per share

   $ 7.80      $ 5.88      $ 5.74  

The fair value of the term-based stock options was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2018         2017         2016    

Expected volatility

     25.0     30.0     30.0

Expected dividend rate

     —         —         —    

Risk-free interest rate

     2.9     2.3     1.9

For stock options granted under the 2007 SIP, we used the simplified method to estimate the expected term of the stock options. For stock options granted under the 2013 SIP and 2018 EIP, we estimated an expected term of 7.0 years, based on the vesting period and contractual life. As of December 31, 2018, there was $46.6 of share-based compensation expense related to unvested term-based awards not yet recognized, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.8 years. As of December 31, 2018, there were 5,731,295 vested term-based stock options.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

Restricted Stock Units

Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) activity, including RSUs under the 2013 SIP and the 2018 EIP, for the periods presented was as follows:

 

     Shares  

RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2015

     228,572  

Granted

     29,800  

Shares issued upon vesting of RSUs

     (76,192

Forfeited or canceled

     —    
  

 

 

 

RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2016

     182,180  

Granted

     500,000  

Shares issued upon vesting of RSUs

     (76,190

Forfeited or canceled

     —    
  

 

 

 

RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2017

     605,990  

Granted

     164,073  

Shares issued upon vesting of RSUs

     (105,990

Forfeited or canceled

     —    
  

 

 

 

RSUs outstanding at December 31, 2018

     664,073  

RSUs releasable at December 31, 2018

     125,000  

Other information pertaining to restricted stock units is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017      2016  

Weighted average grant date fair value per share

   $ 35.55      $ 17.26      $ 17.40  

During the year ended December 31, 2018, 230,990 RSUs vested, of which 105,990 shares of common stock were issued, and 125,000 RSUs remained vested and releasable. Restricted stock units generally vest annually over a three- or four-year period. As of December 31, 2018, there was $9.9 of share-based compensation expense related to unvested restricted stock units not yet recognized, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.9 years.

12. Supplementary Data to Statements of Operations

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
       2018          2017          2016    

Other (Income) Expense, Net

        

Asset impairment

   $ —        $ —        $ 10.4  

Environmental reserve

     —          —          5.9  

Foreign currency translation (income) expense

     (2.9      7.3        (3.4
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other (income) expense, net

   $ (2.9    $ 7.3      $ 12.9  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Asset Impairment

The sale of the UK Business in 2016 was considered a triggering event to test the trade name intangible asset for impairment. Given the reduction in future revenues of the UK Business previously included in the relief from royalty models used to support the trade name value, we recorded an impairment charge during the year ended December 31, 2016, of $10.2 to the trade name intangible asset. The remaining impairment amount is related to immaterial asset write-offs.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

Environmental Reserve

In September 1989, Parent’s predecessor entered into an Environmental Matters Agreement (“EMA”) with Seagate Technology plc (“Seagate”) related to groundwater contamination on a parcel of real estate sold by Parent’s predecessor to Seagate. Ceridian is now responsible for the EMA. The EMA requires expense sharing between Ceridian and Seagate for the remediation of groundwater contamination up to a certain limit. Based on additional information obtained with respect to more stringent remediation requirements, we updated our estimate of the potential liability related to the EMA, resulting in an increase to the environmental reserve of $5.9 during the year ended December 31, 2016, which represented the limit under the EMA. Please refer to Note 15, “Commitments and Contingencies,” for further discussion of our environmental liabilities.

Foreign Currency Translation (Income) Expense

We had foreign currency translation income of $2.9 for the year ended December 31, 2018. The foreign currency translation income for the year ended December 31, 2018, was primarily related to foreign currency remeasurement gains resulting from an intercompany payable of a U.S. operating subsidiary which is repaid in Canadian dollars. This intercompany payable was repaid in the second quarter of 2018.

We incurred foreign currency translation expense of $7.3 for the year ended December 31, 2017. The foreign currency translation expense for the year ended December 31, 2017, was primarily related to foreign currency remeasurement losses resulting from an intercompany payable of a U.S. operating subsidiary which is repaid in Canadian dollars.

We had foreign currency translation income of $3.4 for the year ended December 31, 2016. The foreign currency translation income for the year ended December 31, 2016, was primarily related to foreign currency remeasurement gains on intercompany receivables and payables between international subsidiaries that were settled in early 2017.

13. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) were as follows:

 

    Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
    Unrealized Gain
(Loss) from
Invested
Customer Trust
Funds
    Pension
Liability
Adjustment
    Total  

Balance as of December 31, 2016

  $ (199.9   $ 4.7     $ (156.3   $ (351.5

Other comprehensive income (loss) before income taxes and reclassifications

    39.3       (17.3     3.7       25.7  

Income tax benefit

    —         3.6       —         3.6  

Reclassifications to earnings

    —         —         10.1       10.1  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Ceridian

    39.3       (13.7     13.8       39.4  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2017

    (160.6     (9.0     (142.5     (312.1

Other comprehensive loss before income taxes and reclassifications

    (47.4     (10.5     (19.3     (77.2

Income tax benefit

    —         1.2       —         1.2  

Reclassifications to earnings

    —         —         11.7       11.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income attributable to Ceridian

    (47.4     (9.3     (7.6     (64.3

LifeWorks Disposition

    0.7       —         —         0.7  
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

  $ (207.3   $ (18.3   $ (150.1   $ (375.7
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

14. Income Taxes

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017      2016  

Components of Earnings and Taxes from Operations

        

(Loss) Income Before Income Taxes:

        

U.S.

   $ (73.2    $ (83.4    $ (163.4

International

     42.8        29.3        64.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (30.4    $ (54.1    $ (98.6
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income Tax Expense (Benefit):

        

Current:

        

U.S.

   $ 3.8      $ (0.3    $ (0.4

State and local

     0.3        0.1        0.2  

International

     20.4        12.9        15.2  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current income tax expense

     24.5        12.7        15.0  

Deferred:

        

U.S.

     (14.4      (60.3      (15.7

State and local

     (2.2      0.8        (0.1

International

     (0.2      (2.8      7.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred income tax (benefit) expense

     (16.8      (62.3      (8.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense (benefit)

   $ 7.7      $ (49.6    $ 6.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2017     2016  

Effective Rate Reconciliation

      

U.S. statutory rate %

     (21.0 )%      (35.0 )%      (35.0 )% 

Change in valuation allowance

     10.5       (116.9     (5.4

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (27.9     (5.2     (1.2

Share-based compensation

     (8.8     8.3       2.6  

International tax rate differential

     11.5       (6.7     (6.4

Foreign dividend income

     17.8       48.1       1.0  

Foreign capital gain income

     6.3       —         —    

Unremitted foreign earnings

     3.6       (35.6     22.0  

Global intangible low-taxed income

     20.4       —         —    

Base erosion tax

     12.5       —         —    

Reserve for tax contingencies

     0.3       —         (0.2

Expiration of un-utilized tax credits

     —         1.5       —    

Unrealized gain on investments

     —         —         30.7  

Change in tax rate

     (5.2     52.4       —    

Other

     5.3       (2.6     (1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax provision %

     25.3     (91.7 )%      6.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our income tax provision represents federal, state, and international taxes on our income recognized for financial statement purposes and includes the effects of temporary differences between financial statement income and income recognized for tax return purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the tax basis of assets and liabilities as adjusted for the expected benefits of utilizing net operating loss carryforwards. We record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to reflect the net deferred tax assets that we believe will be realized. In assessing the likelihood that we will be able to

 

F-43


Table of Contents

recover our deferred tax assets and the need for a valuation allowance, we consider all available evidence, both positive and negative, including historical levels of pre-tax book income, expiration of net operating losses, expectations and risks associated with estimates of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies, as well as current tax laws. As of December 31, 2018, and December 31, 2017, we continue to record a full valuation allowance against our domestic deferred tax assets that are not offset by the reversal of deferred tax liabilities. In the future, if it is determined that we no longer have a requirement to record a valuation allowance against all or a portion of our deferred tax assets, the release of the valuation allowance would have a positive impact on our income tax provision.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cut and Jobs Act legislation (the “Tax Act”) was signed into law. The Tax Act made broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code including: (a) lower U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, (b) accelerated expensing of qualified capital investments for a specific period, and (c) a transition from a worldwide tax system to a territorial tax system.

ASC 740, Income Taxes, requires a company to record the effects of a tax law change in the period of enactment; however, shortly after enactment of the Tax Act, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 118, which allows a company to record a provisional amount when it does not have the necessary information available to complete its accounting for the change in the tax law. The FASB subsequently issued ASU No. 2018-05 to codify SAB 118 by amending ASC 740. ASU No. 2018-05 continues to allow a company to record a provisional amount when it does not have the necessary information available, prepared, or analyzed in reasonable detail to complete its accounting for the change in the tax law. The measurement period ends when the company has obtained, prepared, and analyzed the information necessary to finalize its accounting, but cannot extend beyond one year.

We have completed our analysis of the income tax effects of the Tax Act. In January and April of 2018, the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) issued guidance that provided additional clarification on certain aspects of the transition tax calculation. The application of the additional IRS guidance resulted in a $16.2 increase in includible untaxed foreign earnings, which resulted in a $5.7 increase in tax expense. This increase was offset by the tax benefit of the utilization of $16.2 of net operating loss carryover. The overall impact to tax expense in the year ended December 31, 2018, was zero.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Other provisions introduced by the Tax Act that had a significant impact on our current year tax provision were the provisions introducing the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) and the Base Erosion and Anti-Abuse Tax (“BEAT”). The GILTI resulted in an increase of $29.7 in taxable income, which resulted in a $6.6 increase in tax expense. This tax increase was offset by the tax benefit of the utilization of $29.7 of net operating loss carryover. The BEAT resulted in an increase of $3.8 in tax expense in the year ended December 31, 2018.    

 

     December 31,  
   2018      2017  

Tax Effect of Items That Comprise a Significant Portion of the Net Deferred Tax Asset and Deferred Tax Liability

     

Deferred Tax Asset:

     

Employment related accruals

   $ 51.2      $ 51.0  

Foreign tax credit carryover and other credit carryovers

     0.3        0.2  

Net operating loss carryforwards

     78.2        100.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total gross deferred tax asset

     129.7        151.5  

Valuation allowance

     (93.3      (90.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax asset

   $ 36.4      $ 60.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred Tax Liability:

     

Intangibles

   $ (62.1    $ (65.7

Unremitted foreign earnings

     —          —    

Unrealized gain on investment

     —          (22.2

Other

     (5.8      (5.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liability

     (67.9      (92.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (31.5    $ (32.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2017  

Net Deferred Tax by Geography

     

U.S.

   $ (19.8    $ (18.4

International

     (11.7      (13.7
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (31.5    $ (32.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2018, we had federal, state, and foreign net operating loss carryovers, which will reduce future taxable income when utilized. Approximately $47.2 in net federal tax benefit is available from the loss carryovers and an additional $0.3 is available in federal tax credit carryovers. The state loss carryovers will result in state tax benefit of approximately $31.0 when utilized. The federal net operating loss tax benefit will begin to expire in 2031, and state net operating loss carryovers will begin to expire in 2019. The federal credit carryovers are composed of foreign tax credits, which will begin to expire in 2019; research credits, which will begin to expire in 2027; and alternative minimum tax credits, which have no expiration date.

As of December 31, 2018, we carried a full valuation allowance against our domestic net deferred tax asset (“DTA”) position after excluding a portion of the deferred tax liability for long-lived, non-amortizable taxable temporary differences. We periodically re-assess the likelihood that DTA reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements will be recovered from future taxable income.

We have re-evaluated the likelihood of recovering our net DTA, and we have determined that it is still more likely than not that the tax benefit associated with a portion of the DTA will not be realized.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

We assessed the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing net DTAs not already identified as requiring a valuation allowance. The cumulative loss incurred over the three-year period ended December 31, 2018, is a significant piece of objective negative evidence. Such objective evidence limits the ability to consider other subjective evidence, such as our projections for positive future growth. As of December 31, 2018, we had a total valuation allowance of $93.3. The amount of the DTA considered realizable could be adjusted in the future if objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present, and additional weight may be given to subjective evidence, such as our projections for growth.

We file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states and foreign jurisdictions. With a few exceptions, we are no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2014.

The following table summarizes the activity for unrecognized tax benefits:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
 
       2018          2017    

Federal, State and Foreign Tax

     

Beginning unrecognized tax balance

   $ 1.5      $ 1.4  

Increase prior period positions

     0.1        0.2  

Increase current period positions

     0.2        0.1  

Decrease prior period positions

     (0.1      —    

Decrease current period positions

     (0.3      —    

Statutes expiring

     (0.1      (0.2
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ending unrecognized tax benefits

   $ 1.3      $ 1.5  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2018, was $1.3 including $0.2 of accrued interest and penalty. Of the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits, $1.3 represents the amount that, if recognized, would impact our effective income tax rate as of December 31, 2018. It is expected that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will change in the next 12 months; however, we cannot reasonably estimate the amount of the change. We do not expect the change to have a significant impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

The Tax Act imposed a mandatory transition tax on the unremitted earnings of our international subsidiaries and generally eliminated US taxes on foreign subsidiary distributions for years beginning after December 31, 2017. As of December 31, 2018, we have $298.5 of unremitted foreign earnings. We consider $174.6 of the unremitted earnings to be indefinitely reinvested. For the portion of the unremitted earnings not considered indefinitely reinvested, $123.9, we have provided a deferred tax liability of $6.2, which represents the expected withholding tax cost of repatriating such earnings. In the event the portion of the unremitted earnings considered to be indefinitely reinvested were repatriated, we would incur a withholding tax expense of approximately $8.7.

15. Commitments and Contingencies

Leasing

We conduct substantially all of our operations in leased facilities. Most of our leases contain renewal options and require payments for taxes, insurance and maintenance. We recognize rent holidays, including the time period during which we have access to the property for construction of improvements, construction allowances and escalating rent provisions on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Substantially all of our leasing arrangements for equipment and facilities are operating leases and the rental payments under these leases are charged to operations as incurred. The amounts in the accompanying tables do not include capital lease obligations recorded as liabilities.

Our rental expense and sublease income were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017      2016  

Rental Expense, Net

        

Rental expense

   $ 17.6      $ 17.0      $ 16.8  

Sublease rental income

     (4.9      (4.2      (3.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net rental expense

   $ 12.7      $ 12.8      $ 13.3  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Our future minimum noncancellable lease payments on existing operating leases at December 31, 2018, which have an initial term of more than one year, are as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31,

   Amount  

2019

   $ 13.6  

2020

     11.8  

2021

     7.7  

2022

     7.4  

2023

     6.2  

Thereafter

     9.4  
  

 

 

 

Total (a)

   $ 56.1  
  

 

 

 

 

(a)

Minimum payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $13.1 due in the future under noncancellable subleases.

Environmental Matters

We accrue for losses associated with environmental remediation obligations when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable. Accruals for estimated losses from environmental remediation obligations generally are recognized no later than completion of the remedial feasibility study. Such accruals are adjusted as further information develops or circumstances change. Costs of future expenditures for environmental remediation obligations are not discounted to their present value.

In February 1988, Parent’s predecessor entered into an arrangement with Northern Engraving Corporation (“NEC”) and the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (“MPCA”) in relation to groundwater contamination on a parcel of real estate sold by Parent’s predecessor to NEC. Ceridian is now responsible for the arrangement with NEC and the MPCA. The arrangement requires expense sharing between Ceridian and NEC for the remediation of groundwater contamination.

In September 1989, Parent’s predecessor entered into an EMA with Seagate related to groundwater contamination on a parcel of real estate sold by Parent’s predecessor to Seagate. Ceridian is now responsible for the EMA. The EMA requires expense sharing between Ceridian and Seagate for the remediation of groundwater contamination up to a certain limit. Based on additional information obtained with respect to more stringent remediation requirements, we updated our estimate of the potential liability related to the EMA, resulting in an increase to the environmental reserve of $5.9 for the year ended December 31, 2016, which represented the limit under the EMA.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

We have recognized an undiscounted liability of approximately $5.2 and $5.4 as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, in our consolidated balance sheets to comply with the NEC arrangement and EMA described above. The ultimate cost, however, will depend on the extent of continued monitoring activities as these projects progress. Please refer to Note 12, “Supplementary Data to Statements of Operations,” for further discussion of changes in the liability during the year ended December 31, 2016.

Legal Matters

We are subject to claims and a number of judicial and administrative proceedings considered normal in the course of our current and past operations, including employment-related disputes, contract disputes, disputes with our competitors, intellectual property disputes, government audits and proceedings, customer disputes, and tort claims. In some proceedings, the claimant seeks damages as well as other relief, which, if granted, would require substantial expenditures on our part.

Our general terms and conditions in customer contracts frequently include a provision indicating we will indemnify and hold our customers harmless from and against any and all claims alleging that the services and materials furnished by us violate any third party’s patent, trade secret, copyright or other intellectual property right. We are not aware of any material pending litigation concerning these indemnifications.

Some of these matters raise difficult and complex factual and legal issues and are subject to many uncertainties, including the facts and circumstances of each particular action, and the jurisdiction, forum, and law under which each action is proceeding. Because of these complexities, final disposition of some of these proceedings may not occur for several years. As such, we are not always able to estimate the amount of our possible future liabilities, if any.

There can be no certainty that we may not ultimately incur charges in excess of presently established or future financial accruals or insurance coverage. Although occasional adverse decisions or settlements may occur, it is management’s opinion that the final disposition of these proceedings will not, considering the merits of the claims and available resources or reserves and insurance, and based upon the facts and circumstances currently known, have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operations.

16. Related Party Transactions

Management Agreements

Prior to our IPO, Ceridian was party to management agreements with affiliates of our Sponsors, Fidelity National Financial, Inc. (“FNF”) and THL Managers VI, LLC (“THLM”). FNF assigned its management agreement to Cannae in November 2017. Pursuant to these management agreements, Cannae and THLM each, respectively, agreed to provide the Company with financial advisory, strategic, and general oversight services. These management agreements provided that we pay annual management fees to each of Cannae and THLM in an amount equal to the greater of (a) $0.9, or (b) 0.5 percent of Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA, for purposes of the management agreements, is EBITDA as defined in the 2014 Senior Secured Credit Facility, further adjusted to exclude the payments made pursuant to the management agreements and certain stock options or other equity compensation.

In April 2018, the management agreements terminated upon consummation of our IPO. Upon termination, the management agreements provided that we pay a termination fee equal to the net present value of the management fee for a seven-year period, which was $11.3.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

We recorded a management fee expense in selling, general, and administrative expense of $12.0, $1.9, and $5.0 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively, related to these management agreements. The expense for the year ended December 31, 2016, included transaction advisory fees of $3.0 related to the issuance of the senior convertible participating preferred stock. Please refer to Note 18, “Capital Stock,” for further discussion of this transaction.

Indebtedness

Prior to its split-off from FNF, Cannae was an affiliate of FNF. FNF and its subsidiaries owned $24.0 of the Senior Notes as of December 31, 2017, and 2016, respectively. Based on this ownership, $1.3, $3.2, and $3.2 in interest payments were made to affiliates of Cannae during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively. The affiliates of Cannae conducted the debt transactions through third parties in the ordinary course of their business and not directly with us. Following Cannae’s split-off from FNF, FNF retained ownership of the Senior Notes.

Service and Vendor Related Agreements

Ceridian is a party to a service agreement with CompuCom Systems, Inc. (“CompuCom”), an investment portfolio company of THL Partners. Pursuant to the service agreement, CompuCom agrees to provide us with service desk and desk side support services. Pursuant to this arrangement, we made payments to CompuCom totaling $1.8, $3.1, and $5.0 during the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

Other Transactions

On July 23, 2018, Ronald F. Clarke was appointed to our Board of Directors. Mr. Clarke has been the chief executive officer of FleetCor Technologies Inc. (“FleetCor Technologies”) since August 2000 and its chairman of the board of directors since March 2003. We provide services to FleetCor Technologies or one of its wholly owned affiliates through certain commercial arrangements entered into in the ordinary course of business, which include provision of Dayforce HCM services, reseller or referral arrangements whereby we resell or refer FleetCor Technologies services to its customers, and other administrative services. For these services, we have recorded revenue of $2.3 and $2.9 for the years ended December 31, 2018, and 2017, respectively. We are also a corporate charge card customer of FleetCor Technologies. FleetCor Technologies receives a fee from the merchants from whom purchases are made on the FleetCor Technologies corporate charge card by us. In connection with charge card purchases made by us, FleetCor Technologies has provided us with rebates of approximately $0.2 for year ended December 31, 2017.

We provide Dayforce and related services to The Stronach Group, for which we recorded revenue of $0.3 and $0.2 for the years ended December 31, 2018, and 2016, respectively. Alon Ossip, the brother of David Ossip, was the chief executive officer, and is currently a minority shareholder, of The Stronach Group.

We provide payroll-related tax filing services to FNF for which we recorded revenue of $0.4, $0.5, and $0.3 for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, respectively.

We provide Dayforce and related services to certain investment portfolio companies of THLM and Cannae. We recorded revenue of $1.8 million from American Blue Ribbon Holdings, LLC; $0.5 million from Essex Bargain Hunt Superstores; $0.5 million from Guaranteed Rate; $0.3 million from Phillips Feed Services; and $0.3 million from System One Holdings LLC for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

17. Segments and Financial Data by Solution and Geographic Area

Segments

After consideration of the LifeWorks Disposition, management has concluded that we have one operating and reportable segment. This conclusion aligns with how management monitors operating performance, allocates resources, and deploys capital. Please refer to Note 3, “Discontinued Operations,” for further discussion of the LifeWorks Disposition.

Our Solutions

We categorize our solutions into two categories: Cloud and Bureau offerings.

 

   

Cloud revenue is generated from HCM solutions that are delivered via two cloud offerings: Dayforce and Powerpay. The Dayforce offering is differentiated from our market competition as being a single application that offers a comprehensive range of functionality, including global HR, payroll, benefits, workforce management, and talent management on web and native iOS and Android platforms. Dayforce provides continuous real-time calculations across all modules to enable, for example, payroll administrators access to data through the entire pay period, and managers access to real-time data to optimize work schedules. Dayforce revenue is primarily generated from monthly recurring fees charged on a PEPM basis, generally one-month in advance of service. We also provide outsourced human resource solutions to certain of our Dayforce customers, which are tailored to meet their individual needs, and entail performing the duties of a customer’s human resources department, including payroll processing, time and labor management, performance management, and recruiting, as needed. Also included within Dayforce revenue is implementation, staging, and other professional services revenue; revenues from the sale, rental, and maintenance of time clocks; and billable travel expenses. The Powerpay offering is our solution designed primarily for small market Canadian customers. The typical Powerpay customer has fewer than 20 employees, and the majority of the revenue is generated from recurring fees charged on a per-employee, per-process basis. Typical processes include the customer’s payroll runs, year-end tax packages, and delivery of customers’ remittance advices or checks. In addition to the direct revenue earned from the Dayforce and Powerpay offerings, Cloud revenue also includes investment income generated from holding Cloud customer funds in trust before funds are remitted to taxing authorities, Cloud customer employees, or other third parties; and revenue from the sale of third party services.

 

   

Bureau revenue is generated primarily from HCM solutions delivered via a service-bureau model. These solutions are delivered via three primary service lines: payroll, payroll-related tax filing services, and outsourced human resource solutions. Revenue from payroll services is generated from recurring fees charged on a per-process basis. Typical processes include the customer’s payroll runs, year-end tax packages, and delivery of customers’ remittance advices or checks. In addition to customers who use our payroll services, certain customers use our tax filing services on a stand-alone basis. Our outsourced human resource solutions are tailored to meet the needs of individual customers, and entail our contracting to perform many of the duties of a customer’s human resources department, including payroll processing, time and labor management, performance management, and recruiting. We also perform individual services for customers, such as check printing, wage attachment and disbursement, and Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) management. Additional items included in Bureau revenue are custom professional services revenue; investment income generated from holding Bureau customer funds in trust before funds are remitted to taxing authorities, Bureau customer employees, or other third parties; consulting services related to Bureau offerings; and revenue from the sale of third party services.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Revenue by solution is as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017      2016  

Cloud

   $ 534.3      $ 404.3      $ 297.8  

Bureau

     212.1        266.5        325.6  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 746.4      $ 670.8      $ 623.4  

Geographic and Customer Information

No single customer accounts for 1% or more of our consolidated revenue for any of the periods presented.

Revenue by country is as follows. The country in which the revenue is recorded is determined by the legal entity with which the customer has contracted.    

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017      2016  

United States

   $ 518.5      $ 465.2      $ 432.7  

Canada

     224.7        203.4        189.0  

Other

     3.2        2.2        1.7  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 746.4      $ 670.8      $ 623.4  

Long-lived assets by country is as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2018      2017  

United States

   $ 1,778.7      $ 1,786.1  

Canada

     438.1        480.6  

Other

     2.5        2.8  
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-lived assets

   $ 2,219.3      $ 2,269.5  

18. Capital Stock

As of October 1, 2013, Ceridian was authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share and 70,000,000 shares of junior convertible participating preferred stock (“Junior Preferred Stock”) with a par value of $0.01 per share. On March 30, 2016, the Board of Directors increased the number of authorized shares of common stock to 150,000,000 and authorized 70,000,000 shares of senior convertible participating preferred stock (“Senior Preferred Stock”) with a par value of $0.01 per share. In April 2018, the Board of Directors increased the number of authorized shares of common stock to 500,000,000 and decreased the number of authorized shares of preferred stock to 10,000,000.

On March 30, 2016, we entered into an equity financing transaction with Ceridian Holding II. Ceridian Holding II raised $150.2 from our Sponsors, certain of their co-investors, and certain other existing stockholders of Ceridian Holding. Of such amount, $75.0 was contributed by Ceridian Holding II to Ceridian on March 30, 2016. The remaining $75.2 was committed to be funded to Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. within the following three years, and was recorded within equity as a receivable from stockholder. During the second quarter of 2017, the board of directors of Ceridian Holding II approved the funding of the remaining $75.2, which was transferred to Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. on June 28, 2017.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

In connection therewith, Ceridian issued $150.2 of the Senior Preferred Stock to Ceridian Holding II. The Senior Preferred Stock was senior in priority to all outstanding equity securities of Ceridian and had the rights to be converted to common stock at the option of the stockholder for a number of shares based on the conversion price. The initial conversion price was equal to the original issuance price and was subject to adjustment for certain events of dilution, including common stock dividends, stock splits, mergers and reorganizations, and the initial public offering price upon such event. In the event of an initial public offering, the Senior Preferred Stock would be automatically converted to common stock. The Senior Preferred Stock received a 12.5% annual dividend (not cash paying). In the event of liquidation, the Senior Preferred Stock had a liquidation preference equal to 1.5 times the initial face amount plus any accrued but unpaid dividends.

The Junior Preferred Stock provided holders with the equivalent number of votes on an “as converted” basis. The Junior Preferred Stock had the rights to be converted to common stock at the option of the holder for a number of shares based on the conversion price. The initial conversion price was equal to the original issuance price adjusted for certain events of dilution other than shares issued to employees and directors pursuant to the 2013 SIP and certain other instances of issuances of shares of common stock. In the event of an initial public offering, the Junior Preferred Stock would be automatically converted to common stock. In the event of liquidation, Junior Preferred Stock received the greater of up to $13.50 per share of preferred stock (adjusted for dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization with respect to the convertible participating preferred stock) or a pro rata price per share of all common stock if converted in a liquidation event, subject to the total amount of net assets available in liquidation.

On April 30, 2018, we completed our IPO, in which we issued a total of 24,150,000 shares of common stock at a public offering price of $22.00. Concurrently with our IPO, we issued an additional 4,545,455 shares of our common stock in a private placement at $22.00 per share. Concurrent with the IPO and private placement, all outstanding Junior and Senior Preferred Stock were automatically converted into common shares pursuant to their terms.

As of December 31, 2018, there were 139,453,710 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. As of December 31, 2017, there were 65,285,962 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, 16,802,144 shares of Senior Preferred Stock issued and outstanding, and 58,244,308 shares of Junior Preferred Stock issued and outstanding.

Holders of our common stock are entitled to the rights set forth as follows. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes entitled to be cast except as set forth below with respect to directors to be elected by the holders of common stock. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights. Except as otherwise provided in our third amended and restated certificate of incorporation or as required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders other than matters relating to the elections and removal of directors must be approved by a majority of the shares present in person or by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter or by a written resolution of the stockholders representing the number of affirmative votes required for such matter at a meeting.

Our stockholders have no preemptive or other rights to subscribe for additional shares. All holders of our common stock are entitled to share equally on a share-for-share basis in any assets available for distribution to common stockholders upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up. All outstanding shares are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

19. Net Loss per Share

We compute net loss per share of common stock using the treasury stock method.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss attributable to Ceridian available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.

For the calculation of diluted net loss per share, net loss per share is adjusted by the effect of dilutive securities, including awards under our share-based compensation plans. Diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing the resulting net loss attributable to Ceridian available to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of fully diluted common shares outstanding. In the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, and 2016, our potential dilutive shares, such as stock options, RSUs, and shares of senior and junior convertible preferred stock were not included in the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect of including these shares in the calculation would have been anti-dilutive.

The numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted net loss per share computations are calculated as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018     2017     2016  

Numerator:

      

Net loss attributable to Ceridian

   $ (63.4   $ (9.2   $ (92.9

Less: (Loss) income from discontinued operations

     (25.8     (6.0     12.5  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations attributable to Ceridian

     (37.6     (3.2     (105.4

Less: Senior Preferred Stock dividends declared

     7.7       20.5       14.1  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations attributable to Ceridian available to common stockholders

   $ (45.3   $ (23.7   $ (119.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

      

Weighted-average shares outstanding—basic

     114,049,682       65,204,960       64,988,338  

Weighted-average shares outstanding—diluted

     114,049,682       65,204,960       64,988,338  

Net loss per share from continuing operations attributable to Ceridian—basic and diluted

   $ (0.40   $ (0.36   $ (1.84
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share from discontinued operations—basic and diluted

   $ (0.22   $ (0.10   $ 0.19  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to Ceridian—basic and diluted

   $ (0.62   $ (0.46   $ (1.65
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following potentially dilutive shares were excluded from the calculation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  
     2018      2017      2016  

Senior convertible preferred stock

     5,523,993        16,802,144        12,601,608  

Junior convertible preferred stock

     19,148,814        58,244,308        58,244,308  

Stock options

     14,227,487        10,201,105        8,423,124  

RSUs

     587,283        451,190        155,692  

 

F-53


Table of Contents

 

 

11,000,000 Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

Prospectus

 

 

Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC

J.P. Morgan

Credit Suisse

Deutsche Bank Securities

Barclays

Citigroup

Jefferies

Piper Jaffray

Wells Fargo Securities

Baird

CIBC Capital Markets

William Blair

Canaccord Genuity

Needham & Company

MUFG

                    , 2019

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II—INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, paid or payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the listing fees for the NYSE and TSX.

 

     Amount Paid
or to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

   $ 73,761  

FINRA filing fee

     91,139  

Blue sky fee

     5,000  

Printing fee

     190,000  

Legal fee

     275,000  

Accounting fee

     100,000  

Transfer agent fee

     10,200  

Miscellaneous fee

     4,900  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 750,000  
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Officers and Directors.

The Registrant is governed by the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL. Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person was or is an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such officer, director, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the corporation’s best interest and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or contemplated action or suit by or in the right of such corporation, under the same conditions, except that such indemnification is limited to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person, and except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if such person is adjudged to be liable to such corporation. Where an officer or director of a corporation is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to above, or any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation must indemnify that person against the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) which such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith.

The Registrant’s amended and restated bylaws will authorize the indemnification of its officers and directors, consistent with Section 145 of the DGCL, as amended. The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors. These agreements, among other things, will require the Registrant to indemnify each director to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law, including indemnification of expenses such as attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by the director in any action or proceeding, including any action or proceeding by or in right of the Registrant, arising out of the person’s services as a director.

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL, which enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends of unlawful stock purchase or redemptions or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

The Registrant expects to maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (i) to its directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (ii) to the Registrant with respect to indemnification payments that it may make to such directors and officers.

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification to the Registrant’s directors and officers by the underwriters against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by the Registrant in transactions that were exempt from the requirements of the Securities Act in the last three years :

 

   

On April 30, 2018, the Registrant sold 4,545,455 shares of common stock in a private placement to THL / Cannae Investors LLC, a price of $22.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $100,000,000.

 

   

From January 1, 2016 to March 2, 2018, the Registrant granted options to 374 employees to purchase an aggregate of 4,800,220 shares of its common stock under the 2013 Plan with exercise prices ranging from $16.58 to $20.96 per share.

 

   

From January 1, 2016 to March 9, 2018, the Registrant granted an aggregate of 529,800 restricted stock units to two employees under the 2013 Plan at prices ranging from $16.58 to $17.20 per share.

 

   

From January 1, 2016 to March 30, 2018, the Registrant issued 37,484 shares of its common stock to a total of 39 employees or former employees upon the exercise of options previously granted under the 2013 Plan at strike prices ranging from $13.46 to $17.90 per share.

 

   

From January 1, 2016 to March 9, 2018, the Registrant issued 228,572 shares of its common stock to two employees upon the vesting of restricted stock units granted under the 2013 Plan with a fair market value of $17.20 to $20.96 per share.

 

   

In March, 2016, the Registrant sold 16,802,143.963 shares of its senior preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, to Ceridian Holding II LLC at a price of $8.94 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $150,211,167. In connection therewith, Ceridian Holding II LLC sold 16,802,143.963 shares of its common stock to its Sponsors, certain of their co-investors, and certain other existing stockholders of Ceridian Holding LLC. Further, for each two shares of common stock of Ceridian Holding II LLC purchased by members of management, such individual received an option to acquire one share of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, under the 2013 Plan.

 

   

In April, 2017, the Registrant sold 183,425 shares of common stock to 40 members of management at a price of $17.20 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $3,155,080. In connection therewith, for each share of common stock purchased, such individual also received an option to acquire two shares of common stock under the 2013 Plan.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

The shares of common stock in all of the transactions listed above were issued or will be issued in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as the sale of such securities did not or will not involve a public offering. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to information about the Registrant.

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits:

 

Exhibit
No.
  

Description

  1.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Quarterly Report filed on Form 10-Q by the Company on May 24, 2018).
  3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Quarterly Report filed on Form 10-Q by the Company on May 24, 2018).
  4.1    Certificate of Common Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Quarterly Report filed on Form 10-Q by the Company on May  24, 2018).
  4.2    Registration Rights Agreement, dated April 30, 2018, by and among Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Quarterly Report filed on Form 10-Q by the Company on May 24, 2018).
  5.1    Opinion of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP.
10.1    Senior Secured Credit Agreement, dated April 30, 2018, between Ceridian HCM Holding Inc., as borrowers, the lenders party thereto, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch (as administrative agent and collateral agent) and Deutsche Bank AG Canadian branch (as Canadian subagent) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report filed on Form 10-Q by the Company on August 9, 2018).
10.2    Employment Agreement, dated April  2, 2012, by and between Ceridian Dayforce Corporation and David D. Ossip (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration on Form S-1 filed by the Company on March 26, 2018).
10.3    Amended and Restated Restrictive Covenant Agreement, effective as of March  20, 2017, by and among Ceridian Holding LLC, Ceridian LLC, Ceridian Canada Ltd., Ceridian Dayforce Corporation and David D. Ossip (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registration on Form S-1 filed by the Company on March  26, 2018).
10.4    Employment Agreement, dated August 7, 2018, between Ceridian Canada Ltd. and Leagh  E. Turner (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration on Form S-1 filed by the Company on November 9, 2018).
10.5    Employment Agreement, dated April  20, 2016, by and between Ceridian Canada Ltd. and Paul D. Elliott (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registration on Form S-1 filed by the Company on March 26, 2018).
10.6    Employment Agreement, dated September  14, 2016, by and between Ceridian Canada Ltd. and Arthur Gitajn (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registration on Form S-1 filed by the Company on March 26, 2018).

 

II-3


Table of Contents
Exhibit
No.
  

Description

10.7    Employment Agreement, dated April  3, 2012, by and between Ceridian Dayforce Corporation and Ozzie J. Goldschmied (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration on Form S-1 filed by the Company on March 26, 2018).
10.8    Employment Agreement, dated December  7, 2017, by and between Ceridian Canada Ltd. and Scott A. Kitching (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration on Form S-1 filed by the Company on March 26, 2018).
10.9    Employment Agreement, dated January  4, 2018, by and between Ceridian HCM, Inc. and Lisa Sterling (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registration on Form S-1 filed by the Company on March 26, 2018).
10.10    Employment Agreement, dated August 7, 2018, between Ceridian HCM, Inc. and Erik J.  Zimmer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registration on Form S-1 filed by the Company on November 9, 2018).
10.11    Separation and Consulting Agreement, dated August  7, 2018, by and between Ceridian HCM Holding Inc., Ceridian Canada Ltd. and Paul D. Elliott (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Registration on Form S-1 filed by the Company on November 9, 2018).
10.12    2013 Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. Stock Incentive Plan, dated October 1, 2013, and as amended on March 30, 2016, August  11, 2016, December 30, 2016, and March 20, 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration on Form S-1 filed by the Company on March 26, 2018).
10.13    Form of Director Indemnification Agreement for Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Registration on Form S-1 filed by the Company on April 12, 2018).
10.14    Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  4.1 to the Registration on Form S-8 filed by the Company on April 25, 2018).
10.15    Form of Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registration on Form S-1 filed by the Company on April 12, 2018).
10.16    Form of Employee Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registration on Form S-1 filed by the Company on April 12, 2018).
10.17    Form of Employee Stock Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit  10.15 to the Registration on Form S-1 filed by the Company on April 12, 2018).
10.18    Voting Agreement, dated April 30, 2018, by and among Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. and the other parties thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report filed on Form 10-Q by the Company on August 9, 2018).
10.19    Common Stock Purchase Agreement, dated April  16, 2018, by and between Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. and THL / Cannae Investors LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Registration on Form S-1 filed by the Company on April 20, 2018).
10.20    Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. Global Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed by the Company on November 28, 2018).
21.1    List of subsidiaries of Ceridian HCM Holding Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Registration on Form  S-1 filed by the Company on March 26, 2018).
23.1    Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

II-4


Table of Contents
Exhibit
No.
  

Description

24.1    Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
101.INS    XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1)

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2)

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Minneapolis, State of Minnesota, on March 15, 2019.

 

CERIDIAN HCM HOLDING INC.
By:  

/s/ David D. Ossip

  Name:   David D. Ossip
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersigned constitutes and appoints each of Arthur Gitajn, Leagh E. Turner and William E. McDonald, or any of them, each acting alone, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign this Registration Statement on Form S-1 (including all pre-effective and post-effective amendments and registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that any such attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on March 15, 2019.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/ David D. Ossip

David D. Ossip

  

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Arthur Gitajn

Arthur Gitajn

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer (Principal Financial
Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/ Brent B. Bickett

Brent B. Bickett

  

Director

/s/ Ronald F. Clarke

Ronald F. Clarke

  

Director

/s/ William P. Foley, II

William P. Foley, II

  

Director

/s/ Thomas M. Hagerty

Thomas M. Hagerty

  

Director

/s/ Ganesh B. Rao

Ganesh B. Rao

  

Director

/s/ Andrea S. Rosen

Andrea S. Rosen

  

Director

/s/ Gerald C. Throop

Gerald C. Throop

  

Director

Ceridian HCM (NYSE:CDAY)
Historical Stock Chart
From Mar 2024 to Apr 2024 Click Here for more Ceridian HCM Charts.
Ceridian HCM (NYSE:CDAY)
Historical Stock Chart
From Apr 2023 to Apr 2024 Click Here for more Ceridian HCM Charts.